WO2023142902A2 - Motion mechanism of railway and steel wheel type train - Google Patents

Motion mechanism of railway and steel wheel type train Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023142902A2
WO2023142902A2 PCT/CN2023/070021 CN2023070021W WO2023142902A2 WO 2023142902 A2 WO2023142902 A2 WO 2023142902A2 CN 2023070021 W CN2023070021 W CN 2023070021W WO 2023142902 A2 WO2023142902 A2 WO 2023142902A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
rail
auxiliary
wheel
main
auxiliary rail
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/070021
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
WO2023142902A3 (en
Inventor
黄品真
马要武
阮芬
马千晶
马千佳
马乔治
马奇卡
Jun MA (马骏)
Original Assignee
黄品真
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 黄品真 filed Critical 黄品真
Publication of WO2023142902A2 publication Critical patent/WO2023142902A2/en
Publication of WO2023142902A3 publication Critical patent/WO2023142902A3/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E01CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS, RAILWAYS, OR BRIDGES
    • E01BPERMANENT WAY; PERMANENT-WAY TOOLS; MACHINES FOR MAKING RAILWAYS OF ALL KINDS
    • E01B2/00General structure of permanent way

Definitions

  • the invention relates to a movement mechanism of a rail and steel wheel railway train, which is suitable for passenger and freight rail vehicles such as ordinary railway trains, high-speed railways, subways, and light rails.
  • the railway train with steel rail and steel wheel is a railway train with a steel wheel with a rim rolling on two steel rails. It mainly includes ordinary passenger and freight railways, high-speed railways, subways, and light rails. Since the invention of steam locomotives 200 years ago, for Great contributions have been made to the progress of human civilization. Now social economy, rail steel wheel way railway train still plays an important role, is the most widely popularized rail transit. Yet present rail steel wheel mode railway train has some important technical deficiencies, has limited the further expanding application of railway train.
  • a train will derail, and when the speed is fast, the acceleration and deceleration are large, the vibration is large, the sharp curve, the cross wind, the earthquake, etc., and the track and the train are not damaged in advance, the steel wheels of the train will slide out of the rail horizontally from left to right, or The steel wheels on the left and right sides are lifted up, or the steel wheels on the left and right sides jump up at the same time, etc., causing the train to derail and cause accidents.
  • the friction coefficient between the steel rails and steel wheels of railway trains is small, which makes the driving force, braking force, and centripetal force of train steel wheels small, so the acceleration of trains is slow and slow.
  • the invention improves the track and vehicle structure of the rail steel wheel mode, and adopts the structure that the vehicle embraces the track or the track embraces the vehicle, so that the train cannot derail without prior damage to the track and the train. Solve the problem of train derailment, just can increase train driving force, reduce train weight, obtain higher speed, for example speed 600 kilometers per hour, namely more than 600km/h.
  • the Shanghai maglev train, the roller coaster in the amusement park, and the rocket pry train all adopt the structure that the vehicle hugs the track without derailing.
  • the Shanghai maglev train can reach a speed of 430 kilometers per hour.
  • Roller coasters can roll, twist, go uphill and downhill, and turn sharply.
  • the rocket pried the train at the Holloman Air Force Base in New Mexico, USA. In 2003, it ran at a speed of 10,000 kilometers per hour, about 8.5 times the speed of sound. This is the fastest vehicle on the surface of the earth, and it is a rail transit.
  • the Shanghai maglev train is not suitable for heavy freight, such as transporting coal, ore, or cement.
  • Roller coasters are not suitable for long-distance passenger and freight transportation.
  • the rocket skid train uses a rocket engine, which is noisy and not suitable for use in the city, and the track is limited to straight lines without curves, which cannot be used for long distances, and is not suitable for heavy-duty freight.
  • the present invention is improved on the basis of the existing rail and steel wheel modes of ordinary passenger and freight railways, high-speed railways, subways and light rails, and obtains non-derailment performance. Further structural improvements enable the rubber tires of trains and cars to obtain stronger driving force, stronger braking force, and stronger guiding force than concrete roads, so that trains can obtain stronger rapid acceleration and rapid acceleration than cars. Deceleration, sharp uphill, sharp downhill, sharp turn performance, suitable for high-speed passenger transport, heavy-duty freight. Moreover, several simple and practical turnouts with high-speed passing performance have been invented, which are conducive to the establishment of large-scale railway networks.
  • the present invention adds auxiliary rails on the rails, cooperates with them, and adds derailment preventing claws on the trains to form a structure in which vehicles embrace rails, that is, a rail-holding structure, or a structure in which rails embrace vehicles. That is, the car-holding structure prevents the train from derailing. Furthermore, the derailment prevention pawls are replaced with brake pads to obtain strong braking. Change to wheels to get strong driving force, strong braking force, and strong guiding force. In addition, between the auxiliary rail and the train, a linear motor drive and brake are added to obtain non-contact. Reasonable allocation of various driving and braking ratios to save energy.
  • the invention discloses the innovative structure of the main rail and the main steel wheel, the innovative structure and material innovation of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail function components, the relationship between the guiding, driving and braking of the auxiliary rail and the guiding, driving and braking of the main rail , with auxiliary rail turnouts, rhombus crossings, crossings intersecting with road planes, and structural innovation designs for curves, etc.
  • the contents of the present invention are as follows.
  • the motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail form Ballastless track or ballasted track; the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel, and derailment prevention horizontal claw; the main steel wheel has a rim, the tread surface is a conical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels and axles form a rigid wheel set;
  • the track and vehicle described above have the following characteristics:
  • the distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the cross-sectional shape of the rail is I-shaped.
  • the joints along the length of the main rail are welded joints, diagonal joints, or straight joints.
  • the auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the auxiliary rail has an upper wing, with or without lower wing.
  • the upper wing is higher than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail.
  • the cross-sectional shape is I-shaped or T-shaped.
  • the cross-sectional shape is I-shaped or T-shaped or other shapes.
  • the seams along the length of the auxiliary rail are welded seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams.
  • the auxiliary rail has or does not have a stator or a rotor of a linear motor. When it has a corresponding rotor or stator of a linear motor on the train vehicle, it performs non-contact driving or braking.
  • the main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel.
  • the conical tread of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail for guidance.
  • the derailment prevention horizontal claw is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, higher than the upper surface tread of the main rail, and the horizontal claw is below the upper wing of the auxiliary rail.
  • the auxiliary rail is one, there is a pair of horizontal claws on the left and right sides of the auxiliary rail waist, holding the upper wing of the auxiliary rail.
  • the auxiliary rail is two, there is a pair of horizontal claws, or two pairs of horizontal claws, hugging the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, or being embraced by the upper wing.
  • the point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right, and the rim of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail to guide and change the track.
  • the auxiliary rail is interrupted in the turnout section without laying, and the derailment prevention horizontal claw that is higher than the upper surface of the main rail crosses the main rail above without colliding with the main rail.
  • the auxiliary rail also swings left and right in the turnout section, and the upper wing crosses the top of the main rail, and the derailment prevention horizontal claw is set on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail all the time, crosses the main rail at the top, does not collide with the main rail, and passes through the turnout section.
  • the main steel wheels of the vehicle can roll on conventional standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge rails without auxiliary rails, and can roll over traditional turnouts.
  • the derailment prevention horizontal claw is above the main rail and will not collide with the main rail.
  • the main rail, the steel wheels of the standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge trains without derailment preventing horizontal claws can roll on it and can roll over the switch.
  • the fixed end of the derailment prevention horizontal claw is replaced with a horizontal scroll wheel or a vertical scroll wheel, so that when contacting the vertical surface of the auxiliary rail or the lower surface of the upper wing, the sliding contact Becomes rolling contact, reducing friction.
  • the horizontal scroll wheel or vertical scroll wheel is mounted on a rigid or elastic support body and usually does not touch the vertical surface of the auxiliary rail or the lower surface of the upper wing. Rolling contact is made when the vehicle moves more side to side, or when the vehicle lifts up more, thereby limiting the greater side to side or upward movement.
  • the horizontal scroll wheel or the vertical scroll wheel is installed on the elastic support body, and usually rolls in contact with the vertical surface of the auxiliary rail or the lower surface of the upper wing to limit a relatively large left-right movement or upward movement.
  • the auxiliary rail is a power supply rail for supplying electric power to the vehicle from the rail.
  • the motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail form Ballastless track or ballasted track; the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel, and auxiliary rail function components; the main steel wheel has a rim, the tread is a conical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels and axles form a rigid wheel set; auxiliary Rail action components are one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheels, 2) auxiliary rail brake blocks, 3) auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels, 4) linear eddy current brake assemblies, 5) vehicle The rotor or stator of a linear motor.
  • the track and vehicle have the following characteristics:
  • the distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the cross-sectional shape of the rail is I-shaped.
  • the joints along the length of the main rail are welded joints, diagonal joints, or straight joints.
  • the auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the cross-sectional shape of the auxiliary rail is I-shaped Or T-shaped, with upper wing and waist, the left and right vertical surfaces of the waist are auxiliary rail treads, with or without lower wing.
  • the upper wing is higher than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail.
  • the tread material of the auxiliary rail is a wear-resistant material of iron alloy or artificial stone.
  • the seams along the length of the auxiliary rail are welded seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams.
  • Auxiliary rails with or without a stator or rotor of a linear motor.
  • the main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel.
  • the rim and conical tread of the main steel wheel are guided with the main rail.
  • the auxiliary rail function component is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and is higher than the main rail tread.
  • Horizontal auxiliary wheels, auxiliary rail brake blocks and auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels are auxiliary rail contact assemblies.
  • the left and right auxiliary rail contact assemblies form a pair, which is driven by pneumatic pistons, hydraulic pistons, electromagnetic pistons, or magnetic attraction, and squeezes on the treads of the auxiliary rails from left and right without supporting the weight of the vehicle.
  • the size and release of the extrusion force of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair can be controlled and adjusted when the train is running.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheel is a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel, or is switched to a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel according to control.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheel is a friction surface rolling, not a gear rolling, nor a rubber tire.
  • the tread material of the horizontal auxiliary wheel, the horizontal auxiliary brake block or the horizontal buffer wheel is a wear-resistant material of metal alloy or artificial stone.
  • the tread width of the auxiliary rail contact assembly is greater than 20mm;
  • the linear eddy current brake assembly is a non-contact assembly of the auxiliary rail, which is installed above the auxiliary rail and acts on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail for non-contact braking, or two linear eddy current brake assemblies on the left and right become one Yes, it acts on the tread of the auxiliary rail from the left and right to perform non-contact braking.
  • the auxiliary rail has the stator or rotor of the linear motor, the rotor or stator of the matching linear motor higher than the main rail tread is installed on the vehicle.
  • the auxiliary rail action unit is not guided during normal operation.
  • the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair When the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is squeezed from left to right, it can move freely left and right relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle so as not to affect the matching guide between the conical surface of the main steel wheel and the main rail; however, the amount of free movement left and right is also Not very large, when the train swings left and right or moves more likely to derail, the left and right movement is limited, thereby preventing the left and right derailment.
  • the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is integrally installed on the guide rail that can slide left and right freely; 2) the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is integrally installed on the rotating shaft or round hole that can freely rotate left and right; 3) the auxiliary rail
  • the pair of contact components is simultaneously driven by the piston of the same air pressure line, the same hydraulic line or motor, or magnetic attraction, to squeeze the auxiliary rail from left and right; the air pressure line, hydraulic line or motor, or magnetic attraction, only controls The pressing force or release of the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies simultaneously enables the entire pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies to move freely in the left and right directions.
  • the point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right, and the rim of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail to guide and change the track.
  • the auxiliary rail is interrupted in the turnout section without laying, and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair higher than the upper surface of the main rail crosses the main rail above without colliding with the main rail.
  • the auxiliary rail also swings left and right in the turnout section, the auxiliary rail tread crosses the top of the main rail, and the auxiliary rail contact assembly is always set on both sides of the auxiliary rail tread, and crosses the main rail at the top without colliding with the main rail, and passes through the turnout section.
  • the driving or braking of the vehicle including the driving or braking of the main rail, or/and the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail; wherein the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail includes one or more of the following: 1) Driving or braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the auxiliary rail, 2) Braking of the brake block of the auxiliary rail, 3) Braking of the linear eddy current braking assembly of the auxiliary rail, 4) Driving or braking of the linear motor of the auxiliary rail move.
  • the driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or does not adopt the following allocation: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, only use The driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel; 2) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the main rail and the auxiliary rail at the same time. Drive or brake, or drive or brake using only the auxiliary rail.
  • the main steel wheels of the vehicle can roll on conventional standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge rails without auxiliary rails, and can roll over traditional turnouts.
  • the auxiliary rail action components are above the main rail and will not collide with the main rail.
  • the main steel rail, the steel wheels of the standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge trains without auxiliary rail function components can roll on it, and can roll through the switch.
  • auxiliary rail that is higher than the upper surface of the main rail, remove or modify the corresponding parts under the traditional train, so that the lower part of the train does not touch the auxiliary rail and can run all the way.
  • the motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail form Ballastless track or ballasted track; the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel, auxiliary rail guide wheel, and auxiliary rail function components; the main steel wheel has a rim, the tread is a cylindrical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels roll independently
  • the wheel set is not a rigid wheel set;
  • the auxiliary rail components are one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheels, 2) auxiliary rail brake blocks, 3) auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels, 4) Linear eddy current brake assembly, 5) rotor or stator of vehicle linear motor.
  • the track and vehicle have the following characteristics:
  • the distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the joints in the length direction of the main rails are welding seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams .
  • the auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the cross-sectional shape of the auxiliary rail is I-shaped Or T-shaped, with upper wing and waist, the left and right vertical surfaces of the waist are auxiliary rail treads, with or without lower wing.
  • the upper wing is higher than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail.
  • the tread material of the auxiliary rail is a wear-resistant material of iron alloy or artificial stone.
  • the seams along the length of the auxiliary rail are welded seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams.
  • Auxiliary rails with or without a stator or rotor of a linear motor.
  • the main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel.
  • the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel.
  • the rim of the main steel wheel is not guided.
  • Auxiliary rail guide wheels and auxiliary rail function components are installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, higher than the main rail tread.
  • the left and right auxiliary rail guide wheels become a pair, and become the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair, which are guided on both sides of the auxiliary rail tread.
  • Horizontal auxiliary wheels, auxiliary rail brake blocks and auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels are auxiliary rail contact assemblies.
  • the left and right auxiliary rail contact assemblies form a pair, and become an auxiliary rail contact assembly pair.
  • Auxiliary rail contact assembly pairs are driven by pneumatic pistons, hydraulic pistons, electromagnetic pistons, or magnetic attraction, and are squeezed on the treads of the auxiliary rails from left and right without supporting the weight of the vehicle.
  • the size and release of the extrusion force of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair can be controlled and adjusted when the train is running.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheel is a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel, or is switched to a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel according to control.
  • the guide wheels of the auxiliary rail and the horizontal auxiliary wheels are friction surface rolling, not gear rolling, nor rubber tires.
  • the tread material of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail, the horizontal auxiliary wheel, the horizontal auxiliary brake block or the horizontal buffer wheel is a wear-resistant material of metal alloy or artificial stone.
  • the tread width of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly of the auxiliary rail is greater than 20mm;
  • the linear eddy current braking assembly is a non-contact assembly of the auxiliary rail, which is installed above the auxiliary rail and acts on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail for non-contact braking, or two linear eddy current brakes on the left and right
  • the brake assembly becomes a pair, acting on the tread surface of the auxiliary rail from left and right to perform non-contact braking.
  • auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair guides or squeezes the auxiliary rail from the left and right, relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle, the overall movement does not move left or right, or there is a small amount of left and right movement in order to absorb the force of the auxiliary rail.
  • the overall left and right moving mechanism is: 1) The auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair are installed as a whole On the guide rail that can freely slide left and right; 2) The pair of auxiliary rail guide wheels or the pair of auxiliary rail contact components are integrally installed on the rotating shaft or round hole that can freely rotate left and right; 3) The pair of auxiliary rail guide wheels or the pair of auxiliary rail contact components, At the same time, it is driven by the same pneumatic pipeline, hydraulic pipeline or motor piston, or magnetic attraction, to squeeze the auxiliary rail from the left and right; the pneumatic pipeline, hydraulic pipeline or motor, or magnetic attraction, only controls the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail The extrusion force or release of the pair or the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies simultaneously makes the pair of guide wheels of the auxiliary rail or the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies move freely in the left and right directions.
  • the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail is fixed on the spring or the spring plate, and the whole has a small left and right movement, so as to reduce the interference of the guide and the linear motion of the train on the straight line.
  • the linear eddy current braking assembly has or does not have the overall free movement left and right, and does not affect the cooperative guidance of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail.
  • the point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right, and the rim of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail to guide and change the track.
  • the auxiliary rail is interrupted in the turnout section and is not laid.
  • the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and auxiliary rail contact assembly pair that are higher than the upper surface of the main rail cross the main rail above and do not collide with the main rail.
  • the auxiliary rail also swings left and right in the turnout section, the tread surface of the auxiliary rail passes over the top of the main rail, the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail are always set on both sides of the tread surface of the auxiliary rail, cross the main rail above the main rail, and do not collide with the main rail.
  • the guide wheels of the auxiliary rail do not guide.
  • the driving or braking of the vehicle including the driving or braking of the main rail, or/and the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail; wherein the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail includes one or more of the following: 1) Driving or braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the auxiliary rail, 2) Braking of the brake block of the auxiliary rail, 3) Braking of the linear eddy current braking assembly of the auxiliary rail, 4) Driving or braking of the linear motor of the auxiliary rail move.
  • the driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or does not adopt the following allocation: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, only use The driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel; 2) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the main rail and the auxiliary rail at the same time. Drive or brake, or drive or brake using only the auxiliary rail.
  • the main steel wheels of the vehicle can roll on conventional standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge rails without auxiliary rails, and can roll over traditional turnouts.
  • the guide wheels of the auxiliary rail and the functional components of the auxiliary rail are above the main rail and will not collide with the main rail.
  • the main steel rail, the steel wheels of the standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge trains without auxiliary rail function components can roll on it, and can roll through the switch.
  • auxiliary rail that is higher than the upper surface of the main rail, remove or modify the corresponding parts under the traditional train, so that the lower part of the train does not touch the auxiliary rail and can run all the way.
  • the auxiliary rail guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel are two different wheels, or two functional states of the same wheel.
  • the main rail has no movable part in the rhombus intersection or crossing section, and the auxiliary rail is interrupted without laying.
  • the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair when passing through the auxiliary rail interrupted section, open without extrusion, or have a bell-shaped shape, so that after passing through the auxiliary rail interrupted section, they can be smoothly re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail .
  • the conical tread or wheel rim of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail for guidance, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair smoothly passes through the diamond-shaped intersection or crossing section.
  • the vertical rolling wheels are mounted on the bogie below the car body, or directly on the car body if there is no bogie, below the upper wing of the auxiliary rail and above the main rail tread.
  • the vertical scroll wheels are mounted on a rigid or elastic support and usually do not touch the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. Rolling contact occurs when the vehicle lifts upwards more, thereby limiting a greater upward movement.
  • the vertical rolling wheels are installed on the elastic support body, and usually roll in contact with the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, so as to limit large left-right movement or upward movement.
  • the motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail form Ballastless track or ballasted track; the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel, auxiliary rail guide wheel, and auxiliary rail function components; the main steel wheel has no rim, the tread is a cylindrical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels roll independently
  • the wheel set is not a rigid wheel set;
  • the auxiliary rail components are one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheels, 2) auxiliary rail brake blocks, 3) auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels, 4) Linear eddy current brake assembly, 5) rotor or stator of vehicle linear motor.
  • the track and vehicle have the following characteristics:
  • the distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the joints in the length direction of the main rails are welding seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams .
  • the auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the cross-sectional shape of the auxiliary rail is I-shaped Or T-shaped, with upper wing and waist, the left and right vertical surfaces of the waist are auxiliary rail treads, with or without lower wing.
  • the upper wing is higher than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail.
  • the tread material of the auxiliary rail is a wear-resistant material of iron alloy or artificial stone.
  • the seams along the length of the auxiliary rail are welded seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams.
  • Auxiliary rails with or without a stator or rotor of a linear motor.
  • the main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel.
  • Auxiliary rail guide wheels and auxiliary rail function components are installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, higher than the main rail tread.
  • the left and right auxiliary rail guide wheels become a pair, and become the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair, which are guided on both sides of the auxiliary rail tread.
  • Horizontal auxiliary wheels, auxiliary rail brake blocks and auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels are auxiliary rail contact assemblies.
  • the left and right auxiliary rail contact assemblies form a pair, and become an auxiliary rail contact assembly pair.
  • Auxiliary rail contact assembly pairs are driven by pneumatic pistons, hydraulic pistons, electromagnetic pistons, or magnetic attraction, and are squeezed on the treads of the auxiliary rails from left and right without supporting the weight of the vehicle.
  • the size and release of the extrusion force of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair can be controlled and adjusted when the train is running.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheel is a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel, or is switched to a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel according to control.
  • the guide wheels of the auxiliary rail and the horizontal auxiliary wheels are friction surface rolling, not gear rolling, nor rubber tires.
  • the tread material of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail, the horizontal auxiliary wheel, the horizontal auxiliary brake block or the horizontal buffer wheel is a wear-resistant material of metal alloy or artificial stone.
  • the tread width of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly of the auxiliary rail is greater than 20mm;
  • the linear eddy current braking assembly is a non-contact assembly of the auxiliary rail, which is installed above the auxiliary rail and acts on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail for non-contact braking, or two linear eddy current brakes on the left and right
  • the brake assembly becomes a pair, acting on the tread surface of the auxiliary rail from left and right to perform non-contact braking.
  • auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair guides or squeezes the auxiliary rail from the left and right, relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle, the overall movement does not move left or right, or there is a small amount of left and right movement in order to absorb the force of the auxiliary rail.
  • the overall left and right moving mechanism is: 1) The auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair are installed as a whole On the guide rail that can freely slide left and right; 2) The pair of auxiliary rail guide wheels or the pair of auxiliary rail contact components are integrally installed on the rotating shaft or round hole that can freely rotate left and right; 3) The pair of auxiliary rail guide wheels or the pair of auxiliary rail contact components, At the same time, it is driven by the same pneumatic pipeline, hydraulic pipeline or motor piston, or magnetic attraction, to squeeze the auxiliary rail from the left and right; the pneumatic pipeline, hydraulic pipeline or motor, or magnetic attraction, only controls the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail The extrusion force or release of the pair or the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies simultaneously makes the pair of guide wheels of the auxiliary rail or the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies move freely in the left and right directions.
  • the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail is fixed on the spring or the spring plate, and the whole has a small left and right movement, so as to reduce the interference of the guide and the linear motion of the train on the straight line.
  • the linear eddy current braking assembly has or does not have the overall free movement left and right, and does not affect the cooperative guidance of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail.
  • the main rail has a fixed branch point and frog center, no movable part, no movable tip rail, no movable frog center, and no upper tread of the main rail is larger than 10mm gap.
  • the driving or braking of the vehicle including the driving or braking of the main rail, or/and the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail; wherein the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail includes one or more of the following: 1) Driving or braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the auxiliary rail, 2) Braking of the brake block of the auxiliary rail, 3) Braking of the linear eddy current braking assembly of the auxiliary rail, 4) Driving or braking of the linear motor of the auxiliary rail move.
  • the driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or does not adopt the following allocation: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, only use The driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel; 2) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the main rail and the auxiliary rail at the same time. Drive or brake, or drive or brake using only the auxiliary rail.
  • a guide steel wheel with an inner rim is added to roll on the upper surface of the main rail for guidance, or a horizontal guide wheel is added on the main steel wheel. Guided by rolling on the inside surface of the rail, it can run on standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge traditional rails without auxiliary rails, and can roll over traditional turnouts.
  • the auxiliary rail guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel are two different wheels, or two functional states of the same wheel.
  • the switch section, the track has a left and right swing switching mechanism, and has one or more of the following track changing structures: 1) the auxiliary rail has a movable section, Guide the vehicle to change the track; the movable section of the auxiliary rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right.
  • the tread part of the movable end of the auxiliary rail has an outstretched arm, swings over the main rail from above the main rail, and is connected with the tread part of the fixed end of the auxiliary rail through an oblique or zigzag seam, so that the auxiliary rail of the vehicle guides the wheel set Or the auxiliary rail action component rolls over or passes through the gap of the auxiliary rail guide tread without step difference, and performs guide rail change.
  • the two movable auxiliary rails are higher than the upper surface of the main rail, driven by the switch machine, and swing left and right over the main rail to guide the vehicle to change rails.
  • the movable end of the auxiliary rail is connected with the fixed end of the auxiliary rail through an oblique seam or a sawtooth seam, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail action component pair of the vehicle can roll over or pass through the gap of the auxiliary rail guide tread without step difference.
  • the auxiliary rail is interrupted and not laid in the track change section.
  • the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail, when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail.
  • the switch machine drives the track-changing guide rail to swing left and right, and the horizontal track-changing guide wheel cooperates with the track-changing guide rail to change the track.
  • the switch machine drives the movable section of the left and right swing auxiliary rail. The tread portion of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not pass over the main rail from above the main rail, but is not laid.
  • the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail.
  • the train's horizontal track-changing guide wheels cooperate with the fixed track-changing guide rail to guide the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair to smoothly pass through the auxiliary rail interruption section.
  • part of the main rails are replaced with rails with outer and inner rail edges, and the switch machine drives the movable section of the auxiliary rail that swings left and right.
  • the tread portion of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not pass over the main rail from above the main rail, but is not laid.
  • the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail.
  • the main steel wheel of the train is guided by the outer rail edge and the inner rail edge of a steel rail, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair pass smoothly through the auxiliary rail interruption section.
  • part of the main rails are replaced with rails with outer rail edges, and the switch machine drives the movable section of the auxiliary rail that swings left and right.
  • the tread portion of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not pass over the main rail from above the main rail, but is not laid.
  • the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail.
  • the main steel wheel of the train is guided by the outer rail edges of the two rails, so that the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail pass smoothly through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail.
  • the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail are added on both sides of some main rail sections, and the switch machine drives the movable section of the left and right swing auxiliary rail.
  • the tread portion of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not pass over the main rail from above the main rail, but is not laid.
  • the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail.
  • the main steel wheel of the train is guided by the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail on both sides of a main rail, so that the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail pass smoothly through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail.
  • the outer guide rail is added to some main rail sections, and the switch machine drives the movable section of the auxiliary rail that swings left and right.
  • the tread portion of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not pass over the main rail from above the main rail, but is not laid.
  • the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail.
  • the main steel wheel of the train is guided by the outer guide rails of the two rails, so that the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail pass smoothly through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail.
  • the track does not have a left and right swing switch mechanism, and the train vehicle has movable track changing guide wheels, which can be turned to realize track changing.
  • Its structure is as follows One or more of: 1) In the turnout section, there is a track-changing guide rail installed on the ground, and the vehicle or vehicle bogie has a track-changing guide wheel, which can move up and down and cooperate with the track-changing guide rail Or separate to make the vehicle change track. 2) In the turnout section, there is a track-changing guide rail installed on the ground that does not move.
  • the vehicle or the vehicle bogie has a track-changing guide wheel, which performs horizontal movement switching from left to right, and cooperates with the track-changing guide rail to guide or separate, so that the vehicle changes. rail. 3)
  • the main rail has a rail edge or an inner and outer guide rail
  • the vehicle or vehicle bogie has a rail-changing guide wheel, which can be switched from left to right and horizontally.
  • the guide wall cooperates with the guide or separates
  • the main steel wheel cooperates with the rail edge or the inner and outer guide rails to guide the vehicle to change the track.
  • the kinematic mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention uses the following structure in the rhombus intersection section: 1) the main rail has no movable part, and the auxiliary rail can rotate. When switching, the tread part of the movable end of the auxiliary rail has an outstretched arm, crosses the main rail from above the main rail, and is connected with the tread part of the fixed end of the auxiliary rail through an oblique seam or a sawtooth seam, so that the auxiliary rail of the vehicle is guided The wheelset rolls through the gap of the guide tread of the auxiliary rail without step difference for guidance. Or, 2) Neither the main rail nor the auxiliary rail has movable parts. In the rhombus intersection section, auxiliary rail interruptions are not laid.
  • the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail.
  • the main rail has an outer guide rail or an inner guide rail, or the main rail becomes a rail with an outer rail flange or an inner rail flange, and the guide rail or rail flange guides the main steel wheel so that the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair , passing through the diamond intersection interval smoothly.
  • both the main rail and the auxiliary rail have no movable parts in the crossing section.
  • Auxiliary rail interruptions are not laid.
  • the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail, when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail.
  • the main rail has an outer guide rail or an inner guide rail, or the main rail becomes a rail with an outer flange or an inner flange, and the guide rail or rail flange guides the main steel wheel so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact the assembly pair, Passed through the crossing section smoothly.
  • the train vehicle has a steering lever or a steering wheel, and the main steel wheel is operated to go straight or turn on the ground outside the main rail or the rail.
  • the vertical rolling wheels are mounted on the bogie below the car body, or directly on the car body if there is no bogie, below the upper wing of the auxiliary rail and above the main rail tread.
  • the vertical scroll wheels are mounted on a rigid or elastic support and usually do not touch the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. Rolling contact occurs when the vehicle lifts upwards more, thereby limiting a greater upward movement.
  • the vertical rolling wheels are installed on the elastic support body, and usually roll in contact with the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, so as to limit large left-right movement or upward movement.
  • the motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention includes one or both of the rail and the vehicle, wherein the rail includes: two main rails and a switch to form a ballastless track or a ballasted track, with or without linear motor assistance
  • the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel without rim, and horizontal guide wheel of main rail; the tread surface of main steel wheel is conical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels and axles form a rigid wheel set; or, the main steel wheel
  • the tread of the wheel is a cylindrical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels are independent rolling wheel pairs; the track and the vehicle have the following characteristics:
  • the distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; when the main steel wheel is a conical tread, the joints in the length direction of the main rail are welded seams, Diagonal seam, or straight seam; when the main drum is a cylindrical tread, the seam is welded seam, oblique seam, zigzag seam, or straight seam.
  • the auxiliary rail has a stator or rotor of a linear motor, the upper surface of which is not lower than the tread of the main rail.
  • the rotor or stator of the matching linear motor is installed on the vehicle higher than the main rail tread.
  • the main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle;
  • the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to the control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel; in the normal operation of the turnout, diamond intersection, straight line and curve section outside the crossing, the main steel wheel is conical
  • the main steel wheel is guided with the main rail; when the main steel wheel is a cylindrical tread, the horizontal guide wheel is guided with the inner or outer tread of the main rail, and the main steel wheel is not guided.
  • the main steel wheel on the vehicle and the horizontal guide wheel of the main rail are installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie.
  • the tread material is a wear-resistant material of metal alloy, or artificial stone.
  • the two inner horizontal guide wheels are used for normal guidance and switch rail guidance for straight and curved sections without intersection.
  • the two inner horizontal guide wheels relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle, have no left or right movement as a whole, or have a small left and right movement, so as to absorb the laying straightness tolerance of the auxiliary rail and avoid guiding or extrusion fit in the straight section Interfere with the inertial linear motion of the train to make the train move more smoothly; but the amount of left and right movement has a limited value to prevent derailment.
  • the main steel wheel with conical surface tread when the straight section and curve section without crossing usually run, the amount of left and right movement is small, and the guiding force of the two inner horizontal guide wheels is smaller than that of the main steel wheel's conical surface. guide.
  • the two inner horizontal guide wheels as a whole do not move left and right, or there is a small amount of left and right movement but the left and right movement has a limited value to prevent derailment.
  • the left and right movement of the main rail is large, and the two inner horizontal guide wheels do not move left and right as a whole, or there is a small left and right movement but the left and right movement has a limited value.
  • the guiding force of the horizontal guide wheel Greater than the guiding force of the conical surface tread of the main steel wheel, the horizontal guide wheel guides.
  • the auxiliary rail of the linear motor is interrupted and not laid.
  • the point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right. Regardless of whether the main steel wheel has a conical tread or a cylindrical tread, the two inner horizontal guide wheels cooperate with the point rail of the main rail to guide the track change.
  • the turnout has a fixed frog center or a movable center frog center.
  • the driving or braking of the vehicle including one or more of the driving or braking of the main rail and the driving or braking of the linear motor of the auxiliary rail.
  • the driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or does not adopt the following allocation: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, only use The driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel; 2) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the main rail and the auxiliary rail at the same time. Drive or brake, or drive or brake using only the auxiliary rail.
  • the vehicle can roll on conventional standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge rails with or without linear motor auxiliary rails.
  • the main rail traditionally with or without a linear motor stator or rotor, the steel wheels of standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge trains can roll on it, and can roll over the switch.
  • the linear motor auxiliary rail that is higher than the upper surface of the main rail, remove or modify the corresponding parts under the traditional train, so that the lower part of the train does not touch the auxiliary rail and can run throughout the whole process.
  • the track has a linear motor auxiliary rail
  • the vehicle is equipped with a pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies that are higher than the tread surface of the main rail.
  • the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheels, 2) auxiliary rail brake blocks, and 3) auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels.
  • the auxiliary rails contact the assembly pair and squeeze the auxiliary rails from left and right to drive, brake, or prevent derailment.
  • the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair relative to the overall left and right free movement of the main steel wheel of the vehicle, is greater than the elastic movement of the horizontal guide wheel, so as not to affect the conical surface of the main steel wheel and the upper surface of the main rail when the main steel wheel is a conical surface tread
  • the matching guide or when the main steel wheel is a cylindrical tread, it does not affect the matching guide of the horizontal guide wheel and the inner side of the main rail.
  • there is a limit value for the overall left and right free movement of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair so as to enhance the performance of preventing derailment.
  • the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is integrally installed on the guide rail that can slide left and right freely; 2) the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is integrally installed on the rotating shaft or round hole that can freely rotate left and right; 3) the auxiliary rail
  • the pair of contact components is simultaneously driven by the piston of the same air pressure line, the same hydraulic line or motor, or magnetic attraction, to squeeze the auxiliary rail from left and right; the air pressure line, hydraulic line or motor, or magnetic attraction, only controls The pressing force or release of the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies simultaneously enables the entire pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies to move freely in the left and right directions.
  • the vehicle is equipped with horizontal driving wheels or brake blocks, which are squeezed on the outside, inside or both sides of the main rail or cooperate with the horizontal guide wheel to squeeze the main rail , to achieve driving or braking.
  • the horizontal driving wheel or the brake block is elevated in the turnout section, the rhombus intersection section, the crossing section, and the temperature telescopic regulator section, so as not to collide with the main rail or other objects.
  • a rising safety block is installed on the track at the front of the turnout section, the rhombus intersection section, the crossing section, and the temperature expansion regulator section.
  • the horizontal drive wheel or the brake block When the vehicle is running, the horizontal drive wheel or the brake block The advanced collision safety mechanism collides with the rising safety block, so that the horizontal driving wheel or brake block automatically releases the main rail and rises, and then keeps the vehicle in the raised position to continue driving so as not to hit the main rail or other objects.
  • the horizontal driving wheel or brake block on the vehicle collides with the descending safety block installed on the track again, or triggers optical, electrical, magnetic, etc. Sensors such as automatic operation or manual operation are lowered to the outside or inside of the main rail to guide, prevent derailment, or squeeze the main rail for driving or braking.
  • the motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention has an operation controller on the train vehicle, and operates and controls the switch point machine or the diamond-shaped cross auxiliary rail rotating machine through wired or wireless communication to perform track change guidance or traffic guidance.
  • seat belts are provided on the inner seats of the train, so as to fix the passengers so as not to cause the passengers to be thrown away during greater acceleration or deceleration, causing danger.
  • the main steel wheel on the cylindrical tread surface is an independent rolling wheel
  • the steering mechanism of the main steel wheel pair, or the independent steering mechanism of each main steel wheel is installed on the bogie, or there is no bogie directly mounted on the vehicle body.
  • the front and rear wheel pairs or the front and rear wheels have the same steering angle and opposite directions.
  • the front and rear bogies of the car body have the same steering angle and opposite directions.
  • the size of the steering angle which matches the turning radius of the track.
  • Fig. 1 is a sectional view of a train car body and rail and steel wheel structure of the present invention.
  • Fig. 2 is a perspective view of the rail and steel wheel structure of Fig. 1 .
  • Fig. 3 is a scene where the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 in Fig. 2 is replaced by an auxiliary brake block, a perspective view.
  • FIG. 4 is a sectional view of FIG. 3 .
  • Fig. 5 is an enlarged perspective view, in front and rear of the auxiliary brake block in Fig. 4, a buffer wheel 23 is added.
  • FIG. 6 replaces the horizontal movement of the caliper 20 in FIG. 4 with a horizontal rotation.
  • the main drum tread is cylindrical.
  • Fig. 7 is a change track switch of the present invention, is suitable for above-mentioned rail and steel wheel structure that auxiliary rail is arranged and main steel wheel rim is arranged.
  • Fig. 8 changes the main steel wheel with rim and conical tread of Fig. 1 into the main steel wheel without rim and cylindrical tread.
  • Fig. 9 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right to change the track, and goes straight.
  • Fig. 10 is the turnout of Fig. 9, the state of turning and changing tracks.
  • Fig. 11 is Fig. 9 and Fig. 10 merged together, and the auxiliary rail that swings left and right is shown with dotted line.
  • Fig. 12 is at 41 and 46 places, the situation that the auxiliary rail transition section crosses the main rail 36 from above, the elevation view.
  • Fig. 13 is a plan view of the situation at 41 where the straight-running position 40 of the auxiliary rail transition section crosses the bending portion of the main rail from above.
  • Fig. 14 is a plan view of the situation at 46 where the bending position 45 of the auxiliary rail transition section crosses the straight line portion of the main rail from above.
  • Fig. 15 is a plan view of a switch of the present invention that performs track change by swinging the track change guide rail left and right.
  • FIG. 16 is a sectional view of FIG. 15 .
  • Fig. 17 is a turnout of the present invention which swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the fixed outer rail changing auxiliary rail to change the track.
  • Fig. 18 is a turnout of the present invention that changes rails by swinging two auxiliary rails left and right.
  • Fig. 19 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail to change the track.
  • Fig. 20 is a sectional view of the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail of the single wheel of Fig. 19 .
  • Fig. 21 shows that the main rail 36 is integrated with the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail to form a rail 76 with a rail edge.
  • Fig. 22 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the outer guide rails of the two wheels to change the track.
  • Fig. 23 is a sectional view of the auxiliary rail of Fig. 8 of the present invention, with a stator of a linear motor.
  • Fig. 24 is a perspective view of Fig. 23 .
  • Fig. 25 is the wheel-rail structure of the main steel wheel 27 and the auxiliary rail 80 of the linear motor that have the rim cylinder tread.
  • Fig. 26 is a rhombus cross when using the main steel wheel 37 with no rim cylindrical surface tread, and the auxiliary rail that can be switched by rotation.
  • Fig. 27 is a rhombus cross when using the main steel wheel 37 with rimless cylindrical surface tread, the main rail rail flange.
  • Fig. 28 is the crossing where the track and the highway plane cross using the rimless cylindrical tread main steel wheel 37.
  • Fig. 29 is the situation that the rimless main steel wheel rolls and guides on the main rail, a sectional view.
  • Fig. 30 is a perspective view of Fig. 29 .
  • Fig. 31 shows that at the rail curve, the train horizontal guide wheel pair 86 rotates integrally with the steering wheel pair.
  • Fig. 32 shows that at the rail curve, the train horizontal guide wheel pair 86 rotates together with the independent steering wheel.
  • Fig. 33 shows that at the rail curve, the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 of the train rotates integrally with the steering wheel pair.
  • Fig. 34 shows that at the rail curve, the train horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 translates together with the independent steering wheel.
  • Fig. 35 is at the rail curve place, and a train car body is installed on two bogies, turns.
  • Fig. 36 shows that the central auxiliary rail is laid on the track, and the derailment preventing member horizontal claw 100 is installed on the bogie.
  • the horizontal pawl embraces the I-shaped upper wing of the auxiliary rail to prevent the vehicle from moving upward, leftward, and rightward.
  • Fig. 37 In the train switch section, the auxiliary rail 7 is not laid, and the horizontal claw 100 can pass smoothly, but there is no derailment prevention function.
  • Figure 38 shows that two auxiliary rails are laid on the outside of the main rail, and two derailment prevention claws cooperate with it to hold these two auxiliary rails respectively, so as to realize strong derailment prevention.
  • Auxiliary rails can be used as supply rails.
  • Figure 39 shows that two auxiliary rails are laid on the outside of the main rail, and the two derailment preventing claws are respectively embraced by these two auxiliary rails to achieve strong derailment prevention.
  • Fig. 40 is a switch of the present invention.
  • the rails do not swing, and the train vehicles perform steering operations, and the track change is realized through the track change guide rail of the turnout.
  • Fig. 41 is the cross-sectional view of Fig. 40, and the track changing guide wheels 114 and 115 move up and down, and cooperate with the track changing guide rails 112 and 113 to guide and change the track.
  • the turnout of Figure 42 is similar to Figure 40, but outside the turnout, the auxiliary rail changes from one to two 116, respectively on the outside of the main rail.
  • Fig. 43 is a sectional view of a switch. Similar to Fig. 41, the track changing guide rails 117 and 118 are fixed on the sleepers.
  • the left and right guide wheels 121 and 122 are not switched up and down, but horizontally switched.
  • Fig. 45 is another track switch of the present invention without swing switching.
  • the train vehicle performs the steering operation, passes the rail edge, and realizes the track change.
  • Fig. 46 is a sectional view of Fig. 45 .
  • the track changing guide wheels 125 and 126 move left and right, and cooperate with the track changing guide walls 123 and 124 to guide and change tracks.
  • FIG. 47 is an enlarged view of the branch point 39 in FIG. 45 .
  • Rail transportation later appeared in many other ways, such as concrete track rubber tire trains, monorail trains, suspension trains, vacuum tube trains, maglev trains, roller coasters in amusement parks, rocket pry trains, etc.
  • the above-mentioned rail and steel wheel mode has become the most widely popular rail transit mode in all countries in the world due to its comprehensive performance, and is widely used in passenger and freight ordinary railways, passenger underground railways, and passenger high-speed railways. Therefore, the railway train of above-mentioned rail steel wheel mode is called wheel-rail railway or wheel-rail train.
  • Non-derailment is defined as the impossibility of derailment without prior failure of the track or the vehicle, which is a property of the vehicle's kinematic stability.
  • Most of the derailment accidents currently occurring are caused by earthquakes, typhoons, high speeds, turns, emergency braking, etc., and the tracks or vehicles have not been damaged in advance.
  • derailment not absolute non-derailment, derailment will still occur if the track or vehicle has been damaged in advance, such as the track being covered by mudslides, bridge collapse, etc., or the vehicle is damaged in advance due to collision.
  • this is a complex situation that cannot be attributed to the kinematic stability of the vehicle.
  • the gauges of countries in the world are different, the narrow ones are 610mm, 822mm, 891mm, the medium ones are 1000mm, 1073mm, 1378mm, 1435mm, and the wide ones even reach 1524mm, 1886mm. mm, 2141 mm.
  • the International Association of Railways made a regulation: the gauge gauge of 1435 mm is the international standard gauge, the gauge gauge above 1520 mm is wide gauge, and the gauge gauge below 1073 mm is narrow gauge.
  • railway trains with steel rails and steel wheels can save energy and have a fast operating speed of up to 350km/h.
  • the railway with cog auxiliary rails can be used for mountain climbing, but on the vast plains, the speed of the train is very slow, consumes a lot of energy, and the advantages are not obvious, so the cog railway is not popular.
  • Osaka Metro in Japan built the Nagahori Tsurumi Greenland Line, which was driven by a rail and steel wheel linear motor.
  • the third track is laid in the middle of the two rails as the induction plate of the linear motor.
  • the left and right steel wheels of the vehicle roll on the two rails to support the weight of the vehicle.
  • the linear motor at the lower part of the vehicle interacts with the induction plate of the third track to drive the vehicle. .
  • the acceleration and deceleration speed is large, and the ability to go up and down is strong.
  • the energy efficiency of the linear motor drive is lower, and the derailment prevention performance has not been greatly improved.
  • the current maximum operating speed is below 120km/h, and the maximum test speed is 200km/h, which is far lower than the 350km of the wheel-rail drive. /h maximum operating speed. Therefore, the application of rail steel wheel linear motor drive is greatly restricted.
  • Utility model patent CN2871610Y the locomotive uses two horizontal auxiliary wheels to squeeze the middle web of the auxiliary rail on the left and right sides at the same time, thereby generating a friction force that is beneficial to starting and accelerating, and brakes, starts and accelerates.
  • Patent CN102190005B the rubber tire of the locomotive presses on the upper surface of the auxiliary rail for driving, and the other two rubber tires squeeze the auxiliary rail on the left and right sides to brake at the same time, and the two guide wheels guide on the left and right sides of the auxiliary rail at the same time.
  • the brake block presses the upper surface of the central auxiliary rail from top to bottom, or the brake hook rotates 90 degrees to descend and hold the I-shaped upper wing of the central auxiliary rail to brake to prevent derailment and rollover.
  • the tread surface of the current steel wheel is a conical surface
  • the left and right steel wheels and the axle form a rigid wheel set
  • the guidance of the auxiliary rail is stronger than the guidance of the existing rail, it will cause the steel wheel to slip on the rail.
  • the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail will also interfere with the guidance between the conical surface of the rigid wheel set and the rail, and will also cause the steel wheel to slip on the rail. It is very dangerous for the steel wheel to slip on the rail, and it is avoided as much as possible in the current steel wheel and rail mode. Therefore, the introduction of guiding, driving or braking of auxiliary rails makes technical problems more complicated, the movement performance of the entire train is affected, the wear and tear of vehicles increases, and the danger increases, especially in curves and high speeds. .
  • auxiliary wheels and auxiliary rails increase the driving force or braking force, they also increase the frictional resistance, and the energy consumption may increase. Also have, the existence of auxiliary wheel and auxiliary steel rail, also may cause the difficulty of train track change. These problems have not been well resolved, and thus this method is difficult to be widely used.
  • the rail and steel wheel rail transit using the auxiliary rail in addition to the rack auxiliary rail and the linear motor auxiliary rail as the driving rail, also uses the auxiliary rail to prevent derailment or deviation.
  • Japan has done more in this regard in the past 10 years many.
  • Japanese Patent JP4723282B2 uses two auxiliary rails as derailment prevention guard rails to prevent derailment, but this method only prevents derailment of the train left and right, and cannot prevent the train from derailing upwards. Therefore, it is partly to prevent derailment, not to prevent derailment completely.
  • Japan's prevention of train derailment is to prevent the train from derailing and not to prevent the train from derailing.
  • the present invention adds a vehicle hugging track structure for preventing derailment, which can prevent the train from derailing and completely prevent derailment. Further structural improvements can enable the wheel-rail train to achieve rapid acceleration, rapid deceleration, rapid uphill, sharp downhill, sharp turn, etc., even better than road cars, thereby greatly increasing the competitiveness of the wheel-rail train.
  • Fig. 1 is a sectional view of a train car body and rail and steel wheel structure of the present invention.
  • Fig. 2 is a perspective view of the rail and steel wheel structure of Fig. 1 .
  • 1 is the main rail, the section is I-shaped, and can be a traditional rail. 2 is a sleeper.
  • the 3rd, main steel wheel can be driving wheel, braking wheel or driven wheel, also can be traditional steel wheel.
  • 4 is the tread surface of the main steel wheel, which is in rolling contact with the upper surface of the main steel rail.
  • the diameter of the tread along the thickness of the steel wheel is different, and it becomes a conical tread.
  • the conicity of the tread is 1/10 for ordinary railways and 1/20 for high-speed railways.
  • the left and right steel wheels 3 and the axle 6 are rigidly fixed together to form a wheel pair and become a rigid wheel pair. When the rigid wheel set rolls, the rolling angular velocities of the left and right steel wheels 3 are the same.
  • the distance on the inside of the I-shaped upper wing of the left and right two rails 1 is called the gauge, which is expressed as A here. When the gauge is equal to 1435mm, it is called the standard gauge, if it is greater than 1435mm, it is called the wide gauge, and if it is less than 1435mm, it is called the narrow gauge.
  • the distance outside the rim 5 of the left and right steel wheels 3 is called the rim distance, which is represented as B here.
  • the amount of activity C is about +/- 3mm at the straight rail, and larger at the curved rail.
  • auxiliary rails and horizontal auxiliary wheel sets on the basis of the traditional steel rail and steel wheel structure.
  • 7 is auxiliary rail of the present invention, is laid on the center of traditional two steel rails 1, and section is also I-shaped.
  • the position of the I-shaped upper wing of the auxiliary rail 7 is higher than the upper surface of the main rail 1 .
  • 8 is the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the present invention, horizontally arranged, becomes a pair left and right, rolls on the left and right sides of the waist of auxiliary rail 7.
  • Horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is higher than the upper surface of traditional rail 1. Since the upward movement of the horizontal auxiliary wheels is hindered by the upper wing, the vehicle is not easily lifted and rolled over.
  • a typical material of the auxiliary rail 7 is an iron alloy material, but it is not limited to an iron alloy material.
  • the left and right sides of its waist are rolling friction surfaces, that is, the auxiliary rail treads, which are not zigzag, and the materials are wear-resistant materials such as metal alloys and ceramics.
  • the rolling tread of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is a cylindrical surface, not a gear, and the material is wear-resistant materials such as metal alloys and pottery, not rubber.
  • the rolling friction surface is suitable for high-speed rotation of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 .
  • the 9th, horizontal drive piston makes the wheel pair of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 extrude auxiliary rail 7 from left and right, and extrusion force size is adjustable, also can unclamp.
  • 10 is the fixed clamp of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 mechanism assembly, which does not move left and right relative to the main steel wheel 3, and supports the horizontal driving piston 9.
  • 11 is the driving wheel of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, such as a motor, or a wheel connected to the motor.
  • 12 is the brake wheel of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, for example is the disc brake wheel, or the wheel that links to each other with the disc brake wheel.
  • Driving wheel 11, braking wheel 12 are connected with horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, and horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 can be switched to auxiliary driving wheel, auxiliary braking wheel or auxiliary driven wheel at different times.
  • the driving wheel 11 and the braking wheel 12 can be the same wheel.
  • auxiliary rail 7 and horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 traditional steel rail and steel wheel become main steel rail and main steel wheel here.
  • the main rail and main steel wheel are load-bearing rails and steel wheels, and the auxiliary rails and horizontal auxiliary wheels are non-load-bearing rails and wheels.
  • 13 is the car body of the train.
  • 14 is the seam of main rail 1 in the length direction, including straight seam, oblique seam and welding seam.
  • the impact force when the steel wheel 3 rolls over the oblique seam and the welding seam is small, and the impact force when rolling over the straight seam is large.
  • the temperature stress of the straight seam and the oblique seam is small, and the temperature stress of the welded seam is large.
  • Welding seams are metal materials welded together, and there are actually no gaps.
  • auxiliary rail 7 is the seam of auxiliary rail 7 in the length direction, and straight seam, oblique seam, zigzag seam, welding seam etc. are arranged.
  • the tread width of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 can be wider, such as greater than 100mm, so that when the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 rolls over the oblique seam or zigzag seam of the auxiliary rail, no large impact will be produced.
  • 3 to 12 are installed on the bogie under the car body.
  • a train body is mounted on two bogies to facilitate turns. When the length of the car body is short, it is easy to turn, and only one bogie is enough, and it can be integrated with the car body, and at this time the car body also becomes a bogie.
  • a bogie has 4 main drums.
  • the left and right main steel wheels form a wheelset.
  • the main rail 1, the auxiliary rail 7 and the crossties 2 are track parts, which are fixed together by fasteners or fasteners.
  • the width of the sleepers in the track length direction is relatively short, and gravel is filled under the sleepers and between adjacent sleepers, forming a ballasted track.
  • the cost of the ballasted track is low, but the track settlement is large.
  • the width of the sleepers in the track length direction is longer, the adjacent sleepers are close to each other, and there is no gravel, so it becomes a ballastless track.
  • the cost of the ballastless track is high, but the track settlement is small.
  • 3 to 13 are vehicle parts.
  • the main steel wheel 3 rolls on the main rail 1 to support the total weight of the vehicle part.
  • the main drum 3 also provides driving, braking or guiding of the vehicle.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 and the auxiliary rails 7 cooperate, do not support the weight of the vehicle, and only provide the driving and braking of the vehicle or prevent derailment.
  • the extrusion force between the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 and the auxiliary rail 7 is controlled by an extrusion mechanism, and the size is adjustable and also loosenable.
  • the traditional steel wheel 3 rolling on the rail 1 can provide driving, braking and guiding, but its performance is too weak and has many disadvantages.
  • the present invention adds auxiliary rails 7 and horizontal auxiliary wheels 8, through their cooperation, the driving, braking and derailment prevention performance of the vehicle can be greatly improved.
  • the present invention carries out the following processing: when the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 rolls and squeezes the auxiliary rail 7 from the left and right two vertical surfaces, the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 has a whole left and right free movement relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle, and its maximum movement is within the main steel wheel.
  • the extent to which the wheel does not derail from the main rail is approximately the half width of the tread of the main rail 1 plus the half width of the tread of the main steel wheel 3. For the sake of safety, it can be simply said to be within the half width or full width of the tread of the main rail 1.
  • the overall width of the main rail 1 is about 75mm.
  • the cooperation of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 and the auxiliary rail 7 does not affect the normal serpentine movement of the main steel wheel 3 on the main rail 1, but when the main steel wheel 3 moves too much to the left and right and may cause derailment, the horizontal auxiliary
  • the guidance of the wheel 8 and the auxiliary rail 7 limits the left and right movement of the main steel wheel 3 to further increase, thereby making it difficult to derail.
  • the I-shaped upper wing of auxiliary rail 7 has stopped the upward movement of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 positioned below, therefore, under the situation that auxiliary rail 7 and horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 do not destroy, derailment and overturning cannot occur in the vehicle.
  • the two horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 on the left and right of the auxiliary rail 7 are driven by two horizontal driving pistons 9 on the left and right, so that the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 squeeze the auxiliary rail 7 from left and right.
  • the fixed tongs 10 are parts that do not relatively move left and right with the main drum 3 and support the horizontal drive piston 9 .
  • the horizontal driving piston 9 can be a hydraulic piston or a pneumatic piston. When the left and right pistons are controlled by the same hydraulic or pneumatic driving source, the pressure on the auxiliary rail 7 of the left and right horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 can be equal, but the left and right two are not limited.
  • the horizontal drive piston 9 can also be driven by the piston of the motor or magnetic attraction to realize extrusion and integral left and right movement.
  • the maximum driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel is proportional to the friction coefficient and pressure between the main steel wheel 3 and the main rail 1 .
  • the energy consumption of train movement also increases with the increase of friction coefficient and pressure.
  • the coefficient of friction is mainly related to the materials of steel wheels and rails.
  • the friction coefficient of steel wheels and rail materials is smaller than that of automobile rubber tires and concrete pavement, so the energy consumption of train movement is small.
  • the pressure between the steel wheel and the rail increases with the weight and load of the vehicle, and the light pressure makes the energy consumption of the train movement small.
  • Increasing the maximum driving force or braking force by increasing the weight of the vehicle cannot effectively improve the sudden acceleration or sudden braking performance, but worsens the acceleration or braking performance.
  • the pressure between them can be realized by hydraulic pressure, air pressure, electromagnetic pressure, etc.
  • the pressure It can be adjusted to be much greater than the pressure of the main steel wheel for the main rail, and the extrusion drive mechanism does not increase the total weight of the vehicle. Therefore, the cooperation of the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 and the auxiliary rails 7 can obtain greater driving force or braking force, thereby effectively improving the performance of the vehicle in rapid acceleration, sudden braking, and climbing up steep slopes.
  • the rolling of the traditional steel wheel 3 on the rail 1 can provide certain driving, braking and guiding performance.
  • the actual current situation has an operating speed of 350km/h, which is a good indicator that cannot be ignored. If it is completely replaced by another method, the details may not be fully considered in a short period of time, and the operating speed of 350km/h may not be achieved.
  • the present invention has increased the cooperation of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 and auxiliary rail 7, and purpose is to increase driving force or braking force, but has also increased the frictional resistance of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 and auxiliary rail 7.
  • the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 3 has a set value, when the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 3 is less than the set value, only the driving force of the main steel wheel 3 is used Or brake, do not use the driving and braking of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the extruding force of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is adjusted to below a certain set value, even unclamps.
  • the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 3 is equal to or greater than the set value, the main steel wheel 3 may slip. At this time, use the driving or braking of the main steel wheel 3 and the driving or braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 move.
  • the driving force or braking force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is related to the motive force of driving or braking, and is also related to the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8.
  • a relationship in which the extrusion force increases with the increase of the original force can be set in advance. , to avoid excessive extrusion force when the driving force is small, resulting in large frictional resistance. Also avoid that the extrusion force is too small when the driving force is large, so that the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 will slip when the auxiliary rail 7 surface rolls.
  • FIG. 3 is a scene in which the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 in Fig. 2 is replaced by an auxiliary rail brake block, a perspective view.
  • FIG. 4 is a sectional view of FIG. 3 .
  • 16 is a large concrete sleeper, which forms a trackless track.
  • 17 is the auxiliary rail of zigzag end face.
  • the brake block is composed of a steel plate, a bonded heat insulation layer and a friction block.
  • the heat insulation layer is composed of a material that does not conduct heat for heat insulation;
  • the friction block is composed of a friction material and an adhesive that is squeezed during braking. Pressing on the tread surface of the auxiliary rail produces friction, so as to achieve the purpose of deceleration and braking of the vehicle.
  • the brake pads are mainly divided into the following categories: asbestos brake pads, semi-metallic brake pads, metal-less brake pads, NAO formula brake pads, ceramic brake pads, and NAO ceramic brake pads.
  • 19 is the horizontal driving piston of the auxiliary rail brake block 18.
  • 20 is the brake caliper of the auxiliary rail brake block.
  • 21 is a left and right moving guide rail of the brake caliper 20 .
  • 22 is an integral assembly fixing part, which does not move left and right relative to the main steel wheel 3, and supports the brake caliper 20.
  • the auxiliary rail brake block 18 is driven by the horizontal drive piston 19 of hydraulic pressure, air pressure, electromagnetic pressure or mechanical pliers.
  • the fixing part 22 moves left and right to achieve sufficient left and right movement.
  • 15 in Fig. 3 is the zigzag end seam of auxiliary rail.
  • the auxiliary rail brake block 18 among Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 realizes extruding by hydraulic pressure, air pressure, electromagnetic pressure or mechanical clamping, also can realize extruding by magnet attraction, promptly uses the magnetic rail braking mode.
  • the current magnetic rail braking can obtain greater braking force than the main steel wheel 3 .
  • the auxiliary rail is not a load-bearing rail, and the tread of the auxiliary rail is wider. Even if the joint of the auxiliary rail is oblique or serrated , There is no good big impact, so the repair and replacement of the auxiliary rail is relatively easy.
  • Auxiliary rail treads can be made of high wear-resistant materials such as alloys or ceramic materials to improve service life.
  • the rail joint splint also known as the fish plate, is used to clamp the lower part or the upper wing of the I-shaped tread at the joint of the auxiliary rail from the left and right, and then pass through the joint of the steel rail with bolts Fix the auxiliary rail through the long hole of the splint or the auxiliary rail.
  • the rail joint splints limit the left and right movement of the end faces of the two auxiliary rails, but the long holes do not limit the movement of the end faces of the two auxiliary rails in the length direction, so as to allow the end faces of the two auxiliary rails to expand and contract along the length direction when there is a temperature change.
  • connection structure is widely used in the joints of traditional rail straight seams, but the width of traditional rail treads is small, and it is difficult to make oblique or zigzag seams.
  • the tread of the auxiliary rail is wider, which is suitable for diagonal or zigzag joints.
  • This connection structure can also be used for the straight seam of the auxiliary rail, but the impact of the straight seam is relatively large and should be avoided as much as possible.
  • the linear eddy current braking of the non-friction braking method can also act on the auxiliary rail to generate strong braking force.
  • a linear eddy current brake assembly is installed on the vehicle, which is located above the auxiliary rail and acts on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail for non-friction braking, or higher than the main rail tread.
  • the left and right linear eddy current brake assemblies form a pair, from the left and right Acts on the tread of the auxiliary rail for non-friction braking.
  • the linear eddy current brake assembly is non-contact and non-friction, with no mechanical wear.
  • Fig. 5 is an enlarged oblique view.
  • a buffer wheel 23 is added to reduce the impact generated when the auxiliary rail brake block passes through the auxiliary rail 7 joint 15.
  • the buffer wheel 23 is supported by a spring plate.
  • the buffer wheel 23 first touches the tread of the auxiliary rail.
  • the auxiliary rail brake block 18 first leaves the tread of the auxiliary rail, and when further driven away, the buffer wheel 23 leaves the tread of the auxiliary rail.
  • 24 is the moving guide rail of horizontal drive piston 19.
  • the buffer wheel 23 can also play a guiding role.
  • FIG. 6 replaces the horizontal movement of the caliper 20 in FIG. 4 with a horizontal rotation.
  • 25 is a brake caliper.
  • 26 is the rotating shaft of brake caliper. The rotating shaft does not move left and right relative to the main steel wheel 3, and is fixed on the car body.
  • the brake caliper 25 rotates around this axis, so that the auxiliary rail brake block 18 realizes sufficient amount of left and right movement.
  • Angular rotation is allowed between the auxiliary rail brake block 18 and the horizontal drive piston 19, so that when the brake caliper 25 rotates, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 has a good surface contact with the auxiliary rail tread.
  • Conical treads can be replaced with cylindrical treads.
  • 27 is main steel wheel.
  • 28 is a cylindrical tread.
  • 29 is a rim.
  • 30 is an axle.
  • the left and right main steel wheels need to be rigidly fixed on the axle to become a rigid wheel set.
  • the conical surface tread can generate a serpentine motion to reset the center of the main steel wheel pair 3 to the center of the main rail at any time.
  • the guide of auxiliary rail 7 or 17 can make the center of main steel wheel pair always remain on the center of main steel rail.
  • the left and right main steel wheels are not rigidly fixed on the wheel shaft, but can rotate independently, and their rolling angular speeds can be different, forming an independent rolling main steel wheel pair, so that the left and right main steel wheels can travel in different directions when turning length, no slippage, and the train turns easily.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 can be fixed left and right, or have a small left and right free movement, for example within +/-5mm.
  • the cylindrical tread wheel itself does not produce serpentine motion, and the side-to-side swing of the vehicle is reduced, which is conducive to improving the maximum speed of the train, for example, further increasing the maximum operating speed of the train to 350km/h.
  • Fig. 7 is a switch of the present invention, which is suitable for the above-mentioned rail and steel wheel structure with auxiliary rail and main steel wheel rim, whether it is a conical tread or a cylindrical tread.
  • 31 is a point rail part.
  • 32 is a switch machine, and the switch machine moves the position of the switch rail so that the vehicle can change the track.
  • 33 is guard rail.
  • 34 is a wing rail.
  • the 35th, frog heart has fixed frog heart and movable core rail frog heart. There is no movable mechanism in the fixed frog center, the harmful space is large, and the impact is large when the main steel wheel rolls over.
  • the frog center of the movable core rail has a movable mechanism, but the harmful space is small, and the impact is small when the main steel wheel rolls over.
  • the turnout shown in Figure 7 is basically the same as the traditional turnout, except that an auxiliary rail is added at the entrance and exit of the main rail. Auxiliary rails are not laid in the switch section. When the horizontal auxiliary wheel set of the train passes through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it is opened without squeezing, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it can be smoothly re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail. At this time, the guidance of the vehicle is carried out by the conical tread surface 4 or the rim 5,29 of the main steel wheel. In the interruption section of the auxiliary rail in the turnout section, the non-contact linear eddy current braking assembly also stops working. Because the auxiliary rail 7 protects the frog center, the guard rail 33 and the wing rail 34 can also be omitted.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail tread.
  • the linear speed of the horizontal auxiliary wheel tread and the auxiliary rail tread may be inconsistent.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheel may be in the state of stopping rotation during the train movement.
  • the tread of the auxiliary wheel and the tread of the auxiliary rail have a speed difference of the train movement. This speed difference causes sliding friction during extrusion, and there is wear between the tread of the horizontal auxiliary wheel and the tread of the auxiliary rail.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheel can be rotated before extrusion, so that the speed of the horizontal auxiliary wheel rotating tread is equal to zero, and then the contact extrusion is performed.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheel does not apply driving force and braking force, and is in the state of the driven wheel, so as to reduce friction.
  • the elastic extrusion is also easy to control the extrusion force to be small, and the small extrusion force produces a small sliding friction force, which can make the horizontal auxiliary wheel rotate, and the ground speed is equal to zero, which becomes rolling friction. After turning into rolling friction, adjust the pressing force and driving force or braking force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel to drive or brake.
  • Fig. 8 is the main steel wheel that the main steel wheel that Fig. 1 has rim and conical surface tread is changed into the main steel wheel without rim and cylindrical surface of the present invention.
  • the main rail has also been changed, especially the change track switch.
  • 36 is main rail, and section is substantially the same with traditional rail 1.
  • 37 is the main steel wheel without rim and cylindrical surface tread, and the left and right main steel wheels and wheel axle 30 are not rigidly fixed together, but form the independent rolling wheel pair that rolling angular velocity can be different.
  • 38 is a cylindrical tread.
  • the left and right wheels of described horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 can only be driven wheels.
  • the distance between the two wheels is slightly greater than or equal to the left and right width of the auxiliary rail, so as to guide the vehicle and become a horizontal guide wheel pair.
  • the horizontal guide wheel is fixed on the lower part of the vehicle with a coil spring or a spring plate, so that when the train swings left and right, the horizontal guide wheel elastically contacts or elastically collides with the tread of the auxiliary rail to relieve the impact and improve the left and right stability of the train when it is running.
  • the amount of elastic fixed elastic movement is limited within a certain amount, thereby limiting the left and right movement of the car body and the main steel wheel, so that the main steel wheel does not fall off from the main rail, and maintains a good derailment prevention effect.
  • the main rail 36 supports the weight, driving, and braking of the vehicle, but does not guide it.
  • the auxiliary rail guides, drives and brakes. Because it is a cylindrical tread, the width of the tread along the width direction of the main rail 36 is large, and the tread compressive stress between the main rail 36 and the main steel wheel 37 is small, which is beneficial to reduce wear and tear, and can extend the operation of the main rail 36 and the main steel wheel 37 life. Cylindrical tread with a long contact length across the rail width. Therefore, even if a large-angle oblique or zigzag joint is formed at the joint of the rail, the impact of the rail rolling over the joint is relatively small. This point is obviously better than the steel rail 1 of the conical surface tread steel wheel.
  • the contact surface between the conical tread surface 4 of the steel wheel and the rail 1 in the traditional standard rail is only about the diameter of a table tennis ball.
  • the rail is made with oblique seams, a long seam length is required to have a small impact effect, and the serrated seam reduces the impact effect not good. Therefore, the oblique seam of rail 1 is not easy to do, and the sawtooth seam is rarely used in practice. Because the oblique seam of traditional rail 1 is very long, and it is not easy to make, so the oblique seam of traditional rail 1 is called rail telescopic regulator again.
  • the rail telescopic adjuster uses the relative displacement of the tip rail or the basic rail to adjust the expansion and contraction of the rail end face.
  • the oblique seam of cylindrical surface tread rail 36 also can adopt the structure of rail telescopic adjuster, and it is easier to do.
  • Steel rail 36 and steel wheel 37 when the materials of traditional steel rail 1 and steel wheel 3 are unchanged, the coefficient of friction is basically unchanged, so the maximum driving force and braking force of steel wheel 37 are the same as those of traditional steel rail 1 and steel wheel 3. Basically unchanged.
  • the main steel wheel 37 is a cylindrical tread, it is not guided.
  • the guiding of auxiliary rail 7 and horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 does not need to consider the interference with main steel wheel 37 guiding. Therefore, the amount of free movement left and right of the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 can be 0mm in theory.
  • the laying straightness of the auxiliary rail 7 has a certain tolerance, and this tolerance interferes with the inertial linear motion of the train when the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary wheels cooperate with the guide in the straight section. Therefore, in order to absorb the influence of this tolerance, the left and right free movement can be made within a certain amount, such as within +/-5mm, so as to make the train move more smoothly.
  • the auxiliary rail guide wheels can also be fixed on springs or spring plates, with left and right elastic movement, for example +/-5mm.
  • the driving force or braking force produced by horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 and auxiliary rail 7 can be far greater than the driving force or braking force of main steel wheel 37 along with the increase of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 extrusion force.
  • the distribution of the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 37 and the driving force or braking force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is controlled as follows: the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 37 has a set value, when the main steel wheel When the driving force or braking force of the wheel 37 was less than the set value, only the driving or braking of the main steel wheel 37 was used, and the driving and braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 were not used.
  • the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 was adjusted to a certain level. below a set value, or even loosen.
  • the driving force or braking force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is related to the motive force of driving or braking, and is also related to the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8.
  • a relationship in which the extrusion force increases with the increase of the original force can be set in advance. , to avoid excessive extrusion force when the driving force is small, resulting in large frictional resistance. Also avoid that the extrusion force is too small when the driving force is large, so that the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 slips when the auxiliary rail 7 surface rolls.
  • Horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 among Fig. 8 can be changed into auxiliary rail braking block 18 or auxiliary rail braking block 18 and buffer wheel 23 like Fig. 5 and Fig. 6.
  • the buffer wheels 23 can also be used for guidance. Because the main steel wheel 37 is a cylindrical tread and does not guide, the left and right free movement of the auxiliary rail brake block 18 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus the buffer wheel 23 can be theoretically 0 mm, but there can also be some, such as Within +/-5mm.
  • the braking force of the auxiliary rail brake block increases with the increase of the extrusion force, and can be far greater than the braking force of the main steel wheel 37.
  • the braking force generated between the metal or ceramic brake disc and the brake block is generally greater than the braking force between the car rubber tire and the road surface.
  • the coefficient of friction between metal or ceramic materials is generally smaller than that between the tire and the road surface, the extrusion force between the metal or ceramic materials is much greater than the pressure between the tire and the road surface. Therefore, the frictional braking force between the metal or ceramic materials is greater than the frictional force between the tire and the road surface.
  • one or more of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 and the auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus the buffer wheel 23 can be installed at the same time, so as to obtain the desired braking performance.
  • Fig. 9 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right to change the track, and goes straight.
  • the main rail has no moving parts and has branch points and frog centers.
  • 39 is the divergence point of the main rail.
  • 40 is the state that the auxiliary rail track change section is switched to going straight.
  • 41 is the intersection point where the straight part of the auxiliary rail transition section crosses the curved part of the main rail from above.
  • 42 is the straight-running fixed rail end of the auxiliary rail.
  • 43 is the turning fixed rail end of the auxiliary rail.
  • 44 is the frog center of main rail.
  • the upper wing and the lower wing of the auxiliary rail can be disconnected and discontinuous at intervals.
  • the tread part of the auxiliary rail is thinner, and the switch machine can apply force to make it elastically bend.
  • the tread part can also have a sawtooth hinge structure, free to bend. Because the width of the horizontal guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is large, the extrusion stress can be very small, so when rolling over the sawtooth hinge, the impact is not large.
  • Fig. 10 is the turnout of Fig. 9, the state of turning and changing tracks.
  • 45 is the state that the auxiliary rail track change section is switched to turning.
  • 46 is the intersection point where the turning portion of the auxiliary rail transition section crosses the straight line portion of the main rail from above.
  • Fig. 11 is Fig. 9 and Fig. 10 merged together, and the auxiliary rail that swings left and right is shown with dotted line. Because the main steel wheel 37 does not have a rim, the branch point 39 of the main rail and the frog center 44 upper surface can have no gap, so the main steel wheel 37 does not have an impact when rolling over the branch point 39 and the frog center 44. Throughout the turnout section, the main rail 36 does not have the weak parts of the conventional rail 1 turnout: the switch rail 31 and the frog center 35 . Therefore, the switch shown in Fig. 9 to Fig. 11 is stronger, requires less maintenance, and is more conducive to the high-speed passage of trains.
  • Fig. 12 is at intersection 41 or 46 places, the situation that the auxiliary rail transition section crosses main rail 36 from above, elevation view.
  • 47 is the lower wing of the I-shaped section of the auxiliary rail track change.
  • 48 is the upper wing of the I-shaped section of the auxiliary rail track change.
  • 49 is the upper elongation of the tread at the movable rail end of the auxiliary rail.
  • 50 is the extension of the lower part of the tread at the fixed rail end of the auxiliary rail.
  • 51 is the I-shaped upper wing of the fixed rail end of the auxiliary rail.
  • 52 is horizontal guide wheel, horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, auxiliary rail brake block 18 or auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus buffer wheel 23.
  • the horizontal guide wheel, the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 and the buffer wheel 23 with a certain width roll over or pass through
  • Rectangular zigzag seams can also be replaced by triangular zigzag seams or oblique seams, which are much less impactful than straight seams.
  • the horizontal guide wheel, the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus the buffer wheel 23 can not be driven or braked in the switch section, and the auxiliary rail is not squeezed. Or the squeeze force is very small, so that the impact can be greatly reduced.
  • the tread is wider, and the joints of the main rail can also adopt rectangular sawtooth joints.
  • Fig. 13 is a plan view of the status 40 of the auxiliary rail transition section going straight through the main rail bending part from above at the intersection point 41.
  • 53 is the upper wing extension of the movable rail end 49 of the auxiliary rail 40 .
  • 54 is the upper wing extension of the auxiliary rail fixed rail end 50 .
  • the upper wing extension 53 of the movable rail end 49 is in contact with the upper wing extension 54 of the fixed rail end 50, and magnetic force is applied or locked, so that the auxiliary wheel treads of the movable rail end 49 and the fixed rail end 50 are in the same position.
  • Horizontal guide wheel, horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, auxiliary rail brake block 18 or auxiliary rail brake block 18 add buffer wheel 23, when passing through the tread of movable rail end 49 and fixed rail end 50 back and forth, there is no step to cause impact.
  • Fig. 14 is a plan view of the state where the auxiliary rail transition section bends 45 and crosses the straight line portion of the main rail from above at the intersection point 46.
  • 55 is the upper wing protruding portion of the auxiliary rail 43 fixed rail end 50 .
  • the upper wing extension 53 of the movable rail end 49 is in contact with the upper wing extension 55 of the fixed rail end 50 of the auxiliary rail 43, and magnetic force or locking is applied, so that there is no step on the tread surface from the movable rail end. 49 continues to the fixed rail end 50.
  • FIG. 15 is a plan view of a switch of the present invention that performs track change by swinging the track change guide rail left and right.
  • FIG. 16 is a sectional view of FIG. 15 .
  • 56 and 57 are horizontal track changing guide wheels, installed on the vehicle, the main rail outside.
  • 58 and 59 are rail-changing guide rails that swing left and right, and are installed on the ground.
  • 60, 61, 62 and 63 are the positions of the movable ends of the track changing guide rail.
  • the horizontal track change guide wheel 56 cooperated with the position 60 of the track change guide rail, so that the vehicle went straight from left to right.
  • the position 63 of horizontal track changing guide wheel 57 cooperates with changing track guide rail, makes vehicle turn from left to right.
  • the switchover is the same.
  • Both the fixed end and the movable end of the track-changing guide rail are provided with bell mouths, so as to reduce the impact of the horizontal track-changing guide wheels on the track-changing guide rail.
  • the main steel rail can have no seam at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, and the main steel wheel 37 can roll over smoothly without impact.
  • the central auxiliary rail 7 is not laid, and the horizontal guide wheel, the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus the buffer wheel 23 are opened, so that after passing the turnout, the auxiliary rail is re-set on the auxiliary rail.
  • Rail 7 tread both sides.
  • the profile of the track changing guide rail is U-shaped, and the track changing guide wheels 56 or 57 are supported and fixed on the vehicle bogie from above, as shown in Figure 16 .
  • U type be turned up and down, so that opening is downward, and track changing guide wheel 56 or 57 supports and is fixed on the bogie from below. At this time, if the bogie has upward motion, the top of 56 or 57 will contact with the U-shaped concave bottom, so that the upward motion of the bogie is limited. This also applies to Fig. 23 described below.
  • Fig. 17 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the fixed rail changing guide rail to change the track.
  • 64 and 65 are fixed track-changing guide rails, which cooperate with the horizontal track-changing guide wheels 56 or 57 installed on the vehicle at different times.
  • the vehicle goes straight.
  • Front and back at position 41 the horizontal guide wheels or horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 of the vehicle cooperate with auxiliary rails for guidance.
  • the auxiliary rail is interrupted.
  • the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are unclamped, and the horizontal track changing guide wheel 56 of the vehicle cooperates with the track changing guide rail 64 to guide.
  • the vehicle When swinging the auxiliary rail to the dotted line position 45, the vehicle turns and changes the track.
  • the horizontal guide wheels or the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 of the vehicle cooperate with the auxiliary rails for guidance.
  • the auxiliary rail is interrupted.
  • the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are opened, and the horizontal track changing guide wheel 57 of the vehicle cooperates with the track changing guide rail 65 to guide.
  • the main rail can have no gaps at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, and the main steel wheel 37 can roll over smoothly without impact
  • Fig. 18 is a turnout of the present invention that changes rails by swinging two auxiliary rails left and right. In the swing interval, the swing sections of the two auxiliary rails are higher than the main rail and swing left and right over the main rail.
  • 66 is that the straight-traveling auxiliary rail is in the straight-traveling position, and solid line represents, guides.
  • 67 is that the straight auxiliary rail is in the position of turning, and dashed line represents, avoids guiding.
  • 68 is the turning point of the solid line position and the dotted line position of the straight auxiliary rail.
  • 69 is that the turning auxiliary rail is in the straight-ahead position, and solid line represents, avoids guiding.
  • Fig. 9 swings an auxiliary rail, and the bending state of the auxiliary rail changes when swinging, becoming a straight line or a curve.
  • Figure 18 swings the two auxiliary rails, the bending state of the two auxiliary rails remains unchanged during the swing, but rigidly rotates. The same thing is that at the junction of the movable auxiliary rail and the fixed auxiliary rail, oblique seams or zigzag seams can be made so that the auxiliary rail guiding wheel pair or the auxiliary rail action component pair of the vehicle can roll over or pass through the auxiliary rail guiding tread without step difference gap, and guide the track change.
  • Fig. 19 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail to change the track.
  • Fig. 20 is a sectional view of the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail of the single wheel of Fig. 19 .
  • 72 and 74 are outer rails, and 73 and 75 are inner rails.
  • the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are unclamped, and the right side wheel of the main steel wheel 37 of the vehicle among Fig. 20 cooperates with the outer guide rail 72 and the inner guide rail 73 to guide.
  • the vehicle turns and changes the track.
  • the horizontal guide wheels or the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 of the vehicle cooperate with the auxiliary rails to guide.
  • the auxiliary rail is interrupted.
  • the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are opened, and the left side wheel of the main steel wheel 37 of the vehicle cooperates with the outer guide rail 74 and the inner guide rail 75 to guide.
  • the main steel rail can have no seam at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, and the main steel wheel 37 can roll over smoothly without impact.
  • Fig. 21 is in Fig. 19 and Fig. 20, main steel rail 36 merges into one with outer guide rail and inner guide rail, becomes the steel rail 76 that has rail edge.
  • 77 is rail edge, limits the rolling direction of main steel wheel 37 from left and right sides. Foreign matter such as dust is easy to collect on the tread between the left and right side rails 77 . Therefore rail edge 77 is at intervals in the length direction, such as 500mm, without one or both of the outer rail edge and the inner rail edge, becoming a rail edge gap, so that foreign matter such as dust is easy to flow out from the gap automatically.
  • Fig. 22 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the outer guide rails of the two wheels to change the track.
  • 78 and 79 are outer rails.
  • the vehicle goes straight.
  • the horizontal guide wheels or the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 of the vehicle cooperate with the auxiliary rails for guidance.
  • the auxiliary rail is interrupted.
  • the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are opened, and the main steel wheel 37 of the vehicle cooperates with the outer guide rail 72 and the outer guide rail 79 to guide the left and right two wheels.
  • the vehicle turns and changes the track.
  • the horizontal guide wheels or the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 of the vehicle cooperate with the auxiliary rails for guidance.
  • the auxiliary rail is interrupted.
  • the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are opened, and the main steel wheel 37 of the vehicle cooperates with the outer guide rail 74 and the outer guide rail 78 to guide the left and right two wheels outside.
  • the main steel rail can have no seam at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, and the main steel wheel 37 can roll over smoothly without impact.
  • Fig. 23 is a sectional view of the auxiliary rail of Fig. 8 of the present invention, with a stator of a linear motor.
  • Fig. 24 is a perspective view of Fig. 23 .
  • 80 is the auxiliary rail of the linear motor stator, which has upper wings.
  • 81 is a horizontal guide wheel.
  • 82 is a brake caliper, which supports guide wheels 81 and brake blocks 18.
  • 83 is a linear motor rotor.
  • 80 may also be a linear motor rotor, and correspondingly, 83 becomes a linear motor stator.
  • the linear motor rotor and stator cooperate to drive or brake the vehicle without contact, without mechanical wear.
  • Horizontal guide wheel 81 rolls on the both sides of auxiliary rail from left and right to guide.
  • the horizontal driving piston 9 can control the pressing force of the horizontal guide wheel 81 and the brake block 18 on the auxiliary rail, or leave the auxiliary rail.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 81 does not need a large extrusion force, so the horizontal guide wheel 81 can be installed on the spring, so that the extrusion force of the brake block 18 is far greater than the extrusion force of the horizontal guide wheel 81, by the system Moving block 18 carries out powerful braking. Since the upper wing of the auxiliary rail is embraced by the horizontal guide wheel 81 and the brake block 18, the vehicle will not derail or roll over without damage. It can also realize sharp turns and small turning radius.
  • the driving and braking of the vehicle are realized by the main steel wheel 37 and the linear motor.
  • the driving and braking of the main steel wheel 37 can realize the operating speed of 350km/h. But the coefficient of friction between the main steel wheel 37 and the main rail 36 is small, and the driving force and braking force that can be produced are small, which is unfavorable for rapid acceleration, sudden braking, and sudden descent.
  • the driving force and braking force of the linear motor are relatively large, which can achieve better rapid acceleration, rapid braking, and rapid downhill performance.
  • the brake pads 18 also perform good braking. Outside brake block 18 and horizontal guide wheel 81, also can increase the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 with driving and braking function, only rely on horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, just can realize quick acceleration, sudden braking, sudden downhill performance.
  • the vehicle has the driving and braking of the main steel wheel 37, the driving and braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the driving and braking of the linear motor, and the braking of the brake block 18, the vehicle has a good slow and fast speed. Excellent uniform speed performance, acceleration and deceleration performance, rapid uphill and downhill performance, and the operating speed of 350km/h can be further improved.
  • the driving and braking of the auxiliary rail also introduces resistance and energy consumption.
  • the following controls are carried out: 1) When running at a straight line and at a constant speed without rain or snow, the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the main rail and the main steel When the driving or braking of the main steel wheel is sufficient, or when the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel of the vehicle is less than a set value, only the driving or braking of the main steel wheel and the main rail is used at this time to save energy; 2) when During rapid acceleration, rapid deceleration, uphill, downhill, and sharp turns, the vehicle needs a large driving force or braking force; or when the track wheels are wet in rainy and snowy weather, the driving ability or braking ability of the main steel wheel is reduced ; or when the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough; or when the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel of the vehicle is greater than a set value, the vehicle uses the driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail at the same time, or Use only the driving or braking
  • a steering mechanism such as a steering wheel
  • a steering wheel can be installed on the vehicle to control the left and right steering of the main steel wheel, so as to facilitate maintenance or maintenance of the track where the vehicle can easily enter and exit the main rail from the outside at the turnout.
  • the vehicle is like a road roller when road pavement is laid, and the main steel wheel can roll and walk on the surface of concrete or dirt road, and can also turn. If the main steel wheels are replaced with rubber tires, the vehicle becomes a car.
  • the power of the vehicle can be fuel, battery power, external connection power, etc.
  • the track change switch can be the swing auxiliary rail of Fig. 9, the swing rail of Fig. 15, the swing auxiliary rail of Fig. 17 and cooperate with the rail of Fig.
  • the swing auxiliary rail of 19 also cooperates and cooperates and cooperates the swing auxiliary rail of single wheel, Fig. 21 and cooperates main rail rail edge or the swing auxiliary rail of Fig. 22 and cooperates two-wheel outer guide rails, the mode.
  • the main rail has no movable parts, and there can be no seams at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, so the main steel wheel 37 can smoothly roll over without impact.
  • Fig. 25 is that in the linear motor auxiliary rail and vehicle structure of Fig. 23, the main steel wheel 37 with no rim cylindrical surface tread is replaced with the main steel wheel 27 with rim cylindrical surface tread.
  • the rim of main steel wheel does not act as a guide, and guide is carried out by horizontal guide wheel 81 and auxiliary rail.
  • the turnout adopts the traditional turnout method shown in Figure 7, and the rim plays a guiding role in the turnout section to change the track.
  • the auxiliary rail of the linear motor is interrupted and not laid, and the horizontal guide wheel 81 and the brake block 18 are opened.
  • the driving and braking performance of the main steel wheel 27 with the rim cylindrical tread is the same as that of the main steel wheel 37 without the rim cylindrical tread.
  • Fig. 26 is a rhombus cross when using the main steel wheel 37 with no rim cylindrical surface tread, and the movable auxiliary rail for rotation.
  • the movable auxiliary rail rotates and switches between the position 84 and the position 85, and cooperates with the horizontal auxiliary wheel for guidance.
  • the relationship between the end face of the movable auxiliary rail and the end face of the fixed auxiliary rail is shown in Figures 12, 13 and 14.
  • the main steel wheel 37 of vehicle rolls over the frog center without gap, without impact.
  • Figure 27 is a rhombus cross when using a flangeless cylindrical tread main drum 37, the main rail having a rail flange 77.
  • the main rail In the rhombus intersection interval, do not lay central auxiliary rail, horizontal guide wheel, horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, auxiliary rail braking block 18 and auxiliary rail braking block 18 add buffer wheel 23 and open.
  • the main drum 37 is guided by the main rail flange 77 .
  • the track has no moving parts.
  • the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 cooperates with the central auxiliary rail to guide.
  • a main steel rail has had both side rail flanges 77, can guide and make main steel wheel 37 roll over the rhombus intersection interval.
  • Main rail rail edge 77 also can be changed into outer guide rail 72 and inner guide rail 73, guides to main steel wheel 37.
  • Fig. 28 is a crossing where the track and the highway level crossing using the main steel wheel 37 with rimless cylindrical surface tread, plan view.
  • 85 is a highway with two lanes, the dotted line is the dividing line of the lanes, and the solid line parallel to it is the two sides of highway 85.
  • Steel rail passes through highway 85 places, and auxiliary rail 7 is not laid, and one of main rail 36 changes into the steel rail 76 that both sides rail edge 77 is arranged, and another still is main rail 36.
  • a steel rail 76 can be guided to make the main steel wheel 37 roll over the road intersection section.
  • the height of the tread of the rail 76 is the same as that of the main rail 36 , so the height of the rail lip 77 is higher than that of the main rail 36 .
  • the concrete road surface When the concrete road surface was laid outside the rail, the concrete road surface was the same height as the rail edge 77 and the tread respectively, and from the rail edge 77 to the tread of the main rail 36, the concrete road surface had a slope.
  • the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel cooperates with the auxiliary rail to guide.
  • the horizontal guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 are opened.
  • the both side rail edges 77 of the steel rail 76 guide the main steel wheel 37.
  • Main rail rail edge 77 also can be changed into outer guide rail 72 and inner guide rail 73, guides to main steel wheel 37.
  • a steering mechanism can be installed on the vehicle to control the main steel wheel 37 to make the vehicle go straight. Or utilize the camera to dynamically monitor the pointing state of the vehicle, and control the main steel wheel 37 to make the vehicle go straight.
  • the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel can be set on the auxiliary rail both sides again.
  • the end surface of the auxiliary rail is made into a horizontal pointed wedge shape, and a horizontal bell mouth is installed in front of the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the vehicle. Guided by sharp wedges and bell mouths, it can absorb a large error of the vehicle from the center of the rail.
  • the pointed wedge can also be made into a rolling cylinder with a smaller diameter, which also has some elasticity to reduce impact or friction. This approach is also suitable for the aforementioned turnout and rhombus intersection.
  • auxiliary rails are not laid, and the horizontal guide wheels or the horizontal auxiliary wheels of the train are opened.
  • the wheel rim 29 of main steel wheel 27 cooperates guide with rail 1.
  • the horizontal guide wheels or horizontal auxiliary wheels cooperate with the central auxiliary rail for guidance.
  • the guidance is the same as that of traditional railways.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the present invention among Fig. 1 and Fig. 8 also can act on main rail.
  • Fig. 29 is the situation that the rimless main steel wheel 37 rolls and guides on the main rail 36, a sectional view.
  • Fig. 30 is a perspective view of Fig. 29 .
  • 86 is to be installed in the horizontal guide wheel near the bottom main steel wheel of the vehicle, each one in the left and right sides, is positioned at the inboard of two main rails 36, rolls on the surface of the upper wing inboard of main rail 36, guides. Thus, the inside surface becomes the guide inside tread.
  • 87 is the rim of the horizontal guide wheel, below the upper wing of the main rail 36, so as to stop the vehicle from being lifted.
  • 88 is the support part of horizontal guide wheel.
  • the main steel wheel 37 and the horizontal guide wheel 86 without the rim cylindrical tread are equivalent to the decomposition of the main steel wheel 27 with the rim cylindrical tread in FIG. 6 .
  • the main steel wheel 37 of the rimless cylindrical surface tread is an independent rolling wheel pair, which rolls on the main rail 36 to support the weight of the vehicle.
  • Guidance is carried out by the rolling cooperation of horizontal guide wheel 86 and the inboard tread surface of main rail 36.
  • the tread of the horizontal guide wheel 86 is a cylindrical surface, a conical surface or other complex-shaped turning curved surface, so as to cooperate with the inner tread of the main rail 36 and the inner tread of the switch.
  • the gauge of the two main rails 36 has a laying tolerance.
  • the supporting part 88 of the horizontal guide wheel is installed on the elastic support body, and there is a certain amount of movement left and right, but the amount of movement is limited to ensure guidance.
  • the elastic supporting body may be a coil spring or an elastic plate.
  • the elastic pressure of the horizontal guide wheel 86 to the main rail 36 inboard tread does not need to be very large, the horizontal guide wheel 86 can be rotated without sliding with the main rail 36.
  • the diameter of the horizontal guide wheel 86 is generally less than 80 mm, relatively small.
  • the rim 87 can also be omitted.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 can be only an axle, and its bearing mechanism is in the supporting part 88 of the horizontal guide wheel.
  • the tread material of the horizontal guide wheel 86 is a wear-resistant material of metal alloy or artificial stone.
  • the tread on the inner side of the upper wing of the main rail 36 is made of metal alloy material or undergoes wear-resistant surface treatment.
  • the tread of the main rail 36 can be wider, so the seam in the rail length direction can be made as welded seam, oblique seam, zigzag seam or straight seam.
  • the inboard tread of main rail 36 also can be made into welding seam, oblique seam, zigzag seam or straight seam.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 including the rim 87, has a relatively small diameter and weak mechanical strength.
  • Horizontal guide wheel 86 can have several, so that increase strength.
  • part or all of the horizontal guide wheels 86 can be replaced with solid bars or solid plates that do not rotate, and the rim 87 becomes a unidirectional hook that extends to the upper wing of the main rail 36. to prevent the vehicle from being lifted.
  • Fig. 29 also can be in the center of two main steel rails 36, lay the auxiliary rail of linear motor.
  • the auxiliary rail has the stator or rotor of the linear motor; correspondingly, the rotor or stator of the matching linear motor is mounted on the vehicle above the tread of the main rail.
  • the driving force and braking force of the linear motor are relatively large, which is conducive to rapid uphill and downhill.
  • the switch can adopt the structure of changing the track by swinging the track changing guide rail left and right in Fig. 15 .
  • the horizontal guiding wheel 86 is raised to be higher than the main rail tread, and the horizontal rail changing guide wheel and the variable rail Rail to rail mates to the guide.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 is descended, and cooperates with the upper wing inner side tread of the main rail to guide, and the vehicle continues to run.
  • Horizontal guide wheel 86 is raised, and the turnout that carries out rail change, also can adopt the steel rail that has outer rail edge or/and inner rail edge, or outer guide rail, inner guide rail, guides rail change to main steel wheel 37.
  • the horizontal guide wheels 86 should be raised higher than the rail flange or guide rail so that they can be passed over without bumping.
  • the wheel rim 87 can be omitted.
  • the main rail has no movable parts, and there can be no seams at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, so the main steel wheel 37 can smoothly roll over without impact.
  • the rimless cylindrical surface tread main steel wheel 37 of Fig. 29 also can be changed into the rimless conical surface tread main steel wheel, and the conical surface tread forms a rigid wheel set.
  • the rigid wheel set with conical surface tread has automatic steering and turning functions, and the horizontal guide wheel 86 generally does not guide. Therefore, in order to simplify the mechanism, the horizontal guide wheel 86 can be installed on the rigid support body instead of the elastic support body.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 contacts with the inner tread surface of the main rail, Also participate in orientation.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 can be installed on the elastic support in advance, and the horizontal guide wheel 86 has a small elastic pressure on the inner tread of the main rail, so that the horizontal guide wheel 86 rolls on the inner tread of the main rail. No slippage occurs.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 cooperates with the switch rail 31 to change the track, no matter it is installed on a rigid support body or an elastic support body.
  • the upper surface tread of main rail 36 is narrower, and the seam of main rail length direction is welding seam, oblique seam or straight seam, and zigzag seam is difficult to do.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 among Fig. 29 and Fig. 30 is compared with the wheel rim of main steel wheel, although it is a bit more complicated, it has many advantages.
  • the main function of the rim of the main steel wheel is to change the track and prevent derailment, but the friction noise of the rim guide is relatively large.
  • a rigid wheel set with conical tread is used in order to avoid wheel rim guidance in straight line and curve running of the vehicle.
  • the derailment prevention ability of the rim is weak. When turning at high speed or in a high-speed serpentine motion, the rim is more likely to climb to the tread on the upper surface of the steel wheel, and then derail. Therefore, the speed limit of the train is stricter.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 has strong and smooth guiding force, low frictional noise, and strong derailment prevention ability.
  • the vertical tread structure of the horizontal guide wheel 86 is not easy to make the horizontal guide wheel climb to the steel wheel upper surface tread, so it is suitable for high-speed turning.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 is applied to the conical surface tread rigid wheel set, it is also beneficial to enhance the prevention of serpentine motion derailment, the enhancement of high-speed turning derailment, and the enhancement of small radius turning derailment prevention.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 is lower than the main rail, and when passing through the narrow groove at the crossing, if foreign matter is arranged in the narrow groove, the horizontal guide wheel 86 is difficult to pass through smoothly. Therefore firm sharp wedge can be installed on the vehicle, push away foreign matter, so that horizontal guide wheel 86 passes through narrow groove smoothly.
  • horizontal driving wheels or brake blocks can be installed on the vehicle, and on the outside of the main rail, cooperate with the horizontal guide wheel 86 to extrude the main rail from both inside and outside sides to realize driving or braking.
  • Horizontal driving wheels or brake blocks can also be installed on the inside and outside of the main rail to form a pair, extruding the main rail to realize driving or braking.
  • Horizontal driving wheel or brake block, in the turnout section, rhombus intersection section, crossing section, temperature telescopic regulator section, the dynamic adjustment mechanism raises its height to avoid collision with the main rail or other objects.
  • the extruding mechanism makes the horizontal guide wheel 86 and the horizontal driving wheel or brake block move left and right in a certain amount.
  • the applied squeezing force can be greater than the weight of the vehicle, so the horizontal driving wheel can provide greater driving or braking force than the main steel wheel.
  • the squeeze force can be turned down to reduce rolling resistance.
  • the dynamic adjustment mechanism raises the horizontal driving wheel or the brake block, which may break down, and may collide with the main rail or other items at this time, causing disasters.
  • a rising safety block is installed on the track at the front of the turnout section, diamond-shaped intersection section, crossing section, and temperature expansion regulator section.
  • Safety block which can be a non-moving component.
  • the crash safety mechanism may be a mechanical switch.
  • the horizontal drive wheel or brake block on the vehicle can collide with the descending safety block installed on the track again, or trigger light, electricity, Magnetic and other sensors, automatically or manually lowered to the outside or inside of the main rail, in order to guide, prevent derailment, or squeeze the main rail for driving or braking.
  • Two horizontal guide wheels 86 among Fig. 29 and Fig. 30 are positioned at the inboard of two main rails 36. Also can replace to be positioned at the outside of two main rails 36, roll on the upper wing outside step of main rail 36 and guide.
  • there are problems when running on traditional steel rails because the rim of the traditional steel wheel is the inner rim, and the rail switch, temperature expansion regulator, etc. are built on the basis of the inner fit. Therefore, it is necessary to simply change it into a switch, a temperature expansion regulator, etc. that cooperate with the outside.
  • Two horizontal guide wheels 86 also can be installed on the train of Fig. 8. However, in order to avoid mutual interference with the guidance of the auxiliary rail, when the auxiliary rail exists, it is guided by the auxiliary rail. Horizontal guide wheels 86 are moved upwards or inwards away from the main rail, or removed, without guidance. When the horizontal guide wheel 86 moves inwardly away from the main rail, the switch of Fig. 7 can be used. During the situation that horizontal guide wheel 86 upwards moves away from main rail or removes, the turnout of Fig. 9 to 15, Fig. 17 to 19, Fig. 22, the rhombus intersection of Fig. 26-27, the crossing of Fig. 28 all can use.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 guided also can pass through the conventional switch of Fig. 7.
  • the novel train of the present invention can run on the novel track of the present invention, also can run on the conventional track, has good interchangeability.
  • the novel turnout of the present invention beyond Fig. 7, rhombus intersection, crossing can not make the train that tradition has rim steel wheel to pass through, does not have interchangeability.
  • the supporting part 88 of the horizontal guide wheel 86 among Fig. 29 and Fig. 30 is installed on the bottom of the train bogie, and the left and right horizontal guide wheels 86 form a pair.
  • a bogie has two pairs of horizontal guide wheels 86 before and after, preventing derailment. On a straight line of track, all wheels are parallel and roll forward and backward. But in corners, more consideration is required.
  • the main steel wheel among Fig. 31 is the rigid wheel pair of conical surface tread or the independent rolling wheel pair of cylindrical surface tread.
  • the horizontal guide wheel pair 86 rotates integrally with the steering wheel pair.
  • the steering of the front and rear steering wheelsets is opposite.
  • 89 is the center of rotation of the steering wheelset.
  • 90 is the center of rotation of the track or steering wheelset.
  • 91 is a train bogie.
  • the main steel wheel among Fig. 32 is the independent rolling wheel of cylindrical surface tread.
  • the horizontal guide wheel pair 86 rotates together with the independent steering wheel, or does not move.
  • the steering of the left and right steering wheels is the same direction, and the steering angle is slightly different.
  • the steering of the front and rear steering wheels is opposite, and 92 is the center of rotation of the track or the steering wheel.
  • the steering of the left and right steering wheels makes the vertical distance of the left and right steering wheels smaller, as long as the main rail or the main steel wheel has enough width, the cylindrical tread of the main steel wheel can always roll on the upper surface of the main rail.
  • the horizontal guide wheel 86 on the outside of the train may be extruded on the inner surface of the main rail on the outside.
  • the main steel wheel among Fig. 33 is the rigid wheel pair of conical surface tread or the independent rolling wheel pair of cylindrical surface tread.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 rotates integrally with the steering wheel pair. The steering of the front and rear steering wheelsets is opposite. Horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 also can move left and right like Fig. 34. During the cylindrical surface tread main steel wheel, the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 can also not move.
  • the main steel wheel among Fig. 34 is the independent rolling wheel of cylindrical surface tread.
  • Horizontal auxiliary wheel carries out left and right translation to 8 following the rotation of steering wheel, also can not move.
  • the steering of the left and right steering wheels is the same direction, and the steering angle is slightly different.
  • the steering of the front and rear steering wheels is opposite.
  • the steering of the left and right steering wheels makes the vertical distance between the left and right steering wheels smaller.
  • the main rail does not participate in the guidance, so the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 can also not be rotated or translated, but only fixed, and there is no guiding problem.
  • the cylindrical tread surface of the main steel wheel can always roll on the upper surface of the main steel rail.
  • the main steel wheel in Figure 29 and Figure 30 is a conical tread surface and a rigid wheel set, it is similar to the structure of a traditional train.
  • the rigid wheel set is installed at the lower part of the train bogie, and the train body is installed on the bogie.
  • a train The car body is mounted on two bogies to facilitate turning on rail curves, as shown in Figure 35.
  • 93 is a train car body
  • 94 is a steering shaft between the car body and the bogie.
  • a bogie has two wheelsets. The two wheelsets can be dynamically adjusted to rotate relative to each other in order to smoothly navigate the curves of the main rail.
  • the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 are also installed on the bogie bottom, and the left and right horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 form a pair.
  • the track of the main steel wheel is the same as that of the straight section, and the laying gauge of the main rail can be slightly increased, so as to make good use of the diameter difference of the conical surface tread to achieve a smaller turning radius.
  • a bogie can also have two independently rotating wheelsets.
  • An independently rotating wheel set has left and right wheels, and like a rigid wheel set, it can dynamically adjust a steering angle as a whole so as to smoothly pass through the curve of the main rail.
  • the track of the main steel wheel is the same as that of the straight line.
  • the laying gauge of the main rail can also be the same as the straight section.
  • the left and right wheels of an independently rotating wheel set can also dynamically adjust the steering angle like the steering wheels of a car, so as to pass through the curve of the main rail smoothly.
  • the track of the main steel wheel is smaller than that of the straight line.
  • the car body When the length of the car body is short, a bogie is sufficient because of the ease of turning, and it can be integrated with the car body, and at this time the car body also becomes a bogie.
  • the car body When the train is turning, the car body can be pendulum like a traditional train, or the track has a curved outer rail superelevation.
  • the rigid wheel set with conical tread or the independent rolling wheel set with cylindrical tread turns as a whole, and the other wheel set at the rear turns in the opposite direction as a whole.
  • the independent rolling wheel pair of cylindrical surface tread turns independently, and another wheel pair at the rear turns independently and oppositely.
  • On a bogie there is a pair of horizontal guide wheels at the front and back, which follow the steering wheels to rotate or not.
  • On a bogie there are one pair of horizontal auxiliary wheels, one pair at the front and the rear, which follow the steering wheels to rotate, translate, or not move.
  • Japan's Shinkansen high-speed railway train derailed during an earthquake.
  • the train wheel rim has the function of preventing the wheel from derailing laterally, but there is a smooth curve transition section between the wheel rim and the wheel tread, so the ability to prevent derailment is poor.
  • Japanese patent JP4723282B2 invented the derailment prevention guard rail, which is widely used in the central part of Japan. This patent adds laying two auxiliary rails as guard rails on the inside of the traditional left and right rails, and the upper surface of the guard rails is slightly higher than the tread of the traditional rails. When the train wheel moves inwardly and is about to derail, the wheel rim is blocked by the guard rail and cannot be derailed.
  • Japanese patent JP5297217B2 invented the rail inversion prevention device, which is widely used in the eastern part of Japan. This patent does not have the derailment prevention function, but after derailment, the escape protection part installed on the train bogie is blocked by the traditional rails, so that the derailed train cannot escape from the left and right tracks, so as to avoid further disasters. Because the traditional steel rail may be subject to a large lateral force to the inside when it is blocked, it is reversed from a standing posture, so this patent has invented a traditional steel rail inversion prevention device. Another method is widely used in western Japan.
  • a central rail is laid in the middle of the traditional left and right rails as a guard rail.
  • the central track does not have a derailment prevention function, but after the wheels derail to the inside, the wheels are blocked by the central track, and cannot continue to increase the derailment, and cannot escape the track, so as to avoid further disasters.
  • the traditional wheel rim prevents derailment and the above-mentioned structural designs of the three kinds of earthquake countermeasures implemented in Japan have a common feature, that is, they do not stop the upward movement of the train wheel.
  • JP4405904B2 uses brake hook, and 90 degree of rotations come down and hold central auxiliary rail I-shaped upper wing tightly, brake, can stop the upward motion of train.
  • the downward movement of the brake hook needs to be automatically controlled in time, and once the control fails, the brake hook may hit the main rail at a switch or the like, causing the train to derail.
  • the structural design of the present invention on the basis of the traditional train rail and steel wheel, not only has the function of preventing the train from moving downward, leftward and rightward, but also has the function of preventing the upward movement of the train wheel, so that the train does not derail.
  • the train can run smoothly under more and more difficult conditions without overturning and overturning, so as to improve the operating potential of the train.
  • the derailment preventing component installed on the vehicle of the present invention is a fixed part, and it is impossible to bump into the main rail.
  • Figure 36 is a structural design of the present invention.
  • 1 is the traditional steel rail.
  • 95 is a sleeper.
  • 3 is a traditional train steel wheel.
  • 4 is the tread surface of the steel wheel, which is in rolling contact with the upper surface of the steel rail. The tread varies in diameter along the thickness of the steel wheel, forming a conical tread.
  • 5 is the rim of steel wheel.
  • 6 is an axle. The left and right steel wheels 3 and the axle 6 are rigidly fixed together to form a wheel pair, which becomes a rigid wheel pair.
  • the invention adds auxiliary rails and derailment prevention components.
  • 96 is auxiliary rail of the present invention, is laid on the center of traditional two steel rails 1, and section is also I-shaped.
  • the I-shaped upper wing 97 of the auxiliary rail 96 is located higher than the upper surface of the steel rail 1 .
  • the I-shaped lower wing 98 is fixed on the sleeper 95 by the auxiliary rail fixture, and the fixing method can adopt the fixing method of the traditional rail, or the device described in the patent JP5297217B2.
  • the I-shaped lower wing 98 and the auxiliary rail fixing part are lower than the upper surface of the steel rail 1 .
  • the derailment preventing member 99 is installed on the bogie of the train or the train, a pair of left and right. Derailment preventing member 99 has horizontal pawl 100 stretching to below the I-shaped upper wing 97 of auxiliary rail 96, embracing the I-shaped upper wing of auxiliary rail.
  • the lower surface of the horizontal claw 100 is higher than the tread on the upper surface of the rail 1 .
  • the derailment prevention member 99 is mounted on a derailment prevention member support 101 of a train or a bogie of a train.
  • the horizontal claw 100 has a certain distance with the I-shaped waist of the auxiliary rail 96 in the horizontal direction, and generally does not touch, so that the train moves left and right when the train does serpentine oscillation or turns. But this distance is also not very big, and when train left and right moves bigger possible derailment, horizontal claw 100 contacts with I-shaped waist, or the member root vertical surface of horizontal claw contacts with I-shaped upper wing end face, stops derailment. In addition, the upper surface of the horizontal claw 100 is generally not in contact with the lower surface of the I-shaped upper wing 97 .
  • the I-shaped lower wing of the auxiliary rail and the fixing part of the auxiliary rail are lower than the tread of the traditional steel rail, and are also suitable for the auxiliary rail 7, 17 and 80.
  • the auxiliary rails 7 are not laid in the train switch or rhombus intersection section. As shown in Figure 37, the horizontal claws 100 can pass smoothly, but there is no derailment prevention function.
  • the auxiliary rails 102 or 103 of the upper wing can be laid on the two outer sides of the switch, as shown by the dotted line in the figure, and horizontal claws are installed on the bogie to extend below the upper wing.
  • auxiliary rail 102 When the bogie is lifted, the horizontal claw hits the upper wing and the lift is prevented.
  • the horizontal claw cooperates with the upper wing of the auxiliary rail 102 or 103, and also can stop the left or right lateral movement of the oversized bogie.
  • Auxiliary rail 102 also can be in extension, swing position 61 and 63 like Figure 15, to adapt to train going straight or turning.
  • the left and right auxiliary rails can be further laid to strengthen and prevent the left and right movement of the excessive bogie.
  • the auxiliary rail 7 can swing left and right in the railway turnout or rhombus cross section, as shown in FIG. 11 or FIG. 26 .
  • the I-shaped lower wing of the auxiliary rail and the waist portion lower than the upper surface of the rail 1 are cut off, and only the upper wing 97 and the waist portion higher than the upper surface of the rail 1 are retained, and the upper surface of the rail 1 is crossed.
  • the auxiliary rail 7 has no interruption like this, the horizontal claw 100 can pass through smoothly, and the derailment prevention function is also arranged.
  • the train wheel has been used for a long time. Due to wear and repair, the diameter of the wheel tread gradually decreases, and the height of the horizontal pawl 100 also decreases thereupon. In order to make the horizontal claw 100 not collide with the rail 1, the design height of the horizontal claw 100 should have a design margin in advance. Or when the diameter of the wheel tread becomes smaller and the supporting body 101 descends, the derailment preventing member 99 is installed for sliding adjustment so that the height of the horizontal pawl 100 remains constant.
  • the horizontal claw 100 of the derailment prevention component is a simple part with low cost, and it can also be replaced with more complex horizontal guide wheels, horizontal drive wheels, horizontal brake wheels, and brake blocks, so as to realize strong guiding, strong driving, and powerful driving. braking effect.
  • the positional relationship between the auxiliary rail 96 and the horizontal claw 100 is similar to the positional relationship between the auxiliary rail and the horizontal auxiliary wheel.
  • the horizontal pawl 100 can also be replaced with a vertically rolling wheel or axle so as to be in rolling contact with the lower surface of the I-shaped upper wing 97 .
  • auxiliary rail 96 is a single central auxiliary rail, which can also be replaced with two auxiliary rails, which are located on the inside or outside of the traditional steel rail.
  • each auxiliary rail, train or train bogie is equipped with one or a pair of derailment Prevent members from leveling claws.
  • Two auxiliary rails have a large spacing, although one more will increase the cost, but the stopping torque for restraining the upward movement of the train is larger and the stopping effect is better.
  • Figure 38 shows that two auxiliary rails are laid on the outside of the main rail, and two derailment prevention claws cooperate with it to hold these two auxiliary rails respectively, so as to realize strong derailment prevention.
  • 104 is a sleeper.
  • 105 is auxiliary rail, has upper wing and vertical surface, and section is not I-beam, nor T-shaped steel, is fixed on sleeper.
  • 106 is a derailment prevention pawl.
  • 107 is a derailment preventing member supporting body, which is fixed on the bogie or directly on the car body. Similar to Fig.
  • two derailment prevention pawls 106 on the left and right embrace the upper wings of two auxiliary rails 105 respectively to prevent bogie or car body from moving left and right and moving upwards to prevent derailment.
  • the derailment prevention pawl 106 is higher than the upper surface of the main rail, and can not collide at the switch or the like.
  • the two auxiliary rails in Fig. 38 cooperate with the left and right derailment prevention pawls 106, which can generate a larger moment and prevent the vehicle from rolling over.
  • the cost of two auxiliary rails is higher than one.
  • the two auxiliary rails may have stators or rotors of linear motors, and the corresponding rotors or stators of linear motors are arranged on the vehicle bogie or car body above or beside the auxiliary rails. Between the stator and the rotor of the linear motor, non-contact driving or braking is realized.
  • the auxiliary rail can also be a power supply rail, and a conductive contact slide or a conductive contact wheel protrudes from the bogie or car body, and is energized by sliding or rolling contact with the power supply rail.
  • the upper surface of the power supply rail of the auxiliary rail is an insulator, and the lower surface or vertical surface of the upper wing is used as a conductive surface.
  • Figure 39 shows that two auxiliary rails are laid on the outside of the main rail, and the two derailment preventing claws are respectively embraced by these two auxiliary rails to achieve strong derailment prevention.
  • 108 is a sleeper.
  • 109 is auxiliary rail, has upper wing and vertical surface, and section is I-beam, is fixed on sleeper.
  • 110 is a derailment prevention pawl.
  • 111 is a derailment prevention component support body, which is fixed on the bogie or directly on the car body. Compared with Fig.
  • two left and right derailment preventing pawls 110 are respectively in the inner side of two auxiliary rails 109, embraced by the upper wings of the auxiliary rails, preventing bogie or car body from moving left and right and moving upwards, preventing derailment.
  • the derailment prevention pawl 110 is higher than the upper surface of the main rail, so it will not collide with each other at the switch or the like.
  • derailment preventing pawls 106 can also be set at the same time to increase the strength, but the cost is also higher.
  • the above-mentioned railway turnout all swings the steel rail left and right, so as to realize the train track change.
  • steel rail does not swing, and only performs steering operation on the train vehicle to realize track change.
  • Figures 40 and 41 are such a switch.
  • 112 and 113 are track-changing guide rails, which are installed on the ground and fixed without swinging.
  • 114 and 115 are track change guide wheels, are installed on vehicle or vehicle bogie, main rail outside, move up and down, so that track change.
  • the track-changing guide wheel 114 rises and enters into the U-shaped groove of the track-changing guide rail 112 to cooperate, while the track-changing guide wheel 115 descends and does not enter the U-shaped groove of the track-changing guide rail 113.
  • train vehicle travels from right to left also do the rise and fall of the same track change guide wheel 114 and 115.
  • the central auxiliary rail 7 is not laid, and the horizontal guide wheel, the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus the buffer wheel 23 are opened, so that after passing the turnout, the auxiliary rail is re-set on the auxiliary rail.
  • Rail 7 tread both sides.
  • the turnout of Fig. 42 is similar to Fig. 40, but at the track place outside the turnout, the auxiliary rail changes from one to two 116, respectively on the outside of the main rail, and its shape is the same as that of the track-changing guide rails 117 and 118.
  • the U-shaped steel of rail guide rail 112 and 113, opening is downward.
  • the left and right guide wheels 119 and 120 are switched to the upper part to cooperate with the U-shaped groove of the auxiliary rail 116 for straight line or curve guidance.
  • one of the guide wheels 119 and 120 remains on the top, and cooperates with the U-shaped groove of the track-changing guide rail 117 or 118 to guide and change the track.
  • the other switches to the lower part, leaving the U-shaped groove of the track changing guide rails 117 and 118.
  • Fig. 43 is a sectional view of a switch. Similar to Fig. 41, the track changing guide rails 117 and 118 are fixed on the sleepers.
  • the left and right guide wheels 121 and 122 are not switched up and down, but horizontally switched.
  • one of the left and right guide wheels 121 and 122 is horizontally switched to a position away from the wheels, and cooperates with the U-shaped groove of the track-changing guide rail 112 or 113 to guide and change the track.
  • the other level is switched to a position close to the wheels, leaving the U-shaped grooves of the track changing guide rails 117 and 118.
  • Fig. 45 is the switch that another track does not switch.
  • 123 and 124 are left and right changing track guide walls, are fixed on the ground of sleepers etc.
  • 125 and 126 are two left and right guide wheels, are installed on vehicle or vehicle bogie, stretch out or retract from vehicle left and right, so that track change.
  • 127 , 128 and 129 are interruptions of the central auxiliary rail 7 .
  • the main rail has a rail edge, as shown in Figure 46.
  • FIG. 47 is an enlarged view of the branch point 39 .
  • 76 is a steel rail with a rail edge.
  • 77 is the rail edge.
  • 131 is a straight rail edge.
  • 132 is a turning rail edge.
  • 133 is the outer boundary of the rail.
  • 134 is the Y-shaped tread of the rail branch point 39.
  • the track changing guide wheel 125 stretches out to contact the track changing guide wall 123 for guidance, while the track changing guide wheel 126 retracts and leaves the track changing guide wall 126 for non-guiding.
  • the cylindrical main steel wheel 38 cooperates with the turning rail rim 132 to guide smoothly through the branch point tread 134 and travel to the position of 129 .
  • the cooperating guide of the main steel wheel 38 and the rail edge is switched back to the cooperating guide of the central auxiliary rail 7 and the horizontal guide wheel pair 8, and the turnout is passed.
  • the steel rail 76 that has the rail edge among Fig. 45,46 and 47 can be changed into the steel rail 36 and the guide rail that do not have the rail edge, as shown in Figure 20.
  • 72 and 74 are outer rails, and 73 and 75 are inner rails.
  • the above-mentioned main rail can be a traditional I-shaped rail, a rail with a rail edge, a main rail with an outer guide rail, or a main rail with an inner guide rail.
  • the above-mentioned auxiliary rails can be auxiliary steel rails, linear motor rails, or track-changing guide rails.
  • the above-mentioned main steel wheel can be a traditional steel wheel with a rim on a conical tread, a steel wheel with a rim on a cylindrical tread, a steel wheel without a rim on a cylindrical tread, or a steel wheel without a rim on a conical tread plus a main rail horizontal guide wheel
  • the rimless steel wheel with cylindrical tread surface plus the main rail horizontal guide wheel can be a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel.
  • Matched with the auxiliary rail there are horizontal guide wheels, horizontal auxiliary wheels, horizontal driving auxiliary wheels, horizontal brake auxiliary wheels, contact auxiliary rail brake blocks, derailment preventing horizontal claws, and non-contact linear eddy currents.
  • the above one auxiliary rail can also be replaced by two, which are laid on the inner or outer side of the main rail, and have horizontal drive auxiliary wheels, horizontal brake auxiliary wheels, horizontal guide wheels, auxiliary rail brake blocks, and linear eddy current brake components. , Derailment to prevent horizontal claws.
  • the train vehicle of the present invention is suitable for a fuel locomotive, an electric locomotive, or a trailer, and the power source of the electric locomotive is powered by an on-board rechargeable battery, a hydrogen fuel cell or an external wire.
  • the external wire supplies power
  • the power-taking piece, the power-taking brush, or the power-taking wheel of the vehicle are connected with the upper cable of the vehicle, and the power-carrying track of the lower part or the side.
  • Auxiliary rails can also be made as energized rails.
  • the train vehicle of the present invention can also be located in a vacuum pipeline or a vacuum tunnel, and the air resistance is small and the speed is faster.
  • the various schemes of the innovative invention of the present application can improve the motion performance of the rail-wheel train to varying degrees, and the most powerful scheme can produce substantial improvements.
  • the energy saving of the rail and steel wheel method, the high speed of more than 350km/h, no impact on the main steel wheel tread when passing through the turnout, diamond crossing, and crossing can be realized at the same time, and the rapid acceleration is much better than the current rail and steel wheel method.
  • rapid deceleration, rapid uphill, sharp downhill, sharp turn, no derailment and other performance indicators is a major improvement in the rail transit of rail and steel wheels in the past century. It will greatly affect the planning and construction of national railways, urban railways, and intercity railways for passenger and freight transportation. It will also have a great impact on the traffic competition between trains, cars, and aircraft big impact.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Civil Engineering (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Electric Propulsion And Braking For Vehicles (AREA)
  • Control Of Vehicles With Linear Motors And Vehicles That Are Magnetically Levitated (AREA)

Abstract

A motion mechanism of a railway and steel wheel train of the present invention comprises traditional steel rails, one or two auxiliary rails, a traditional train, and derailment-preventing claws on the train. The derailment-preventing claws hold the auxiliary rail or the auxiliary rail holds the derailment-preventing claws, so as to form a non-derailment structure, such that the train cannot be derailed unless the rails and the train are destroyed in advance. Furthermore, the derailment-preventing claws are replaced by or additionally provided with: 1) a horizontal guide wheel, a horizontal driving wheel and a horizontal brake wheel; 2) an auxiliary rail brake block; 3) the auxiliary rail brake block and a buffer wheel; 4) a linear eddy-current brake assembly; and 5) a driving and a braking assembly of a linear electric motor. Therefore, the train can obtain the performances of rapid acceleration, rapid deceleration, rapid ascending, rapid descending, and rapid turning; the shape of steel wheel treads is improved; the serpentine motion is eliminated; a limit speed of the railway train is increased; the train can also smoothly pass through a turnout, a diamond crossing and a level crossing; and the temperature stress of the steel rails is reduced. The present invention is suitable for high-speed passenger transport and heavy-load freight transport.

Description

钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构Movement Mechanism of Rail Railway Steel Wheel Train
优先权priority
本申请要求2022年1月25日提交的美国USPTO临时申请号63303000的优先权,和2022年4月14日提交的美国USPTO临时申请号63331029的优先权。This application claims priority to USPTO Provisional Application No. 63303000, filed January 25, 2022, and USPTO Provisional Application No. 63331029, filed April 14, 2022.
技术领域technical field
本发明涉及钢轨钢轮方式铁路火车的运动机构,适用于普通铁路火车、高铁、地铁、轻轨等客运和货运轨道交通工具。The invention relates to a movement mechanism of a rail and steel wheel railway train, which is suitable for passenger and freight rail vehicles such as ordinary railway trains, high-speed railways, subways, and light rails.
背景技术Background technique
钢轨钢轮方式的铁路火车,是有轮缘的钢轮在两条钢轨上滚动运行的铁路火车,主要有普通客运和货运铁路、高铁、地铁、轻轨,自200年前蒸汽机车发明以来,为人类文明进步做出了巨大贡献。现在社会经济,钢轨钢轮方式铁路火车仍然起着重要的作用,是最广泛普及的轨道交通。然而,现在的钢轨钢轮方式铁路火车,有一些重要技术不足,限制了铁路火车的进一步扩大应用。例如,火车会脱轨,在速度快、加减速度大、振动大、急弯道、横风、地震等时,轨道和火车没有事先破坏的情况下,火车的钢轮会左右横向滑出钢轨,或左右单侧钢轮向上抬起来,或左右两侧钢轮同时向上跳起来等,造成火车脱轨,产生事故。另外,与汽车的橡胶轮胎与混凝土路面相比,铁路火车的钢轨和钢轮之间的摩擦系数小,使得火车钢轮的驱动力小、制动力小、向心力小,因而火车的加速慢、制动不灵、上不了陡坡、下陡坡时刹不住车、转弯半径大,因而在不少方面竞争不过汽车。齿轨铁路,虽然可以上下陡坡,但在平地上,速度慢,能耗大,因而不普及。本发明改进了钢轨钢轮方式的轨道与车辆结构,采用车辆拥抱轨道或轨道拥抱车辆的结构,使得在轨道和火车没有事先破坏的情况下,火车不可能脱轨。解决了火车脱轨的问题,就可以增大火车驱动力,减轻火车重量,得到更高的速度,例如时速600公里,即600km/h以上。上海磁悬浮列车、游乐园里的过山车、火箭撬火车都采用了车辆拥抱轨道的结构,不脱轨。上海磁悬浮列车可达时速430公里。过山车能够翻滚、扭转、急上下坡、急转弯。火箭撬火车,在美国新墨西哥州霍洛曼空军基地,2003年跑出时速1万公里,约8.5倍音速,这是在地球表面行驶速度最快的车辆,是钢轨轨道交通。然而,上海磁悬浮列车不适合于重载货运,例如运送煤炭、矿石、或水泥。过山车不适合于长距离客运货运。火箭撬火车采用火箭发动机,噪音大,不适合于城市内使用,而且轨道仅限于直线不能有弯道,无法长距离,也不适合于重载货运。本发明在现有普通客运货运铁路、高铁、地铁、轻轨的钢轨钢轮方式的基础上改进,获得不脱轨性能。进一步的构造改进,使得火车与汽车的橡胶轮胎与混凝土路面相比,获得更强大的驱动力、更强大的制动力、更强大的导向力,从而使得火车获得比汽车更强大的急加速、急减速、急上坡、急下坡、急转弯性能,适合于高速客运,重载货运。而且,还发明了几种简单实用并具有高速通过性能的道岔,有利于组建大规模的铁路网。The railway train with steel rail and steel wheel is a railway train with a steel wheel with a rim rolling on two steel rails. It mainly includes ordinary passenger and freight railways, high-speed railways, subways, and light rails. Since the invention of steam locomotives 200 years ago, for Great contributions have been made to the progress of human civilization. Now social economy, rail steel wheel way railway train still plays an important role, is the most widely popularized rail transit. Yet present rail steel wheel mode railway train has some important technical deficiencies, has limited the further expanding application of railway train. For example, a train will derail, and when the speed is fast, the acceleration and deceleration are large, the vibration is large, the sharp curve, the cross wind, the earthquake, etc., and the track and the train are not damaged in advance, the steel wheels of the train will slide out of the rail horizontally from left to right, or The steel wheels on the left and right sides are lifted up, or the steel wheels on the left and right sides jump up at the same time, etc., causing the train to derail and cause accidents. In addition, compared with the rubber tires of automobiles and concrete pavement, the friction coefficient between the steel rails and steel wheels of railway trains is small, which makes the driving force, braking force, and centripetal force of train steel wheels small, so the acceleration of trains is slow and slow. It can't move smoothly, can't go up steep slopes, can't stop the car when going down steep slopes, and has a large turning radius, so it can't compete with cars in many aspects. Although cog railways can go up and down steep slopes, they are slow and consume a lot of energy on flat ground, so they are not popular. The invention improves the track and vehicle structure of the rail steel wheel mode, and adopts the structure that the vehicle embraces the track or the track embraces the vehicle, so that the train cannot derail without prior damage to the track and the train. Solve the problem of train derailment, just can increase train driving force, reduce train weight, obtain higher speed, for example speed 600 kilometers per hour, namely more than 600km/h. The Shanghai maglev train, the roller coaster in the amusement park, and the rocket pry train all adopt the structure that the vehicle hugs the track without derailing. The Shanghai maglev train can reach a speed of 430 kilometers per hour. Roller coasters can roll, twist, go uphill and downhill, and turn sharply. The rocket pried the train at the Holloman Air Force Base in New Mexico, USA. In 2003, it ran at a speed of 10,000 kilometers per hour, about 8.5 times the speed of sound. This is the fastest vehicle on the surface of the earth, and it is a rail transit. However, the Shanghai maglev train is not suitable for heavy freight, such as transporting coal, ore, or cement. Roller coasters are not suitable for long-distance passenger and freight transportation. The rocket skid train uses a rocket engine, which is noisy and not suitable for use in the city, and the track is limited to straight lines without curves, which cannot be used for long distances, and is not suitable for heavy-duty freight. The present invention is improved on the basis of the existing rail and steel wheel modes of ordinary passenger and freight railways, high-speed railways, subways and light rails, and obtains non-derailment performance. Further structural improvements enable the rubber tires of trains and cars to obtain stronger driving force, stronger braking force, and stronger guiding force than concrete roads, so that trains can obtain stronger rapid acceleration and rapid acceleration than cars. Deceleration, sharp uphill, sharp downhill, sharp turn performance, suitable for high-speed passenger transport, heavy-duty freight. Moreover, several simple and practical turnouts with high-speed passing performance have been invented, which are conducive to the establishment of large-scale railway networks.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本发明在现有钢轨和钢轮的基础上,在轨道上增加了辅助轨,与之配合,在火车上增加脱轨防止爪,成为车辆拥抱钢轨的结构即抱轨结构,或钢轨拥抱车辆的结构即抱车结构,使火车不脱轨。进一步,将脱轨防止爪更换成制动块,获得强力制动。更换成车轮,获得强力的驱动力、强力的制动力、强力的导向力。另外,在辅助轨和火车之间,增加直线电机驱动和制动,得到非接触。合理分配多种驱动和制动的比例,实现省能源。On the basis of the existing steel rails and steel wheels, the present invention adds auxiliary rails on the rails, cooperates with them, and adds derailment preventing claws on the trains to form a structure in which vehicles embrace rails, that is, a rail-holding structure, or a structure in which rails embrace vehicles. That is, the car-holding structure prevents the train from derailing. Furthermore, the derailment prevention pawls are replaced with brake pads to obtain strong braking. Change to wheels to get strong driving force, strong braking force, and strong guiding force. In addition, between the auxiliary rail and the train, a linear motor drive and brake are added to obtain non-contact. Reasonable allocation of various driving and braking ratios to save energy.
本发明揭示了主钢轨和主钢轮的创新结构、辅助轨和辅助轨作用组件的创新结构、材料的创新,辅助轨的导向、驱动、制动与主钢轨的导向、驱动、制动的关系,具有辅助轨时的道岔、菱形交叉、与公路平面交叉的道口、弯道的结构创新设计等。本发明的内容如下。The invention discloses the innovative structure of the main rail and the main steel wheel, the innovative structure and material innovation of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail function components, the relationship between the guiding, driving and braking of the auxiliary rail and the guiding, driving and braking of the main rail , with auxiliary rail turnouts, rhombus crossings, crossings intersecting with road planes, and structural innovation designs for curves, etc. The contents of the present invention are as follows.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,包括轨道和车辆中的一个或两个,其中,轨道包括:两条主钢轨、一条或两条的辅助轨、和道岔;主钢轨和辅助轨形成无砟轨道或有砟轨道;车辆包括:车体、主钢轮、和脱轨防止水平爪;主钢轮具有轮缘,踏面是圆锥面,左右两个主钢轮和轮轴形成刚性轮对;所述轨道和车辆,具有下述特征:The motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail form Ballastless track or ballasted track; the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel, and derailment prevention horizontal claw; the main steel wheel has a rim, the tread surface is a conical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels and axles form a rigid wheel set; The track and vehicle described above have the following characteristics:
(1)主钢轨之间的距离是1435mm标准轨距,大于1435mm的宽轨距,或小于1435mm的窄轨距;钢轨的断面形状是的工字形。主钢轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、或直缝。(1) The distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the cross-sectional shape of the rail is I-shaped. The joints along the length of the main rail are welded joints, diagonal joints, or straight joints.
(2)辅助轨与主钢轨平行,是位于两条主钢轨中间的一条、位于两条主钢轨内侧的两条、或位于两条主钢轨外侧的两条;辅助轨具有上翼,具有或没有下翼。上翼高于主钢轨上表面踏面,下翼及固定件低于主钢轨上表面踏面。当辅助轨是一条时,断面形状是的工字形或T字形。当辅助轨是两条时,断面形状是的工字形或T字形或其他形状。辅助轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝。辅助轨具有或没有直线电机的定子或转子,具有时,火车车辆上有相应的直线电机的转子或定子,进行非接触驱动或制动。(2) The auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the auxiliary rail has an upper wing, with or without lower wing. The upper wing is higher than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail. When the auxiliary rail is one, the cross-sectional shape is I-shaped or T-shaped. When there are two auxiliary rails, the cross-sectional shape is I-shaped or T-shaped or other shapes. The seams along the length of the auxiliary rail are welded seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams. The auxiliary rail has or does not have a stator or a rotor of a linear motor. When it has a corresponding rotor or stator of a linear motor on the train vehicle, it performs non-contact driving or braking.
(3)主钢轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,在主钢轨上表面滚动,支撑着车辆的重量;主钢轮是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态。主钢轮的圆锥面踏面与主钢轨配合导向。(3) The main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel. The conical tread of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail for guidance.
(4)脱轨防止水平爪安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,高于主钢轨上表面踏面,水平爪在辅助轨上翼的下方。辅助轨是一条时,辅助轨腰部左右有一对水平爪,抱着辅助轨的上翼。辅助轨是两条时,有一对水平爪,或两对水平爪,拥抱辅助轨的上翼,或被上翼拥抱。(4) The derailment prevention horizontal claw is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, higher than the upper surface tread of the main rail, and the horizontal claw is below the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. When the auxiliary rail is one, there is a pair of horizontal claws on the left and right sides of the auxiliary rail waist, holding the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. When the auxiliary rail is two, there is a pair of horizontal claws, or two pairs of horizontal claws, hugging the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, or being embraced by the upper wing.
(5)水平方向,水平爪端部与辅助轨腰部之间,或水平爪根部与辅助轨上翼端部之间,有一定的间隙,通常不接触,以便不影响主钢轮圆锥面踏面和主钢轨配合导向时产生的车辆左右摆动;但是该间隙也不很大,当车辆左右摆动或移动较大可能脱轨时,水平爪端部与辅助轨腰部接触,或水平爪根部与辅助轨上翼端部接触,从而限定左右运动阻止脱轨。另外,垂直方向,水平爪的上表面与辅助轨上翼的下表面之间有一定的间隙,通常不接触;但是该间隙也不很大,当某种原因使火车向上跳起来或抬起来时,水平爪的上表面与工字形上翼的下表面接触,阻止火车的向上运动。(5) In the horizontal direction, there is a certain gap between the end of the horizontal claw and the waist of the auxiliary rail, or between the root of the horizontal claw and the end of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, usually without contact, so as not to affect the conical tread of the main steel wheel and the The vehicle swings left and right when the main rail cooperates with the guide; however, the gap is not very large. When the vehicle swings left and right or moves too much and may derail, the end of the horizontal claw contacts the waist of the auxiliary rail, or the root of the horizontal claw contacts the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. The ends touch so that side-to-side movement is limited to resist derailment. In addition, in the vertical direction, there is a certain gap between the upper surface of the horizontal claw and the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, which usually does not touch; but the gap is not very large, when the train jumps up or lifts up for some reason , the upper surface of the horizontal claw is in contact with the lower surface of the I-shaped upper wing, preventing the upward movement of the train.
(6)在道岔区间,主钢轨的尖轨段由转辙机驱动左右摆动,主钢轮的轮缘,与主钢轨配合导向,进行变轨。辅助轨在道岔区间中断不铺设,高于主钢轨上表面的脱轨防止水平爪,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。或辅助轨在道岔区间也左右摆动,上翼越过主钢轨上方,脱轨防止水平爪始终套在辅助轨上翼,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,通过道岔区间。(6) In the turnout section, the point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right, and the rim of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail to guide and change the track. The auxiliary rail is interrupted in the turnout section without laying, and the derailment prevention horizontal claw that is higher than the upper surface of the main rail crosses the main rail above without colliding with the main rail. Or the auxiliary rail also swings left and right in the turnout section, and the upper wing crosses the top of the main rail, and the derailment prevention horizontal claw is set on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail all the time, crosses the main rail at the top, does not collide with the main rail, and passes through the turnout section.
(7)所述车辆,其主钢轮,能够在传统没有辅助轨的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距的钢轨上滚动运行,并能够滚动过传统道岔。脱轨防止水平爪在主钢轨上方,不会碰撞主钢轨。(7) The main steel wheels of the vehicle can roll on conventional standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge rails without auxiliary rails, and can roll over traditional turnouts. The derailment prevention horizontal claw is above the main rail and will not collide with the main rail.
(8)所述主钢轨,传统没有脱轨防止水平爪的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距火车的钢轮能够在上面滚动运行,并能够滚动过所述道岔。对于高于主钢轨上表面的辅助轨,移除或修改传统火车下面相应部件,使得火车下部不接触辅助轨,能够全程运行。(8) The main rail, the steel wheels of the standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge trains without derailment preventing horizontal claws can roll on it and can roll over the switch. For the auxiliary rail that is higher than the upper surface of the main rail, remove or modify the corresponding parts under the traditional train, so that the lower part of the train does not touch the auxiliary rail and can run all the way.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,所述脱轨防止水平爪的不动端部,置换成水平滚动轮或垂直滚动轮,以便与辅助轨垂直面或上翼下表面接触时,由滑动接触变成滚动接触,减少摩擦。水平滚动轮或垂直滚动轮安装在刚性或弹性支撑体上,通常不接触辅助轨垂直面或上翼下表面。当车辆左右移动较大,或当车辆向上抬起来较大时,进行滚动接触,从而限定较大的左右运动或向上运动。或,水平滚动轮或垂直滚动轮安装在弹性支撑体上,通常滚动接触辅助轨垂直面或上翼下表面,限定较大的左右运动或向上运动。In the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention, the fixed end of the derailment prevention horizontal claw is replaced with a horizontal scroll wheel or a vertical scroll wheel, so that when contacting the vertical surface of the auxiliary rail or the lower surface of the upper wing, the sliding contact Becomes rolling contact, reducing friction. The horizontal scroll wheel or vertical scroll wheel is mounted on a rigid or elastic support body and usually does not touch the vertical surface of the auxiliary rail or the lower surface of the upper wing. Rolling contact is made when the vehicle moves more side to side, or when the vehicle lifts up more, thereby limiting the greater side to side or upward movement. Alternatively, the horizontal scroll wheel or the vertical scroll wheel is installed on the elastic support body, and usually rolls in contact with the vertical surface of the auxiliary rail or the lower surface of the upper wing to limit a relatively large left-right movement or upward movement.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,所述辅助轨,是从轨道给车辆提供电力的供电轨。In the motion mechanism of the steel-rail railway steel-wheeled train of the present invention, the auxiliary rail is a power supply rail for supplying electric power to the vehicle from the rail.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,包括轨道和车辆中的一个或两个,其中,轨道包括:两条主钢轨、一条或两条的辅助轨、和道岔;主钢轨和辅助轨形成无砟轨道或有砟轨道;车辆包括:车体、主钢轮、和辅助轨作用组件;主钢轮具有轮缘,踏面是圆锥面,左右两个主钢轮和轮轴形成刚性轮对;辅助轨作用组件是下述中的一种或多种:1)水平辅助轮,2)辅助轨制动块,3)辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮,4)线性涡流制动组件,5)车辆直线电机的转子或定子。所述轨道和车辆,具有下述特征:The motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail form Ballastless track or ballasted track; the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel, and auxiliary rail function components; the main steel wheel has a rim, the tread is a conical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels and axles form a rigid wheel set; auxiliary Rail action components are one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheels, 2) auxiliary rail brake blocks, 3) auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels, 4) linear eddy current brake assemblies, 5) vehicle The rotor or stator of a linear motor. The track and vehicle have the following characteristics:
(1)主钢轨之间的距离是1435mm标准轨距,大于1435mm的宽轨距,或小于1435mm的窄轨距;钢轨的断面形状是的工字形。主钢轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、或直缝。(1) The distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the cross-sectional shape of the rail is I-shaped. The joints along the length of the main rail are welded joints, diagonal joints, or straight joints.
(2)辅助轨与主钢轨平行,是位于两条主钢轨中间的一条、位于两条主钢轨内侧的两条、或位于两条主钢轨外侧的两条;辅助轨的断面形状是的工字形或T字形,具有上翼和腰部,腰部的左右两垂直面是辅助轨踏面,具有或没有下翼。上翼高于主钢轨上表面踏面,下翼及固定件低于主钢轨上表面踏面。辅助轨的踏面材料是铁合金、或人造石的耐磨材料。辅助轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝。辅助轨具有或没有直线电机的定子或转子。(2) The auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the cross-sectional shape of the auxiliary rail is I-shaped Or T-shaped, with upper wing and waist, the left and right vertical surfaces of the waist are auxiliary rail treads, with or without lower wing. The upper wing is higher than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail. The tread material of the auxiliary rail is a wear-resistant material of iron alloy or artificial stone. The seams along the length of the auxiliary rail are welded seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams. Auxiliary rails with or without a stator or rotor of a linear motor.
(3)主钢轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,在主钢轨上表面滚动,支撑着车辆的重量;主钢轮是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态。主钢轮的轮缘和圆锥面踏面与主钢轨配合导向。(3) The main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel. The rim and conical tread of the main steel wheel are guided with the main rail.
(4)辅助轨作用组件安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,高于主钢轨踏面。水平辅助轮、辅助轨制动块和辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮是辅助轨接触组件。左右两个辅助轨接触组件成为一对,成为辅助轨接触组件对,通过气压活塞、液压活塞、电磁活塞,或磁吸引驱动,从左右挤压在辅助轨踏面,不支撑车辆的重量。辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力大小和松开,火车在运行时能够操作控制调节。水平辅助轮,是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态。水平辅助轮是摩擦面滚动,不是齿轮滚动,也不是橡胶轮胎。水平辅助轮、水平辅助制动块或水平缓冲轮的踏面材料是金属合金、或人造石的耐磨材料。辅助轨接触组件的踏面宽度大于20mm;线性涡流制动组件是辅助轨非接触组件,安装在辅助轨上方与辅助轨上翼作用进行非接触制动,或左右两个线性涡流制动组件成为一对,从左右作用于在辅助轨踏面,进行非接触制动。辅助轨具有直线电机的定子或转子时,车辆上安装高于主钢轨踏面的相配的直线电机的转子或定子。(4) The auxiliary rail function component is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and is higher than the main rail tread. Horizontal auxiliary wheels, auxiliary rail brake blocks and auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels are auxiliary rail contact assemblies. The left and right auxiliary rail contact assemblies form a pair, which is driven by pneumatic pistons, hydraulic pistons, electromagnetic pistons, or magnetic attraction, and squeezes on the treads of the auxiliary rails from left and right without supporting the weight of the vehicle. The size and release of the extrusion force of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair can be controlled and adjusted when the train is running. The horizontal auxiliary wheel is a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel, or is switched to a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel according to control. The horizontal auxiliary wheel is a friction surface rolling, not a gear rolling, nor a rubber tire. The tread material of the horizontal auxiliary wheel, the horizontal auxiliary brake block or the horizontal buffer wheel is a wear-resistant material of metal alloy or artificial stone. The tread width of the auxiliary rail contact assembly is greater than 20mm; the linear eddy current brake assembly is a non-contact assembly of the auxiliary rail, which is installed above the auxiliary rail and acts on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail for non-contact braking, or two linear eddy current brake assemblies on the left and right become one Yes, it acts on the tread of the auxiliary rail from the left and right to perform non-contact braking. When the auxiliary rail has the stator or rotor of the linear motor, the rotor or stator of the matching linear motor higher than the main rail tread is installed on the vehicle.
(5)水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较小时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也小;水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较大时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也大;以便避免在原动力较小时挤压力过大,产生大的摩擦阻力;也避免在原动力较大时挤压力过小,产生水平辅助轮在辅助轨踏面上滚动时打滑。辅助轨制动块对和辅助轨之间,是滑动摩擦制动,制动力的大小直接与挤压力相关。(5) When the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is small, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also small; when the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is large, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also large; In order to avoid excessive extrusion force when the driving force is small, resulting in large frictional resistance; also to avoid the extrusion force is too small when the driving force is large, resulting in the horizontal auxiliary wheel slipping when rolling on the auxiliary rail tread. Between the pair of auxiliary rail brake blocks and the auxiliary rail is sliding friction braking, and the magnitude of the braking force is directly related to the extrusion force.
(6)辅助轨作用组件在通常运行的情况下不进行导向。辅助轨接触组件对,从左右挤压辅助轨时,相对于车辆的主钢轮,整体做左右自由移动,以便不影响主钢轮圆锥面踏面和主钢轨的配合导向;但是左右自由移动量也不很大,当火车左右摆动或移动较大可能脱轨时,左右移动得到限定,从而阻止左右脱轨。其整体左右移动机构是:1)辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右滑动的导轨上;2)辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右转动的转轴或圆孔上;3)辅助轨接触组件对,同时由同一气压管路、同一液压管路或电机的活塞,或磁吸引,进行驱动从左右挤压辅助轨;该气压管路、液压管路或电机,或磁吸引,仅控制辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力或松开,同时使得辅助轨接触组件对整体在左右方向自由移动。另外,垂直方向,辅助轨接触组件的上表面与辅助轨上翼的下表面之间有一定的间隙,通常不接触;但是该间隙也不很大,当某种原因使火车向上跳起来或抬起来时,辅助轨接触组件的上表面与工字形上翼的下表面接触,阻止火车的向上脱轨。线性涡流制动组件、和车辆直线电 机的转子或定子,具有或不具有整体左右自由移动,不影响主钢轮圆锥面踏面和主钢轨的配合导向。(6) The auxiliary rail action unit is not guided during normal operation. When the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is squeezed from left to right, it can move freely left and right relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle so as not to affect the matching guide between the conical surface of the main steel wheel and the main rail; however, the amount of free movement left and right is also Not very large, when the train swings left and right or moves more likely to derail, the left and right movement is limited, thereby preventing the left and right derailment. Its overall left and right movement mechanism is: 1) the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is integrally installed on the guide rail that can slide left and right freely; 2) the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is integrally installed on the rotating shaft or round hole that can freely rotate left and right; 3) the auxiliary rail The pair of contact components is simultaneously driven by the piston of the same air pressure line, the same hydraulic line or motor, or magnetic attraction, to squeeze the auxiliary rail from left and right; the air pressure line, hydraulic line or motor, or magnetic attraction, only controls The pressing force or release of the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies simultaneously enables the entire pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies to move freely in the left and right directions. In addition, in the vertical direction, there is a certain gap between the upper surface of the auxiliary rail contact assembly and the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, which usually do not touch; but the gap is not very large. When getting up, the upper surface of the auxiliary rail contact assembly contacts the lower surface of the I-shaped upper wing, preventing the upward derailment of the train. The linear eddy current braking assembly, and the rotor or stator of the vehicle linear motor, have or do not have the overall free movement left and right, and do not affect the matching guide of the conical surface of the main steel wheel and the main rail.
(7)在道岔区间,主钢轨的尖轨段由转辙机驱动左右摆动,主钢轮的轮缘,与主钢轨配合导向,进行变轨。辅助轨在道岔区间中断不铺设,高于主钢轨上表面的辅助轨接触组件对,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压、或具有喇叭口形状,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。或辅助轨在道岔区间也左右摆动,辅助轨踏面越过主钢轨上方,辅助轨接触组件对始终套在辅助轨踏面两侧,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,通过道岔区间。(7) In the turnout section, the point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right, and the rim of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail to guide and change the track. The auxiliary rail is interrupted in the turnout section without laying, and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair higher than the upper surface of the main rail crosses the main rail above without colliding with the main rail. When passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it is opened without extrusion or has The shape of the bell mouth is so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail. Or the auxiliary rail also swings left and right in the turnout section, the auxiliary rail tread crosses the top of the main rail, and the auxiliary rail contact assembly is always set on both sides of the auxiliary rail tread, and crosses the main rail at the top without colliding with the main rail, and passes through the turnout section.
(8)车辆的驱动或制动,包括主钢轨的驱动或制动,或/和辅助轨的驱动或制动;其中辅助轨的驱动或制动,包括下述中的一种或多种:1)辅助轨的水平辅助轮的驱动或制动,2)辅助轨制动块的制动,3)辅助轨的线性涡流制动组件的制动,4)辅助轨的直线电机的驱动或制动。主钢轨和辅助轨的驱动或制动,采用或不采用下述分配:1)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较小,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动足够时,仅使用主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动;2)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较大,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动不够时,车辆同时使用主钢轨与辅助轨的驱动或制动、或仅使用辅助轨的驱动或制动。(8) The driving or braking of the vehicle, including the driving or braking of the main rail, or/and the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail; wherein the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail includes one or more of the following: 1) Driving or braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the auxiliary rail, 2) Braking of the brake block of the auxiliary rail, 3) Braking of the linear eddy current braking assembly of the auxiliary rail, 4) Driving or braking of the linear motor of the auxiliary rail move. The driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or does not adopt the following allocation: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, only use The driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel; 2) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the main rail and the auxiliary rail at the same time. Drive or brake, or drive or brake using only the auxiliary rail.
(9)所述车辆,其主钢轮,能够在传统没有辅助轨的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距的钢轨上滚动运行,并能够滚动过传统道岔。辅助轨作用组件在主钢轨上方,不会碰撞主钢轨。(9) The main steel wheels of the vehicle can roll on conventional standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge rails without auxiliary rails, and can roll over traditional turnouts. The auxiliary rail action components are above the main rail and will not collide with the main rail.
(10)所述主钢轨,传统没有辅助轨作用组件的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距火车的钢轮能够在上面滚动运行,并能够滚动过所述道岔。对于高于主钢轨上表面的辅助轨,移除或修改传统火车下面相应部件,使得火车下部不接触辅助轨,能够全程运行。(10) The main steel rail, the steel wheels of the standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge trains without auxiliary rail function components can roll on it, and can roll through the switch. For the auxiliary rail that is higher than the upper surface of the main rail, remove or modify the corresponding parts under the traditional train, so that the lower part of the train does not touch the auxiliary rail and can run all the way.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,包括轨道和车辆中的一个或两个,其中,轨道包括:两条主钢轨、一条或两条的辅助轨、和道岔;主钢轨和辅助轨形成无砟轨道或有砟轨道;车辆包括:车体、主钢轮、辅助轨导向轮、和辅助轨作用组件;主钢轮具有轮缘,踏面是圆柱面,左右两个主钢轮是独立滚动轮对,不是刚性轮对;辅助轨作用组件是下述中的一种或多种:1)水平辅助轮,2)辅助轨制动块,3)辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮,4)线性涡流制动组件,5)车辆直线电机的转子或定子。所述轨道和车辆,具有下述特征:The motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail form Ballastless track or ballasted track; the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel, auxiliary rail guide wheel, and auxiliary rail function components; the main steel wheel has a rim, the tread is a cylindrical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels roll independently The wheel set is not a rigid wheel set; the auxiliary rail components are one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheels, 2) auxiliary rail brake blocks, 3) auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels, 4) Linear eddy current brake assembly, 5) rotor or stator of vehicle linear motor. The track and vehicle have the following characteristics:
(1)主钢轨之间的距离是1435mm标准轨距,大于1435mm的宽轨距,或小于1435mm的窄轨距;主钢轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝。(1) The distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the joints in the length direction of the main rails are welding seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams .
(2)辅助轨与主钢轨平行,是位于两条主钢轨中间的一条、位于两条主钢轨内侧的两条、或位于两条主钢轨外侧的两条;辅助轨的断面形状是的工字形或T字形,具有上翼和腰部,腰部的左右两垂直面是辅助轨踏面,具有或没有下翼。上翼高于主钢轨上表面踏面,下翼及固定件低于主钢轨上表面踏面。辅助轨的踏面材料是铁合金、或人造石的耐磨材料。辅助轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝。辅助轨具有或没有直线电机的定子或转子。(2) The auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the cross-sectional shape of the auxiliary rail is I-shaped Or T-shaped, with upper wing and waist, the left and right vertical surfaces of the waist are auxiliary rail treads, with or without lower wing. The upper wing is higher than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail. The tread material of the auxiliary rail is a wear-resistant material of iron alloy or artificial stone. The seams along the length of the auxiliary rail are welded seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams. Auxiliary rails with or without a stator or rotor of a linear motor.
(3)主钢轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,在主钢轨上表面滚动,支撑着车辆的重量;主钢轮是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态。在道岔、菱形交叉、道口之外的直线和弯道段的正常运行时,主钢轮的轮缘不进行导向。(3) The main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel. During normal operation of turnouts, diamond crossings, straight and curved sections outside of crossings, the rim of the main steel wheel is not guided.
(4)辅助轨导向轮、辅助轨作用组件安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,高于主钢轨踏面。左右两个辅助轨导向轮成为一对,成为辅助轨导向轮对,在辅助轨踏面的两侧,进行导向。水平辅助轮、辅助轨制动块和辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮是辅助轨接触组件。左右两个辅助轨接触组件成为一对,成为辅助轨接触组件对。辅助轨接触组件对,通过气压活塞、液压活塞、电磁活塞,或磁吸引驱动,从左右挤压在辅助轨踏面,不支撑车辆的重量。辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力大小和松开,火车在运行时能够操作控制调节。水平辅助轮,是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态。辅助轨导向轮和水平辅助轮是摩擦面滚动,不是齿轮滚动,也不是橡胶轮 胎。辅助轨导向轮、水平辅助轮、水平辅助制动块或水平缓冲轮的踏面材料是金属合金、或人造石的耐磨材料。辅助轨导向轮和辅助轨接触组件的踏面宽度大于20mm;线性涡流制动组件是辅助轨非接触组件,安装在辅助轨上方与辅助轨上翼作用进行非接触制动,或左右两个线性涡流制动组件成为一对,从左右作用于在辅助轨踏面,进行非接触制动。辅助轨具有直线电机的定子或转子时,车辆上安装高于主钢轨踏面的相配的直线电机的转子或定子。(4) Auxiliary rail guide wheels and auxiliary rail function components are installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, higher than the main rail tread. The left and right auxiliary rail guide wheels become a pair, and become the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair, which are guided on both sides of the auxiliary rail tread. Horizontal auxiliary wheels, auxiliary rail brake blocks and auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels are auxiliary rail contact assemblies. The left and right auxiliary rail contact assemblies form a pair, and become an auxiliary rail contact assembly pair. Auxiliary rail contact assembly pairs are driven by pneumatic pistons, hydraulic pistons, electromagnetic pistons, or magnetic attraction, and are squeezed on the treads of the auxiliary rails from left and right without supporting the weight of the vehicle. The size and release of the extrusion force of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair can be controlled and adjusted when the train is running. The horizontal auxiliary wheel is a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel, or is switched to a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel according to control. The guide wheels of the auxiliary rail and the horizontal auxiliary wheels are friction surface rolling, not gear rolling, nor rubber tires. The tread material of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail, the horizontal auxiliary wheel, the horizontal auxiliary brake block or the horizontal buffer wheel is a wear-resistant material of metal alloy or artificial stone. The tread width of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly of the auxiliary rail is greater than 20mm; the linear eddy current braking assembly is a non-contact assembly of the auxiliary rail, which is installed above the auxiliary rail and acts on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail for non-contact braking, or two linear eddy current brakes on the left and right The brake assembly becomes a pair, acting on the tread surface of the auxiliary rail from left and right to perform non-contact braking. When the auxiliary rail has the stator or rotor of the linear motor, the rotor or stator of the matching linear motor higher than the main rail tread is installed on the vehicle.
(5)水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较小时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也小;水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较大时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也大;以便避免在原动力较小时挤压力过大,产生大的摩擦阻力;也避免在原动力较大时挤压力过小,产生水平辅助轮在辅助轨踏面上滚动时打滑。辅助轨制动块对和辅助轨之间,是滑动摩擦制动,制动力的大小直接与挤压力相关。(5) When the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is small, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also small; when the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is large, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also large; In order to avoid excessive extrusion force when the driving force is small, resulting in large frictional resistance; also to avoid the extrusion force is too small when the driving force is large, resulting in the horizontal auxiliary wheel slipping when rolling on the auxiliary rail tread. Between the pair of auxiliary rail brake blocks and the auxiliary rail is sliding friction braking, and the magnitude of the braking force is directly related to the extrusion force.
(6)辅助轨导向轮对在通常运行的情况下进行导向。辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,从左右导向或挤压辅助轨时,相对于车辆的主钢轮,整体没有左右移动,或有一个较小的左右移动量,以便吸收辅助轨的铺设直线度公差,避免在直线段的导向或挤压配合干扰火车的惯性直线运动,使火车运动更平稳;其整体左右移动机构是:1)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右滑动的导轨上;2)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右转动的转轴或圆孔上;3)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,同时由同一气压管路、同一液压管路或电机的活塞,或磁吸引,进行驱动从左右挤压辅助轨;该气压管路、液压管路或电机,或磁吸引,仅控制辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力或松开,同时使得辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体在左右方向自由移动。或,辅助轨导向轮固定在弹簧或弹簧板上,整体有一个较小的左右移动,以便减少导向配合在直线段干扰火车的惯性直线运动。线性涡流制动组件具有或不具有整体左右自由移动,不影响辅助轨导向轮与辅助轨的配合导向。另外,垂直方向,辅助轨导向轮或辅助轨接触组件的上表面与辅助轨上翼的下表面之间有一定的间隙,通常不接触;但是该间隙也不很大,当某种原因使火车向上跳起来或抬起来时,辅助轨导向轮或辅助轨接触组件的上表面与上翼的下表面接触,阻止火车的向上脱轨。(6) The guide wheels of the auxiliary rail are guided under normal operation. When the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair guides or squeezes the auxiliary rail from the left and right, relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle, the overall movement does not move left or right, or there is a small amount of left and right movement in order to absorb the force of the auxiliary rail. Lay the straightness tolerance, avoid the guidance or extrusion fit in the straight section from interfering with the inertial linear motion of the train, and make the train move more smoothly; the overall left and right moving mechanism is: 1) The auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair are installed as a whole On the guide rail that can freely slide left and right; 2) The pair of auxiliary rail guide wheels or the pair of auxiliary rail contact components are integrally installed on the rotating shaft or round hole that can freely rotate left and right; 3) The pair of auxiliary rail guide wheels or the pair of auxiliary rail contact components, At the same time, it is driven by the same pneumatic pipeline, hydraulic pipeline or motor piston, or magnetic attraction, to squeeze the auxiliary rail from the left and right; the pneumatic pipeline, hydraulic pipeline or motor, or magnetic attraction, only controls the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail The extrusion force or release of the pair or the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies simultaneously makes the pair of guide wheels of the auxiliary rail or the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies move freely in the left and right directions. Or, the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail is fixed on the spring or the spring plate, and the whole has a small left and right movement, so as to reduce the interference of the guide and the linear motion of the train on the straight line. The linear eddy current braking assembly has or does not have the overall free movement left and right, and does not affect the cooperative guidance of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail. In addition, in the vertical direction, there is a certain gap between the upper surface of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail or the contact assembly of the auxiliary rail and the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, usually without contact; but the gap is not very large. When jumping up or lifting up, the upper surface of the auxiliary rail guide wheel or the auxiliary rail contact assembly is in contact with the lower surface of the upper wing, preventing the train from derailing upwards.
(7)在道岔区间,主钢轨的尖轨段由转辙机驱动左右摆动,主钢轮的轮缘,与主钢轨配合导向,进行变轨。辅助轨在道岔区间中断不铺设,高于主钢轨上表面的辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压、或具有喇叭口形状,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。或辅助轨在道岔区间也左右摆动,辅助轨踏面越过主钢轨上方,辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对始终套在辅助轨踏面两侧,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,通过道岔区间,在道岔区间内,辅助轨导向轮不做导向。(7) In the turnout section, the point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right, and the rim of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail to guide and change the track. The auxiliary rail is interrupted in the turnout section and is not laid. The auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and auxiliary rail contact assembly pair that are higher than the upper surface of the main rail cross the main rail above and do not collide with the main rail. When passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they will not open It is extruded or has a bell-shaped shape, so that it can be smoothly re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail. Or the auxiliary rail also swings left and right in the turnout section, the tread surface of the auxiliary rail passes over the top of the main rail, the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail are always set on both sides of the tread surface of the auxiliary rail, cross the main rail above the main rail, and do not collide with the main rail. In the turnout section, in the turnout section, the guide wheels of the auxiliary rail do not guide.
(8)车辆的驱动或制动,包括主钢轨的驱动或制动,或/和辅助轨的驱动或制动;其中辅助轨的驱动或制动,包括下述中的一种或多种:1)辅助轨的水平辅助轮的驱动或制动,2)辅助轨制动块的制动,3)辅助轨的线性涡流制动组件的制动,4)辅助轨的直线电机的驱动或制动。主钢轨和辅助轨的驱动或制动,采用或不采用下述分配:1)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较小,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动足够时,仅使用主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动;2)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较大,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动不够时,车辆同时使用主钢轨与辅助轨的驱动或制动、或仅使用辅助轨的驱动或制动。(8) The driving or braking of the vehicle, including the driving or braking of the main rail, or/and the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail; wherein the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail includes one or more of the following: 1) Driving or braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the auxiliary rail, 2) Braking of the brake block of the auxiliary rail, 3) Braking of the linear eddy current braking assembly of the auxiliary rail, 4) Driving or braking of the linear motor of the auxiliary rail move. The driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or does not adopt the following allocation: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, only use The driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel; 2) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the main rail and the auxiliary rail at the same time. Drive or brake, or drive or brake using only the auxiliary rail.
(9)所述车辆,其主钢轮,能够在传统没有辅助轨的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距的钢轨上滚动运行,并能够滚动过传统道岔。辅助轨导向轮和辅助轨作用组件在主钢轨上方,不会碰撞主钢轨。(9) The main steel wheels of the vehicle can roll on conventional standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge rails without auxiliary rails, and can roll over traditional turnouts. The guide wheels of the auxiliary rail and the functional components of the auxiliary rail are above the main rail and will not collide with the main rail.
(10)所述主钢轨,传统没有辅助轨作用组件的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距火车的钢轮能够在上面滚动运行,并能够滚动过所述道岔。对于高于主钢轨上表面的辅助轨,移除或修改传统火车下面相应部件,使得火车下部不接触辅助轨,能够全程运行。(10) The main steel rail, the steel wheels of the standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge trains without auxiliary rail function components can roll on it, and can roll through the switch. For the auxiliary rail that is higher than the upper surface of the main rail, remove or modify the corresponding parts under the traditional train, so that the lower part of the train does not touch the auxiliary rail and can run all the way.
(11)所述辅助轨导向轮和水平辅助轮,是两个不同的轮子,或是同一个轮子的两个功能状态。(11) The auxiliary rail guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel are two different wheels, or two functional states of the same wheel.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,在菱形交叉或道口区间,主钢轨没有可动部分,辅助轨中断不铺设。辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压、或具有喇叭口形状,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。主钢轮的圆锥面踏面或轮缘,与主钢轨配合导向,使辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过菱形交叉或道口区间。垂直滚动轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,位于辅助轨上翼的下方,高于主钢轨踏面。垂直滚动轮安装在刚性或弹性支撑体上,通常不接触辅助轨上翼下表面。当车辆向上抬起来较大时,进行滚动接触,从而限定较大的向上运动。或,垂直滚动轮安装在弹性支撑体上,通常滚动接触辅助轨上翼下表面,限定较大的左右运动或向上运动。In the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention, the main rail has no movable part in the rhombus intersection or crossing section, and the auxiliary rail is interrupted without laying. The auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair, when passing through the auxiliary rail interrupted section, open without extrusion, or have a bell-shaped shape, so that after passing through the auxiliary rail interrupted section, they can be smoothly re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail . The conical tread or wheel rim of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail for guidance, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair smoothly passes through the diamond-shaped intersection or crossing section. The vertical rolling wheels are mounted on the bogie below the car body, or directly on the car body if there is no bogie, below the upper wing of the auxiliary rail and above the main rail tread. The vertical scroll wheels are mounted on a rigid or elastic support and usually do not touch the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. Rolling contact occurs when the vehicle lifts upwards more, thereby limiting a greater upward movement. Alternatively, the vertical rolling wheels are installed on the elastic support body, and usually roll in contact with the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, so as to limit large left-right movement or upward movement.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,包括轨道和车辆中的一个或两个,其中,轨道包括:两条主钢轨、一条或两条的辅助轨、和道岔;主钢轨和辅助轨形成无砟轨道或有砟轨道;车辆包括:车体、主钢轮、辅助轨导向轮,和辅助轨作用组件;主钢轮没有轮缘,踏面是圆柱面,左右两个主钢轮是独立滚动轮对,不是刚性轮对;辅助轨作用组件是下述中的一种或多种:1)水平辅助轮,2)辅助轨制动块,3)辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮,4)线性涡流制动组件,5)车辆直线电机的转子或定子。所述轨道和车辆,具有下述特征:The motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail form Ballastless track or ballasted track; the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel, auxiliary rail guide wheel, and auxiliary rail function components; the main steel wheel has no rim, the tread is a cylindrical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels roll independently The wheel set is not a rigid wheel set; the auxiliary rail components are one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheels, 2) auxiliary rail brake blocks, 3) auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels, 4) Linear eddy current brake assembly, 5) rotor or stator of vehicle linear motor. The track and vehicle have the following characteristics:
(1)主钢轨之间的距离是1435mm标准轨距,大于1435mm的宽轨距,或小于1435mm的窄轨距;主钢轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝。(1) The distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the joints in the length direction of the main rails are welding seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams .
(2)辅助轨与主钢轨平行,是位于两条主钢轨中间的一条、位于两条主钢轨内侧的两条、或位于两条主钢轨外侧的两条;辅助轨的断面形状是的工字形或T字形,具有上翼和腰部,腰部的左右两垂直面是辅助轨踏面,具有或没有下翼。上翼高于主钢轨上表面踏面,下翼及固定件低于主钢轨上表面踏面。辅助轨的踏面材料是铁合金、或人造石的耐磨材料。辅助轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝。辅助轨具有或没有直线电机的定子或转子。(2) The auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the cross-sectional shape of the auxiliary rail is I-shaped Or T-shaped, with upper wing and waist, the left and right vertical surfaces of the waist are auxiliary rail treads, with or without lower wing. The upper wing is higher than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the tread on the upper surface of the main rail. The tread material of the auxiliary rail is a wear-resistant material of iron alloy or artificial stone. The seams along the length of the auxiliary rail are welded seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams. Auxiliary rails with or without a stator or rotor of a linear motor.
(3)主钢轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,在主钢轨上表面滚动,支撑着车辆的重量;主钢轮是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态。(3) The main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel.
(4)辅助轨导向轮、辅助轨作用组件安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,高于主钢轨踏面。左右两个辅助轨导向轮成为一对,成为辅助轨导向轮对,在辅助轨踏面的两侧,进行导向。水平辅助轮、辅助轨制动块和辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮是辅助轨接触组件。左右两个辅助轨接触组件成为一对,成为辅助轨接触组件对。辅助轨接触组件对,通过气压活塞、液压活塞、电磁活塞,或磁吸引驱动,从左右挤压在辅助轨踏面,不支撑车辆的重量。辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力大小和松开,火车在运行时能够操作控制调节。水平辅助轮,是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态。辅助轨导向轮和水平辅助轮是摩擦面滚动,不是齿轮滚动,也不是橡胶轮胎。辅助轨导向轮、水平辅助轮、水平辅助制动块或水平缓冲轮的踏面材料是金属合金、或人造石的耐磨材料。辅助轨导向轮和辅助轨接触组件的踏面宽度大于20mm;线性涡流制动组件是辅助轨非接触组件,安装在辅助轨上方与辅助轨上翼作用进行非接触制动,或左右两个线性涡流制动组件成为一对,从左右作用于在辅助轨踏面,进行非接触制动。辅助轨具有直线电机的定子或转子时,车辆上安装高于主钢轨踏面的相配的直线电机的转子或定子。(4) Auxiliary rail guide wheels and auxiliary rail function components are installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, higher than the main rail tread. The left and right auxiliary rail guide wheels become a pair, and become the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair, which are guided on both sides of the auxiliary rail tread. Horizontal auxiliary wheels, auxiliary rail brake blocks and auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels are auxiliary rail contact assemblies. The left and right auxiliary rail contact assemblies form a pair, and become an auxiliary rail contact assembly pair. Auxiliary rail contact assembly pairs are driven by pneumatic pistons, hydraulic pistons, electromagnetic pistons, or magnetic attraction, and are squeezed on the treads of the auxiliary rails from left and right without supporting the weight of the vehicle. The size and release of the extrusion force of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair can be controlled and adjusted when the train is running. The horizontal auxiliary wheel is a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel, or is switched to a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel according to control. The guide wheels of the auxiliary rail and the horizontal auxiliary wheels are friction surface rolling, not gear rolling, nor rubber tires. The tread material of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail, the horizontal auxiliary wheel, the horizontal auxiliary brake block or the horizontal buffer wheel is a wear-resistant material of metal alloy or artificial stone. The tread width of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly of the auxiliary rail is greater than 20mm; the linear eddy current braking assembly is a non-contact assembly of the auxiliary rail, which is installed above the auxiliary rail and acts on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail for non-contact braking, or two linear eddy current brakes on the left and right The brake assembly becomes a pair, acting on the tread surface of the auxiliary rail from left and right to perform non-contact braking. When the auxiliary rail has the stator or rotor of the linear motor, the rotor or stator of the matching linear motor higher than the main rail tread is installed on the vehicle.
(5)水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较小时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也小;水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较大时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也大;以便避免在原动力较小时挤压力过大,产生大的摩擦阻力;也避免在原动力较大时挤压力过小,产生水平辅助轮在辅助轨踏面上滚动时打滑。辅助轨制动块对和辅助轨之间,是滑动摩擦制动,制动力的大小直接与挤压力相关。(5) When the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is small, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also small; when the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is large, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also large; In order to avoid excessive extrusion force when the driving force is small, resulting in large frictional resistance; also to avoid the extrusion force is too small when the driving force is large, resulting in the horizontal auxiliary wheel slipping when rolling on the auxiliary rail tread. Between the pair of auxiliary rail brake blocks and the auxiliary rail is sliding friction braking, and the magnitude of the braking force is directly related to the extrusion force.
(6)辅助轨导向轮对在通常运行的情况下进行导向。辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,从左右导向或挤压辅助轨时,相对于车辆的主钢轮,整体没有左右移动,或有一个较小的左右移动量,以便吸收辅助轨的铺设直线度公差,避免在直线段的导向或挤压配合干扰火车的惯性直线运动,使火车运动更平稳;其整体左右移动机构是:1)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右滑动的导轨上;2)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右转动的转轴或圆孔上;3)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,同时由同一气压管路、同一液压管路或电机的活塞,或磁吸引,进行驱动从左右挤压辅助轨;该气压管路、液压管路或电机,或磁吸引,仅控制辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力或松开,同时使得辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体在左右方向自由移动。或,辅助轨导向轮固定在弹簧或弹簧板上,整体有一个较小的左右移动,以便减少导向配合在直线段干扰火车的惯性直线运动。线性涡流制动组件具有或不具有整体左右自由移动,不影响辅助轨导向轮与辅助轨的配合导向。另外,垂直方向,辅助轨导向轮或辅助轨接触组件的上表面与辅助轨上翼的下表面之间有一定的间隙,通常不接触;但是该间隙也不很大,当某种原因使火车向上跳起来或抬起来时,辅助轨导向轮或辅助轨接触组件的上表面与上翼的下表面接触,阻止火车的向上脱轨。(6) The guide wheels of the auxiliary rail are guided under normal operation. When the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair guides or squeezes the auxiliary rail from the left and right, relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle, the overall movement does not move left or right, or there is a small amount of left and right movement in order to absorb the force of the auxiliary rail. Lay the straightness tolerance, avoid the guidance or extrusion fit in the straight section from interfering with the inertial linear motion of the train, and make the train move more smoothly; the overall left and right moving mechanism is: 1) The auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair are installed as a whole On the guide rail that can freely slide left and right; 2) The pair of auxiliary rail guide wheels or the pair of auxiliary rail contact components are integrally installed on the rotating shaft or round hole that can freely rotate left and right; 3) The pair of auxiliary rail guide wheels or the pair of auxiliary rail contact components, At the same time, it is driven by the same pneumatic pipeline, hydraulic pipeline or motor piston, or magnetic attraction, to squeeze the auxiliary rail from the left and right; the pneumatic pipeline, hydraulic pipeline or motor, or magnetic attraction, only controls the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail The extrusion force or release of the pair or the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies simultaneously makes the pair of guide wheels of the auxiliary rail or the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies move freely in the left and right directions. Or, the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail is fixed on the spring or the spring plate, and the whole has a small left and right movement, so as to reduce the interference of the guide and the linear motion of the train on the straight line. The linear eddy current braking assembly has or does not have the overall free movement left and right, and does not affect the cooperative guidance of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail. In addition, in the vertical direction, there is a certain gap between the upper surface of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail or the contact assembly of the auxiliary rail and the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, usually without contact; but the gap is not very large. When jumping up or lifting up, the upper surface of the auxiliary rail guide wheel or the auxiliary rail contact assembly is in contact with the lower surface of the upper wing, preventing the train from derailing upwards.
(7)在道岔区间,主钢轨具有不动的分歧点和辙叉心,没有可动的部分,没有可动的尖轨,没有可动的辙叉心,主钢轨的上踏面没有大于10mm的缝隙。(7) In the turnout section, the main rail has a fixed branch point and frog center, no movable part, no movable tip rail, no movable frog center, and no upper tread of the main rail is larger than 10mm gap.
(8)车辆的驱动或制动,包括主钢轨的驱动或制动,或/和辅助轨的驱动或制动;其中辅助轨的驱动或制动,包括下述中的一种或多种:1)辅助轨的水平辅助轮的驱动或制动,2)辅助轨制动块的制动,3)辅助轨的线性涡流制动组件的制动,4)辅助轨的直线电机的驱动或制动。主钢轨和辅助轨的驱动或制动,采用或不采用下述分配:1)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较小,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动足够时,仅使用主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动;2)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较大,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动不够时,车辆同时使用主钢轨与辅助轨的驱动或制动、或仅使用辅助轨的驱动或制动。(8) The driving or braking of the vehicle, including the driving or braking of the main rail, or/and the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail; wherein the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail includes one or more of the following: 1) Driving or braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the auxiliary rail, 2) Braking of the brake block of the auxiliary rail, 3) Braking of the linear eddy current braking assembly of the auxiliary rail, 4) Driving or braking of the linear motor of the auxiliary rail move. The driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or does not adopt the following allocation: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, only use The driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel; 2) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the main rail and the auxiliary rail at the same time. Drive or brake, or drive or brake using only the auxiliary rail.
(9)所述车辆的没有轮缘的圆柱面踏面主钢轮,如果在主钢轮近旁,增加有内轮缘的导向钢轮在主钢轨上表面滚动进行导向,或增加水平导向轮在主钢轨内侧表面滚动进行导向,就能够在没有辅助轨的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距的传统钢轨上滚动运行,并能够滚动过传统道岔。(9) If the main steel wheel with cylindrical surface tread without rim of the vehicle mentioned above is near the main steel wheel, a guide steel wheel with an inner rim is added to roll on the upper surface of the main rail for guidance, or a horizontal guide wheel is added on the main steel wheel. Guided by rolling on the inside surface of the rail, it can run on standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge traditional rails without auxiliary rails, and can roll over traditional turnouts.
(10)所述辅助轨导向轮和水平辅助轮,是两个不同的轮子,或是同一个轮子的两个功能状态。(10) The auxiliary rail guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel are two different wheels, or two functional states of the same wheel.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,所述道岔区间,轨道具有左右摆动切换的机构,具有下述变轨结构中的一种或多种:1)辅助轨具有可动的区段,对车辆进行导向变轨;辅助轨的可动区段由转辙机驱动左右摆动。辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,具有伸出臂,从主钢轨的上方摆过主钢轨,与辅助轨的固定端的踏面部分通过斜缝或锯齿缝相连接,以便使车辆的辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨作用组件对没有段差地滚过或经过辅助轨导向踏面的缝隙,进行导向变轨。2)两条可动辅助轨高于主钢轨的上表面,由转辙机驱动,越过主钢轨左右摆动,对车辆进行导向变轨。辅助轨的可动端与辅助轨的固定端通过斜缝或锯齿缝相连接,以便使车辆的辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨作用组件对没有段差地滚过或经过辅助轨导向踏面的缝隙,进行导向变轨。3)在道岔区间,辅助轨在变轨区间中断不铺设。辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。车辆左右主钢轨外侧,安装水平变轨导向轮。在道岔区间内,铺设变轨导向轨,转辙机驱动左右摆动变轨导向轨,水平变轨导向轮与变轨导向轨配合,进行变轨。4)在道岔区间内,转辙机驱动左右摆动辅助轨的可动区段。辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,不从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,而是中断不铺设。辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。此时,火车的水平变轨导向轮与固定变轨导向轨配合导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和 辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过辅助轨中断区段。5)在道岔区间内,部分主钢轨换成具有外轨缘和内轨缘的钢轨,转辙机驱动左右摆动辅助轨的可动区段。辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,不从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,而是中断不铺设。辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。此时,火车主钢轮由一条钢轨的外轨缘和内轨缘导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过辅助轨中断区段。6)在道岔区间内,部分主钢轨换成具有外轨缘的钢轨,转辙机驱动左右摆动辅助轨的可动区段。辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,不从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,而是中断不铺设。辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。此时,火车主钢轮由两条钢轨的外轨缘导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过辅助轨中断区段。7)在道岔区间内,部分主钢轨区段两侧增加外侧导向轨和内侧导向轨,转辙机驱动左右摆动辅助轨的可动区段。辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,不从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,而是中断不铺设。辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。此时,火车主钢轮由一条主钢轨两侧的外侧导向轨和内侧导向轨进行导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过辅助轨中断区段。8)在道岔区间内,部分主钢轨区段增加外侧导向轨,转辙机驱动左右摆动辅助轨的可动区段。辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,不从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,而是中断不铺设。辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。此时,火车主钢轮由两条钢轨的外侧导向轨进行导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过辅助轨中断区段。In the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention, the switch section, the track has a left and right swing switching mechanism, and has one or more of the following track changing structures: 1) the auxiliary rail has a movable section, Guide the vehicle to change the track; the movable section of the auxiliary rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right. The tread part of the movable end of the auxiliary rail has an outstretched arm, swings over the main rail from above the main rail, and is connected with the tread part of the fixed end of the auxiliary rail through an oblique or zigzag seam, so that the auxiliary rail of the vehicle guides the wheel set Or the auxiliary rail action component rolls over or passes through the gap of the auxiliary rail guide tread without step difference, and performs guide rail change. 2) The two movable auxiliary rails are higher than the upper surface of the main rail, driven by the switch machine, and swing left and right over the main rail to guide the vehicle to change rails. The movable end of the auxiliary rail is connected with the fixed end of the auxiliary rail through an oblique seam or a sawtooth seam, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail action component pair of the vehicle can roll over or pass through the gap of the auxiliary rail guide tread without step difference. Make a directional change. 3) In the turnout section, the auxiliary rail is interrupted and not laid in the track change section. The guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail, when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail. On the outer sides of the left and right main rails of the vehicle, horizontal track changing guide wheels are installed. In the turnout section, the track-changing guide rail is laid, the switch machine drives the track-changing guide rail to swing left and right, and the horizontal track-changing guide wheel cooperates with the track-changing guide rail to change the track. 4) In the turnout section, the switch machine drives the movable section of the left and right swing auxiliary rail. The tread portion of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not pass over the main rail from above the main rail, but is not laid. The guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail, when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail. At this time, the train's horizontal track-changing guide wheels cooperate with the fixed track-changing guide rail to guide the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair to smoothly pass through the auxiliary rail interruption section. 5) In the turnout section, part of the main rails are replaced with rails with outer and inner rail edges, and the switch machine drives the movable section of the auxiliary rail that swings left and right. The tread portion of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not pass over the main rail from above the main rail, but is not laid. The guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail, when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail. At this time, the main steel wheel of the train is guided by the outer rail edge and the inner rail edge of a steel rail, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair pass smoothly through the auxiliary rail interruption section. 6) In the turnout section, part of the main rails are replaced with rails with outer rail edges, and the switch machine drives the movable section of the auxiliary rail that swings left and right. The tread portion of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not pass over the main rail from above the main rail, but is not laid. The guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail, when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail. At this time, the main steel wheel of the train is guided by the outer rail edges of the two rails, so that the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail pass smoothly through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail. 7) In the turnout section, the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail are added on both sides of some main rail sections, and the switch machine drives the movable section of the left and right swing auxiliary rail. The tread portion of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not pass over the main rail from above the main rail, but is not laid. The guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail, when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail. At this time, the main steel wheel of the train is guided by the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail on both sides of a main rail, so that the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail pass smoothly through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail. 8) In the turnout section, the outer guide rail is added to some main rail sections, and the switch machine drives the movable section of the auxiliary rail that swings left and right. The tread portion of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not pass over the main rail from above the main rail, but is not laid. The guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail, when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail. At this time, the main steel wheel of the train is guided by the outer guide rails of the two rails, so that the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail pass smoothly through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,所述道岔区间,轨道没有左右摆动切换的机构,火车车辆上具有可动的变轨导向轮,做转向操作实现变轨,其结构是下述中的一种或多种:1)道岔区间内,具有安装在地面上不动的变轨导向轨,车辆或车辆转向架上具有变轨导向轮,进行上下移动切换,与变轨导向轨配合导向或分离,使车辆变轨。2)道岔区间内,具有安装在地面上不动的变轨导向轨,车辆或车辆转向架上具有变轨导向轮,进行左右水平移动切换,与变轨导向轨配合导向或分离,使车辆变轨。3)道岔区间内,具有安装在地面上不动的变轨导向壁,主钢轨具有轨缘或内外侧导轨,车辆或车辆转向架上具有变轨导向轮,进行左右水平移动切换,与变轨导向壁配合导向或分离,主钢轮与轨缘或内外侧导轨配合导向,使车辆变轨。In the moving mechanism of the steel rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention, in the switch section, the track does not have a left and right swing switch mechanism, and the train vehicle has movable track changing guide wheels, which can be turned to realize track changing. Its structure is as follows One or more of: 1) In the turnout section, there is a track-changing guide rail installed on the ground, and the vehicle or vehicle bogie has a track-changing guide wheel, which can move up and down and cooperate with the track-changing guide rail Or separate to make the vehicle change track. 2) In the turnout section, there is a track-changing guide rail installed on the ground that does not move. The vehicle or the vehicle bogie has a track-changing guide wheel, which performs horizontal movement switching from left to right, and cooperates with the track-changing guide rail to guide or separate, so that the vehicle changes. rail. 3) In the turnout section, there is a rail-changing guide wall installed on the ground, the main rail has a rail edge or an inner and outer guide rail, and the vehicle or vehicle bogie has a rail-changing guide wheel, which can be switched from left to right and horizontally. The guide wall cooperates with the guide or separates, and the main steel wheel cooperates with the rail edge or the inner and outer guide rails to guide the vehicle to change the track.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,在菱形交叉区间,使用下述结构:1)主钢轨没有可动部分,辅助轨可转动。切换时,辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,具有伸出臂,从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,与辅助轨的固定端的踏面部分通过斜缝或锯齿缝相连接,以便使车辆的辅助轨导向轮对没有段差地滚过辅助轨导向踏面的缝隙,进行导向。或,2)主钢轨和辅助轨都没有可动部分。在菱形交叉区间,辅助轨中断不铺设。辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。主钢轨具有外侧导向轨或内侧导向轨,或主钢轨成为有外轨缘或内轨缘的钢轨,导向轨或轨缘对主钢轮配合导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过菱形交叉区间。The kinematic mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention uses the following structure in the rhombus intersection section: 1) the main rail has no movable part, and the auxiliary rail can rotate. When switching, the tread part of the movable end of the auxiliary rail has an outstretched arm, crosses the main rail from above the main rail, and is connected with the tread part of the fixed end of the auxiliary rail through an oblique seam or a sawtooth seam, so that the auxiliary rail of the vehicle is guided The wheelset rolls through the gap of the guide tread of the auxiliary rail without step difference for guidance. Or, 2) Neither the main rail nor the auxiliary rail has movable parts. In the rhombus intersection section, auxiliary rail interruptions are not laid. The guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail, when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail. The main rail has an outer guide rail or an inner guide rail, or the main rail becomes a rail with an outer rail flange or an inner rail flange, and the guide rail or rail flange guides the main steel wheel so that the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair , passing through the diamond intersection interval smoothly.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,在道口区间,主钢轨和辅助轨都没有可动部分。辅助轨中断不铺设。辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。主钢轨具有外侧导向轨或内侧导向轨,或主钢轨成为有外轨缘或内轨缘的钢轨,导向轨或轨缘对主钢轮导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过道口区间。In the kinematic mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention, both the main rail and the auxiliary rail have no movable parts in the crossing section. Auxiliary rail interruptions are not laid. The guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail, when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, are opened without being squeezed, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail. The main rail has an outer guide rail or an inner guide rail, or the main rail becomes a rail with an outer flange or an inner flange, and the guide rail or rail flange guides the main steel wheel so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact the assembly pair, Passed through the crossing section smoothly.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,火车车辆上具有转向操作杆或方向盘,操作主钢轮在主钢轨或钢轨之外的地面上进行直行或转向。垂直滚动轮安装在车体下面的转向架 上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,位于辅助轨上翼的下方,高于主钢轨踏面。垂直滚动轮安装在刚性或弹性支撑体上,通常不接触辅助轨上翼下表面。当车辆向上抬起来较大时,进行滚动接触,从而限定较大的向上运动。或,垂直滚动轮安装在弹性支撑体上,通常滚动接触辅助轨上翼下表面,限定较大的左右运动或向上运动。In the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention, the train vehicle has a steering lever or a steering wheel, and the main steel wheel is operated to go straight or turn on the ground outside the main rail or the rail. The vertical rolling wheels are mounted on the bogie below the car body, or directly on the car body if there is no bogie, below the upper wing of the auxiliary rail and above the main rail tread. The vertical scroll wheels are mounted on a rigid or elastic support and usually do not touch the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. Rolling contact occurs when the vehicle lifts upwards more, thereby limiting a greater upward movement. Alternatively, the vertical rolling wheels are installed on the elastic support body, and usually roll in contact with the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, so as to limit large left-right movement or upward movement.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,包括轨道和车辆中的一个或两个,其中,轨道包括:两条主钢轨和道岔,形成无砟轨道或有砟轨道,具有或没有直线电机辅助轨;车辆包括:车体、没有轮缘的主钢轮、和主钢轨的水平导向轮;主钢轮的踏面是圆锥面,左右两个主钢轮和轮轴形成刚性轮对;或,主钢轮的踏面是圆柱面,左右两个主钢轮是独立滚动轮对;所述轨道和车辆,具有下述特征:The motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention includes one or both of the rail and the vehicle, wherein the rail includes: two main rails and a switch to form a ballastless track or a ballasted track, with or without linear motor assistance The vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel without rim, and horizontal guide wheel of main rail; the tread surface of main steel wheel is conical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels and axles form a rigid wheel set; or, the main steel wheel The tread of the wheel is a cylindrical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels are independent rolling wheel pairs; the track and the vehicle have the following characteristics:
(1)主钢轨之间的距离是1435mm标准轨距,大于1435mm的宽轨距,或小于1435mm的窄轨距;主钢轮是圆锥面踏面时,主钢轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、或直缝;主钢轮是圆柱面踏面时,接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝。(1) The distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; when the main steel wheel is a conical tread, the joints in the length direction of the main rail are welded seams, Diagonal seam, or straight seam; when the main drum is a cylindrical tread, the seam is welded seam, oblique seam, zigzag seam, or straight seam.
(2)辅助轨具有直线电机的定子或转子,其上表面不低于主钢轨踏面。相应地,车辆上安装高于主钢轨踏面的相配的直线电机的转子或定子。(2) The auxiliary rail has a stator or rotor of a linear motor, the upper surface of which is not lower than the tread of the main rail. Correspondingly, the rotor or stator of the matching linear motor is installed on the vehicle higher than the main rail tread.
(3)主钢轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,在主钢轨上表面滚动,支撑着车辆的重量;主钢轮是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态;在道岔、菱形交叉、道口之外的直线和弯道段的正常运行中,主钢轮是圆锥面踏面时,主钢轮与主钢轨配合导向;主钢轮是圆柱面踏面时,水平导向轮与主钢轨的内侧或外侧踏面配合导向,主钢轮不进行导向。(3) The main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to the control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel; in the normal operation of the turnout, diamond intersection, straight line and curve section outside the crossing, the main steel wheel is conical When the surface is treaded, the main steel wheel is guided with the main rail; when the main steel wheel is a cylindrical tread, the horizontal guide wheel is guided with the inner or outer tread of the main rail, and the main steel wheel is not guided.
(4)车辆上的主钢轮、和主钢轨的水平导向轮,安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上。两个水平导向轮,位于两条主钢轨的内侧、两条主钢轨的外侧、一条主钢轨的内外两侧,不支撑车辆的重量,水平导向轮与主钢轨内侧或外侧接触或不接触,接触时进行时滚动。踏面材料是金属合金、或人造石的耐磨材料。对于圆柱面踏面主钢轮,两个内侧水平导向轮,进行没有交叉的直线段和曲线段的通常导向和道岔变轨导向。两个内侧水平导向轮,相对于车辆的主钢轮,整体没有左右移动,或有一个较小的左右移动量,以便吸收辅助轨的铺设直线度公差,避免在直线段的导向或挤压配合干扰火车的惯性直线运动,使火车运动更平稳;但左右移动量有限定值,以便阻止脱轨。对于圆锥面踏面主钢轮,在没有交叉的直线段和曲线段通常运行时,左右移动量小,两个内侧水平导向轮的导向力小于主钢轮圆锥面踏面的导向力,主钢轮进行导向。但当主钢轨左右移动增大可能脱轨时,两个内侧水平导向轮整体没有左右移动,或有一个较小的左右移动量但左右移动量有限定值,阻止脱轨。另外,在道岔变轨处,主钢轨的左右移动量大,两个内侧水平导向轮整体没有左右移动,或有一个较小的左右移动量但左右移动量有限定值,水平导向轮的导向力大于主钢轮圆锥面踏面的导向力,水平导向轮进行导向。(4) The main steel wheel on the vehicle and the horizontal guide wheel of the main rail are installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie. Two horizontal guide wheels, located on the inner side of two main rails, on the outer side of two main rails, on the inner and outer sides of one main rail, do not support the weight of the vehicle, the horizontal guide wheels are in contact with the inner or outer side of the main rail or not, contact Scrolling in progress. The tread material is a wear-resistant material of metal alloy, or artificial stone. For the main steel wheel with cylindrical tread, the two inner horizontal guide wheels are used for normal guidance and switch rail guidance for straight and curved sections without intersection. The two inner horizontal guide wheels, relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle, have no left or right movement as a whole, or have a small left and right movement, so as to absorb the laying straightness tolerance of the auxiliary rail and avoid guiding or extrusion fit in the straight section Interfere with the inertial linear motion of the train to make the train move more smoothly; but the amount of left and right movement has a limited value to prevent derailment. For the main steel wheel with conical surface tread, when the straight section and curve section without crossing usually run, the amount of left and right movement is small, and the guiding force of the two inner horizontal guide wheels is smaller than that of the main steel wheel's conical surface. guide. But when the left and right movement of the main rail increases and may derail, the two inner horizontal guide wheels as a whole do not move left and right, or there is a small amount of left and right movement but the left and right movement has a limited value to prevent derailment. In addition, at the track change of the turnout, the left and right movement of the main rail is large, and the two inner horizontal guide wheels do not move left and right as a whole, or there is a small left and right movement but the left and right movement has a limited value. The guiding force of the horizontal guide wheel Greater than the guiding force of the conical surface tread of the main steel wheel, the horizontal guide wheel guides.
(5)在道岔区间,直线电机辅助轨中断不铺设。主钢轨的尖轨段由转辙机驱动左右摆动,无论主钢轮是圆锥面踏面还是圆柱面踏面,两个内侧水平导向轮与主钢轨的尖轨配合导向,进行变轨。道岔具有固定辙叉心或活动心轨辙叉心。(5) In the turnout section, the auxiliary rail of the linear motor is interrupted and not laid. The point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right. Regardless of whether the main steel wheel has a conical tread or a cylindrical tread, the two inner horizontal guide wheels cooperate with the point rail of the main rail to guide the track change. The turnout has a fixed frog center or a movable center frog center.
(6)车辆的驱动或制动,包括主钢轨的驱动或制动,和辅助轨直线电机的驱动或制动中的一种或多种。主钢轨和辅助轨的驱动或制动,采用或不采用下述分配:1)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较小,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动足够时,仅使用主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动;2)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较大,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动不够时,车辆同时使用主钢轨与辅助轨的驱动或制动、或仅使用辅助轨的驱动或制动。(6) The driving or braking of the vehicle, including one or more of the driving or braking of the main rail and the driving or braking of the linear motor of the auxiliary rail. The driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or does not adopt the following allocation: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, only use The driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel; 2) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the main rail and the auxiliary rail at the same time. Drive or brake, or drive or brake using only the auxiliary rail.
(7)所述车辆,其主钢轮和水平导向轮,能够在传统具有或没有直线电机辅助轨的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距的钢轨上滚动运行。(7) The vehicle, its main steel wheels and horizontal guide wheels, can roll on conventional standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge rails with or without linear motor auxiliary rails.
(8)所述主钢轨,传统具有或没有直线电机定子或转子的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距火车的钢轮能够在上面滚动运行,并能够滚动过所述道岔。对于高于主钢轨上表面的直线电 机辅助轨,移除或修改传统火车下面相应部件,使得火车下部不接触辅助轨,能够全程运行。(8) The main rail, traditionally with or without a linear motor stator or rotor, the steel wheels of standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge trains can roll on it, and can roll over the switch. For the linear motor auxiliary rail that is higher than the upper surface of the main rail, remove or modify the corresponding parts under the traditional train, so that the lower part of the train does not touch the auxiliary rail and can run throughout the whole process.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,所述轨道具有直线电机辅助轨,所述车辆上安装有高于主钢轨踏面的辅助轨接触组件对。辅助轨接触组件对是下述中的一种或多种:1)水平辅助轮,2)辅助轨制动块,3)辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮。辅助轨接触组件对,从左右挤压辅助轨,以便驱动、制动、或防止脱轨。辅助轨接触组件对,相对于车辆主钢轮的整体左右自由移动量,大于水平导向轮的弹性移动量,以便在主钢轮是圆锥面踏面时不影响主钢轮圆锥面和主钢轨上表面的配合导向,或在主钢轮是圆柱面踏面时不影响水平导向轮和主钢轨内侧面的配合导向。并且,辅助轨接触组件对的整体左右自由移动量有限定值,以便增强防止脱轨性能。其整体左右移动机构是:1)辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右滑动的导轨上;2)辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右转动的转轴或圆孔上;3)辅助轨接触组件对,同时由同一气压管路、同一液压管路或电机的活塞,或磁吸引,进行驱动从左右挤压辅助轨;该气压管路、液压管路或电机,或磁吸引,仅控制辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力或松开,同时使得辅助轨接触组件对整体在左右方向自由移动。In the motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention, the track has a linear motor auxiliary rail, and the vehicle is equipped with a pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies that are higher than the tread surface of the main rail. The auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheels, 2) auxiliary rail brake blocks, and 3) auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels. The auxiliary rails contact the assembly pair and squeeze the auxiliary rails from left and right to drive, brake, or prevent derailment. The auxiliary rail contact assembly pair, relative to the overall left and right free movement of the main steel wheel of the vehicle, is greater than the elastic movement of the horizontal guide wheel, so as not to affect the conical surface of the main steel wheel and the upper surface of the main rail when the main steel wheel is a conical surface tread The matching guide, or when the main steel wheel is a cylindrical tread, it does not affect the matching guide of the horizontal guide wheel and the inner side of the main rail. In addition, there is a limit value for the overall left and right free movement of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair, so as to enhance the performance of preventing derailment. Its overall left and right movement mechanism is: 1) the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is integrally installed on the guide rail that can slide left and right freely; 2) the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is integrally installed on the rotating shaft or round hole that can freely rotate left and right; 3) the auxiliary rail The pair of contact components is simultaneously driven by the piston of the same air pressure line, the same hydraulic line or motor, or magnetic attraction, to squeeze the auxiliary rail from left and right; the air pressure line, hydraulic line or motor, or magnetic attraction, only controls The pressing force or release of the pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies simultaneously enables the entire pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies to move freely in the left and right directions.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,所述车辆上安装有水平主动轮或制动块,在主钢轨外侧、内侧或内外两侧,进行挤压或与水平导向轮配合挤压主钢轨,实现驱动或制动。水平主动轮或制动块,在道岔区间、菱形交叉区间、道口区间、温度伸缩调节器区间,高度升高,以免与主钢轨或其他物品碰撞。In the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention, the vehicle is equipped with horizontal driving wheels or brake blocks, which are squeezed on the outside, inside or both sides of the main rail or cooperate with the horizontal guide wheel to squeeze the main rail , to achieve driving or braking. The horizontal driving wheel or the brake block is elevated in the turnout section, the rhombus intersection section, the crossing section, and the temperature telescopic regulator section, so as not to collide with the main rail or other objects.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,在道岔区间、菱形交叉区间、道口区间、温度伸缩调节器区间的前部,轨道上安装有上升安全块,车辆行驶时水平主动轮或制动块的碰撞安全机构,碰撞到上升安全块上,使水平主动轮或制动块自动松开主钢轨并升高,然后保持在升高的位置车辆继续行驶,以便不碰上主钢轨或其他物品。车辆经过道岔区间、菱形交叉区间、道口区间、温度伸缩调节器区间后,车辆上的水平主动轮或制动块,再次碰撞到安装在轨道上的下降安全块上,或触发光、电、磁等传感器,自动操作或手动操作下降至主钢轨外侧或内侧,以便导向、防止脱轨、或挤压主钢轨进行驱动或制动。In the motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention, a rising safety block is installed on the track at the front of the turnout section, the rhombus intersection section, the crossing section, and the temperature expansion regulator section. When the vehicle is running, the horizontal drive wheel or the brake block The advanced collision safety mechanism collides with the rising safety block, so that the horizontal driving wheel or brake block automatically releases the main rail and rises, and then keeps the vehicle in the raised position to continue driving so as not to hit the main rail or other objects. After the vehicle passes through the turnout section, rhombus intersection section, crossing section, and temperature expansion regulator section, the horizontal driving wheel or brake block on the vehicle collides with the descending safety block installed on the track again, or triggers optical, electrical, magnetic, etc. Sensors such as automatic operation or manual operation are lowered to the outside or inside of the main rail to guide, prevent derailment, or squeeze the main rail for driving or braking.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,火车车辆上具有操作控制器,通过有线或无线通讯,操作控制道岔转辙机或菱形交叉辅助轨转动机械,进行变轨导向或通行导向。The motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention has an operation controller on the train vehicle, and operates and controls the switch point machine or the diamond-shaped cross auxiliary rail rotating machine through wired or wireless communication to perform track change guidance or traffic guidance.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,火车内部座位上具有安全带,以便固定乘客,不使乘客在较大的加速度或减速度时被甩开,造成危险。In the motion mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention, seat belts are provided on the inner seats of the train, so as to fix the passengers so as not to cause the passengers to be thrown away during greater acceleration or deceleration, causing danger.
本发明的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,圆柱面踏面主钢轮是独立滚动轮,主钢轮轮对转向机构,或各主钢轮独立转向机构,安装在转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上。在弯道时,前后轮对或前后轮,转向角相同,方向相反。车体的前后转向架,转向角相同,方向相反。转向角的大小,与轨道转弯半径匹配。In the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train of the present invention, the main steel wheel on the cylindrical tread surface is an independent rolling wheel, and the steering mechanism of the main steel wheel pair, or the independent steering mechanism of each main steel wheel, is installed on the bogie, or there is no bogie directly mounted on the vehicle body. When cornering, the front and rear wheel pairs or the front and rear wheels have the same steering angle and opposite directions. The front and rear bogies of the car body have the same steering angle and opposite directions. The size of the steering angle, which matches the turning radius of the track.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本发明的一个火车车体和钢轨与钢轮结构的剖视图。Fig. 1 is a sectional view of a train car body and rail and steel wheel structure of the present invention.
图2是图1的钢轨和钢轮结构的斜视图。Fig. 2 is a perspective view of the rail and steel wheel structure of Fig. 1 .
图3是图2的水平辅助轮8被置换成辅助制动块的场景,斜视图。Fig. 3 is a scene where the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 in Fig. 2 is replaced by an auxiliary brake block, a perspective view.
图4是图3的剖视图。FIG. 4 is a sectional view of FIG. 3 .
图5是放大斜视图,在图4辅助制动块的前后,增加了缓冲轮23。Fig. 5 is an enlarged perspective view, in front and rear of the auxiliary brake block in Fig. 4, a buffer wheel 23 is added.
图6将图4的制动钳20的左右移动,置换成左右转动。主钢轮踏面是圆柱面。FIG. 6 replaces the horizontal movement of the caliper 20 in FIG. 4 with a horizontal rotation. The main drum tread is cylindrical.
图7是本发明的一个变轨道岔,适合于上述有辅助轨和有主钢轮轮缘的钢轨和钢轮结构。Fig. 7 is a change track switch of the present invention, is suitable for above-mentioned rail and steel wheel structure that auxiliary rail is arranged and main steel wheel rim is arranged.
图8将图1的有轮缘和圆锥面踏面的主钢轮换成无轮缘和圆柱面踏面的主钢轮。Fig. 8 changes the main steel wheel with rim and conical tread of Fig. 1 into the main steel wheel without rim and cylindrical tread.
图9是本发明的一个通过左右摆动辅助轨进行变轨的道岔,直行。Fig. 9 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right to change the track, and goes straight.
图10是图9的道岔,转弯变轨的状态。Fig. 10 is the turnout of Fig. 9, the state of turning and changing tracks.
图11是图9和图10合并在一起,左右摆动的辅助轨以虚线表示。Fig. 11 is Fig. 9 and Fig. 10 merged together, and the auxiliary rail that swings left and right is shown with dotted line.
图12是在41和46处,辅助轨变轨段从上方越过主钢轨36的状况,立面图。Fig. 12 is at 41 and 46 places, the situation that the auxiliary rail transition section crosses the main rail 36 from above, the elevation view.
图13是在41处,辅助轨变轨段直行位置40从上方越过主钢轨弯曲部状况的平面图。Fig. 13 is a plan view of the situation at 41 where the straight-running position 40 of the auxiliary rail transition section crosses the bending portion of the main rail from above.
图14是在46处,辅助轨变轨段弯曲位置45从上方越过主钢轨直线部状况的平面图。Fig. 14 is a plan view of the situation at 46 where the bending position 45 of the auxiliary rail transition section crosses the straight line portion of the main rail from above.
图15是本发明的一个通过左右摆动变轨导向轨进行变轨的道岔平面图。Fig. 15 is a plan view of a switch of the present invention that performs track change by swinging the track change guide rail left and right.
图16是图15的剖面图。FIG. 16 is a sectional view of FIG. 15 .
图17是本发明的一个通过左右摆动辅助轨,并配合固定外侧变轨辅助轨进行变轨的道岔。Fig. 17 is a turnout of the present invention which swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the fixed outer rail changing auxiliary rail to change the track.
图18是本发明的一个通过左右摆动两条辅助轨进行变轨的道岔。Fig. 18 is a turnout of the present invention that changes rails by swinging two auxiliary rails left and right.
图19是本发明的一个通过左右摆动辅助轨,并配合外侧导轨和内侧导轨进行变轨的道岔。Fig. 19 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail to change the track.
图20是图19的单轮外侧导轨和内侧导轨剖面图。Fig. 20 is a sectional view of the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail of the single wheel of Fig. 19 .
图21是主钢轨36与外侧导轨和内侧导轨合并成一体,成为有轨缘的钢轨76。Fig. 21 shows that the main rail 36 is integrated with the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail to form a rail 76 with a rail edge.
图22是本发明的一个通过左右摆动辅助轨,并配合两轮外侧导轨进行变轨的道岔。Fig. 22 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the outer guide rails of the two wheels to change the track.
图23是本发明图8的辅助轨,具有直线电机定子的剖面图。Fig. 23 is a sectional view of the auxiliary rail of Fig. 8 of the present invention, with a stator of a linear motor.
图24是图23的斜视图。Fig. 24 is a perspective view of Fig. 23 .
图25是有轮缘圆柱面踏面的主钢轮27及直线电机辅助轨80的轮轨结构。Fig. 25 is the wheel-rail structure of the main steel wheel 27 and the auxiliary rail 80 of the linear motor that have the rim cylinder tread.
图26是使用无轮缘圆柱面踏面主钢轮37时的一个菱形交叉,旋转可切换的辅助轨。Fig. 26 is a rhombus cross when using the main steel wheel 37 with no rim cylindrical surface tread, and the auxiliary rail that can be switched by rotation.
图27是使用无轮缘圆柱面踏面主钢轮37时的一个菱形交叉,主钢轨轨缘。Fig. 27 is a rhombus cross when using the main steel wheel 37 with rimless cylindrical surface tread, the main rail rail flange.
图28是使用无轮缘圆柱面踏面主钢轮37的轨道与公路平面交叉的道口。Fig. 28 is the crossing where the track and the highway plane cross using the rimless cylindrical tread main steel wheel 37.
图29是无轮缘主钢轮在主钢轨上滚动和导向的情景,剖视图。Fig. 29 is the situation that the rimless main steel wheel rolls and guides on the main rail, a sectional view.
图30是图29的斜视图。Fig. 30 is a perspective view of Fig. 29 .
图31是在钢轨弯道处,火车水平导向轮对86跟随转向轮对一起整体转动。Fig. 31 shows that at the rail curve, the train horizontal guide wheel pair 86 rotates integrally with the steering wheel pair.
图32是在钢轨弯道处,火车水平导向轮对86跟随单独的转向轮一起转动。Fig. 32 shows that at the rail curve, the train horizontal guide wheel pair 86 rotates together with the independent steering wheel.
图33是在钢轨弯道处,火车水平辅助轮对8跟随转向轮对一起整体转动。Fig. 33 shows that at the rail curve, the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 of the train rotates integrally with the steering wheel pair.
图34是在钢轨弯道处,火车水平辅助轮对8跟随单独的转向轮一起平动。Fig. 34 shows that at the rail curve, the train horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 translates together with the independent steering wheel.
图35是在钢轨弯道处,一个火车车体安装在两个转向架上,进行转弯。Fig. 35 is at the rail curve place, and a train car body is installed on two bogies, turns.
图36是轨道中铺设有中央辅助轨,转向架上安装有脱轨防止构件水平爪100。水平爪抱着辅助轨工字形的上翼,阻止车辆向上、向左、向右的运动。Fig. 36 shows that the central auxiliary rail is laid on the track, and the derailment preventing member horizontal claw 100 is installed on the bogie. The horizontal pawl embraces the I-shaped upper wing of the auxiliary rail to prevent the vehicle from moving upward, leftward, and rightward.
图37在火车道岔区间,辅助轨7不铺设,水平爪100能够顺利通过,但没有脱轨防止功能。Fig. 37 In the train switch section, the auxiliary rail 7 is not laid, and the horizontal claw 100 can pass smoothly, but there is no derailment prevention function.
图38是两条辅助轨铺设在主钢轨的外侧,两个脱轨防止爪分别与之配合抱着这两个辅助轨,实现强力防止脱轨。辅助轨可作为供电轨。Figure 38 shows that two auxiliary rails are laid on the outside of the main rail, and two derailment prevention claws cooperate with it to hold these two auxiliary rails respectively, so as to realize strong derailment prevention. Auxiliary rails can be used as supply rails.
图39是两条辅助轨铺设在主钢轨的外侧,两个脱轨防止爪分别被这两个辅助轨拥抱,实现强力防止脱轨。Figure 39 shows that two auxiliary rails are laid on the outside of the main rail, and the two derailment preventing claws are respectively embraced by these two auxiliary rails to achieve strong derailment prevention.
图40是本发明的一个道岔。钢轨不做摆动,火车车辆做转向操作,经过道岔变轨导向轨,实现变轨。Fig. 40 is a switch of the present invention. The rails do not swing, and the train vehicles perform steering operations, and the track change is realized through the track change guide rail of the turnout.
图41是图40的剖视图,变轨导向轮114和115上下移动,与变轨导向轨112和113配合,进行导向变轨。Fig. 41 is the cross-sectional view of Fig. 40, and the track changing guide wheels 114 and 115 move up and down, and cooperate with the track changing guide rails 112 and 113 to guide and change the track.
图42的道岔与图40像似,但在道岔外,辅助轨从一条变成两条116,分别在主钢轨的外侧。The turnout of Figure 42 is similar to Figure 40, but outside the turnout, the auxiliary rail changes from one to two 116, respectively on the outside of the main rail.
图43是道岔剖面图。与图41像似,变轨导向轨117和118固定在枕木上。Fig. 43 is a sectional view of a switch. Similar to Fig. 41, the track changing guide rails 117 and 118 are fixed on the sleepers.
图44的道岔剖面图中,左右两个导向轮121和122不是上下切换,而是水平切换。In the sectional view of the switch in Fig. 44, the left and right guide wheels 121 and 122 are not switched up and down, but horizontally switched.
图45是本发明的另一个轨道不做摆动切换的道岔。火车车辆做转向操作,经过轨缘,实现变轨。Fig. 45 is another track switch of the present invention without swing switching. The train vehicle performs the steering operation, passes the rail edge, and realizes the track change.
图46是图45的剖视图。变轨导向轮125和126左右移动,与变轨导向壁123和124配合,进行导向变轨。Fig. 46 is a sectional view of Fig. 45 . The track changing guide wheels 125 and 126 move left and right, and cooperate with the track changing guide walls 123 and 124 to guide and change tracks.
图47是图45的分歧点39的放大图。FIG. 47 is an enlarged view of the branch point 39 in FIG. 45 .
具体实施方式Detailed ways
现代铁路的钢轨钢轮方式,是在英国土木工程师威廉·杰索普William Jessop设计制造的基础上确立的。1789年,杰索普首次设计出凸型铁轨和外轮缘凸出的铸铁车轮,并应用在拉夫堡—莱斯特Loughborough-Leicester的马拉铁路。后来他研制出内轮缘凸出的铸铁车轮和铁路道岔,成为现代铁路轮轨的标准形式。1825年,英国工程师乔治·斯蒂芬森George Stephenson发明制造了世界上第一台真正实用的客货运蒸汽机车Locomotion No.1,就采用了这种钢轨钢轮方式。后来,机车发展成燃油机车,电力机车,但这种钢轨钢轮方式,一直没有变。轨道交通,后来出现了不少其他方式,例如混凝土轨道橡胶轮胎列车、单轨火车、悬挂火车、真空管火车、磁悬浮火车、游乐园的过山车、火箭撬火车等。但上述钢轨钢轮方式,以其综合性能,成为世界各国最广泛普及的轨道交通方式,广泛用于客运货运普通铁路、客运地下铁路、客运高速铁路等。因此,上述钢轨钢轮方式的铁路火车,被称为轮轨铁路或轮轨火车。The rail steel wheel method of the modern railway was established on the basis of the design and manufacture of the British civil engineer William Jessop. In 1789, Jessop first designed a convex rail and a cast iron wheel with a protruding outer rim, and applied it to the Loughborough-Leicester horse-drawn railway. He later developed cast iron wheels and railroad switches with protruding inner rims, which became the standard form of modern railroad wheels and tracks. In 1825, British engineer George Stephenson invented and manufactured the world's first truly practical passenger and freight steam locomotive, Locomotion No. 1, which adopted this rail and steel wheel method. Later, locomotives developed into fuel locomotives and electric locomotives, but this rail and steel wheel method has not changed. Rail transportation later appeared in many other ways, such as concrete track rubber tire trains, monorail trains, suspension trains, vacuum tube trains, maglev trains, roller coasters in amusement parks, rocket pry trains, etc. However, the above-mentioned rail and steel wheel mode has become the most widely popular rail transit mode in all countries in the world due to its comprehensive performance, and is widely used in passenger and freight ordinary railways, passenger underground railways, and passenger high-speed railways. Therefore, the railway train of above-mentioned rail steel wheel mode is called wheel-rail railway or wheel-rail train.
其中,上海磁悬浮火车、游乐园的过山车、火箭撬火车都采用了车辆拥抱轨道的结构即抱轨结构,能够在轨道和火车没有事先破坏的情况下,使得火车不可能脱轨。因此它们被称为不脱轨的火车。不脱轨的定义是,在轨道或车辆没有事先破坏的情况下,不可能脱轨,这是车辆的运动稳定性的性能。目前发生的大部分脱轨事故,是由于地震、台风、高速、转弯、紧急制动等引起,轨道或车辆事先并没有破坏。不脱轨,不是绝对的不脱轨,在轨道或车辆事先已经破坏,例如轨道被泥石流覆盖、桥梁坍塌等导致轨道事先破坏,或碰撞导致车辆事先破坏,的情况下,脱轨仍然会发生。然而,这是复杂的情况,不能归类于车辆的运动稳定性。Among them, the Shanghai maglev train, the roller coaster in the amusement park, and the rocket pry train all adopt the structure that the vehicle hugs the track, that is, the rail-holding structure, which can make it impossible for the train to derail without prior damage to the track and the train. Therefore they are called trains that do not derail. Non-derailment is defined as the impossibility of derailment without prior failure of the track or the vehicle, which is a property of the vehicle's kinematic stability. Most of the derailment accidents currently occurring are caused by earthquakes, typhoons, high speeds, turns, emergency braking, etc., and the tracks or vehicles have not been damaged in advance. No derailment, not absolute non-derailment, derailment will still occur if the track or vehicle has been damaged in advance, such as the track being covered by mudslides, bridge collapse, etc., or the vehicle is damaged in advance due to collision. However, this is a complex situation that cannot be attributed to the kinematic stability of the vehicle.
钢轨钢轮方式铁路,世界各国的轨距各不相同,窄的为610毫米、822毫米、891毫米,中等的有1000毫米、1073毫米、1378毫米、1435毫米,宽的甚至达到1524毫米、1886毫米、2141毫米。1937国际铁路协会做出规定:1435毫米的轨距为国际通用的标准轨距,1520毫米以上的轨距是宽轨,1073毫米以下的轨距是窄轨。钢轨钢轮方式铁路火车,与橡胶轮胎的公交大巴或载货大卡车相比,省能源,运营速度快,可达350km/h。但一般不能急加速、急减速、急上坡、急下坡、急转弯,受到很大的限制。人们在经历了百年以上的技术研发后,至今仍然没有在任一轮轨火车上同时实现上述性能指标,尽管上述性能指标是世界各国技术人员梦想追求的。因为上述所有性能难于同时实现,所以人们开发了一些火车,实现上述部分性能,牺牲另一部分性能。例如,混凝土轨道橡胶轮胎火车,具有急加减速、急上下坡、急转弯性能,但不具有高速350km/h、省能源的性能。磁悬浮方式具有430km/h以上的性能,但不具有优良的低速省能源的性能,难于适应大的载重变化,建造成本、运营成本、安全性等也有很大的问题。Rail and steel wheel railways, the gauges of countries in the world are different, the narrow ones are 610mm, 822mm, 891mm, the medium ones are 1000mm, 1073mm, 1378mm, 1435mm, and the wide ones even reach 1524mm, 1886mm. mm, 2141 mm. In 1937, the International Association of Railways made a regulation: the gauge gauge of 1435 mm is the international standard gauge, the gauge gauge above 1520 mm is wide gauge, and the gauge gauge below 1073 mm is narrow gauge. Compared with rubber-tyred buses or large trucks, railway trains with steel rails and steel wheels can save energy and have a fast operating speed of up to 350km/h. However, it is generally not allowed to accelerate rapidly, decelerate rapidly, ascend rapidly, descend rapidly, or turn sharply, which is greatly restricted. After more than one hundred years of technical research and development, people still have not realized the above-mentioned performance indicators simultaneously on any wheel-rail train, although the above-mentioned performance indicators are the dream pursuit of technicians from all over the world. Because it is difficult to realize all the above properties at the same time, some trains have been developed to achieve some of the above properties at the expense of others. For example, a train with rubber tires on concrete tracks has the performance of rapid acceleration and deceleration, rapid uphill and downhill, and sharp turns, but it does not have the performance of high speed 350km/h and energy saving. The magnetic levitation method has a performance of more than 430km/h, but it does not have excellent low-speed energy-saving performance, it is difficult to adapt to large load changes, and there are also big problems in construction costs, operating costs, and safety.
人们没有气馁,一直在做各种不同技术的尝试,其中利用辅助轨的方式受到不少人的重视。100多年前,人们开发了齿轨铁路用于登山。齿轨铁路在两条普通钢轨中间的轨枕上,另外放置一条特别的齿轨。齿轨铁路的机车,配备了一个或多个齿轮,跟齿轨啮合着行走,这样机车便能克服黏着力不足的问题。瑞士的皮拉图斯铁路(Pilatusbahn),把火车拉上坡度达48度的陡峭斜坡。齿轮系统主要有两种模式:Riggenbach齿轨,机车的齿轮在齿轨上方啮合齿轨行走。Locher齿轨,机车以两个齿轮同时在左右两侧啮合齿轨行走。具有齿轨辅助轨的铁路,可以用于登山,但在广大的平原上,火车的速度很慢,耗能多,优点不明显,因此齿轨铁路不普及。1990年,日本的大阪Osaka Metro建设了長堀鶴見緑地線,钢轨 钢轮方式直线电机驱动。在两条钢轨的中间铺设第3轨道做为直线电机的感应板,车辆左右钢轮在两条钢轨上滚动支撑车辆重量,车辆中间下部的直线电机与第3轨道的感应板相互作用来驱动车辆。与轮轨驱动相比,加减速度大,上下坡能力强。然而,直线电机驱动与轮轨驱动相比,能源效率较低,脱轨防止性能没有大改进,现状最高运营速度在120km/h以下,最高测试速度是200km/h,远低于轮轨驱动的350km/h的最高运营速度。因此,钢轨钢轮方式直线电机驱动的应用受到很大的限制。People are not discouraged, and have been trying various technologies, among which the method of using auxiliary rails has attracted the attention of many people. More than 100 years ago, cog railways were developed for mountain climbing. The cog railway is placed on the sleeper between two ordinary rails, and a special cog is placed in addition. The locomotive of the rack railway is equipped with one or more gears, which mesh with the rack, so that the locomotive can overcome the problem of insufficient adhesion. The Pilatusbahn in Switzerland pulls the train up a steep 48-degree slope. There are two main modes of the gear system: Riggenbach rack, where the gears of the locomotive mesh and travel on the rack above the rack. Locher rack, the locomotive travels with two gears meshing with the rack on the left and right sides at the same time. The railway with cog auxiliary rails can be used for mountain climbing, but on the vast plains, the speed of the train is very slow, consumes a lot of energy, and the advantages are not obvious, so the cog railway is not popular. In 1990, Osaka Metro in Japan built the Nagahori Tsurumi Greenland Line, which was driven by a rail and steel wheel linear motor. The third track is laid in the middle of the two rails as the induction plate of the linear motor. The left and right steel wheels of the vehicle roll on the two rails to support the weight of the vehicle. The linear motor at the lower part of the vehicle interacts with the induction plate of the third track to drive the vehicle. . Compared with the wheel-rail drive, the acceleration and deceleration speed is large, and the ability to go up and down is strong. However, compared with the wheel-rail drive, the energy efficiency of the linear motor drive is lower, and the derailment prevention performance has not been greatly improved. The current maximum operating speed is below 120km/h, and the maximum test speed is 200km/h, which is far lower than the 350km of the wheel-rail drive. /h maximum operating speed. Therefore, the application of rail steel wheel linear motor drive is greatly restricted.
人们利用辅助轨,还在继续开发新的技术。实用新型专利CN2871610Y,机车以两个水平辅助轮同时在左右两侧挤压辅助钢轨的中腹板,从而产生有利于启动、加速的摩擦力,进行刹车、启动、加速。专利CN102190005B,机车的橡胶轮胎压在辅助钢轨上表面进行驱动,另外两个橡胶轮胎同时在左右两侧挤压辅助钢轨进行刹车,两个导向轮同时在辅助钢轨左右两侧进行导向。日本专利JP4405904B2,制动块从上向下压紧中央辅助钢轨的上表面,或制动钩90度旋转来下降抱紧中央辅助钢轨工字形上翼,进行刹车,防止脱轨和防止翻车。然而,上述利用辅助轨的方式,对钢轨钢轮方式火车进行导向、驱动、制动的时候,也产生了新的问题。例如,现状钢轮的踏面是圆锥面,左右钢轮与轮轴形成刚性轮对,刚性轮对的圆锥面与钢轨之间有自动掌舵的导向功能。如果再引入辅助轨的导向,两重导向就会相互干涉。如果辅助轨的导向强于现状钢轨的导向,就会造成钢轮在钢轨上打滑。辅助轨的驱动或制动,也会干涉刚性轮对的圆锥面与钢轨之间的导向,也会造成钢轮在钢轨上打滑。钢轮在钢轨上打滑,是很危险的,在现状的钢轮钢轨方式中,是尽力避免的。因此,引入辅助轨的导向、驱动或制动,使技术问题变得复杂,整个火车的运动性能受到影响,车辆的磨损增大,危险性增大,尤其是在弯道和高速时影响较大。另外,辅助轮和辅助钢轨,虽然增加了驱动力或制动力,但也增加了摩擦阻力,能耗可能增大。还有,辅助轮和辅助钢轨的存在,还可能造成火车变轨的困难。这些问题都还没有很好地解决,因而该方式难于进入广泛实用。People continue to develop new technologies using auxiliary rails. Utility model patent CN2871610Y, the locomotive uses two horizontal auxiliary wheels to squeeze the middle web of the auxiliary rail on the left and right sides at the same time, thereby generating a friction force that is beneficial to starting and accelerating, and brakes, starts and accelerates. Patent CN102190005B, the rubber tire of the locomotive presses on the upper surface of the auxiliary rail for driving, and the other two rubber tires squeeze the auxiliary rail on the left and right sides to brake at the same time, and the two guide wheels guide on the left and right sides of the auxiliary rail at the same time. Japanese patent JP4405904B2, the brake block presses the upper surface of the central auxiliary rail from top to bottom, or the brake hook rotates 90 degrees to descend and hold the I-shaped upper wing of the central auxiliary rail to brake to prevent derailment and rollover. However, when the above-mentioned method of utilizing the auxiliary rails guides, drives, and brakes the rail-wheel train, new problems also arise. For example, the tread surface of the current steel wheel is a conical surface, and the left and right steel wheels and the axle form a rigid wheel set, and there is a guiding function for automatic steering between the conical surface of the rigid wheel set and the rail. If the guide of the auxiliary rail is introduced again, the two guides will interfere with each other. If the guidance of the auxiliary rail is stronger than the guidance of the existing rail, it will cause the steel wheel to slip on the rail. The driving or braking of the auxiliary rail will also interfere with the guidance between the conical surface of the rigid wheel set and the rail, and will also cause the steel wheel to slip on the rail. It is very dangerous for the steel wheel to slip on the rail, and it is avoided as much as possible in the current steel wheel and rail mode. Therefore, the introduction of guiding, driving or braking of auxiliary rails makes technical problems more complicated, the movement performance of the entire train is affected, the wear and tear of vehicles increases, and the danger increases, especially in curves and high speeds. . In addition, although the auxiliary wheels and auxiliary rails increase the driving force or braking force, they also increase the frictional resistance, and the energy consumption may increase. Also have, the existence of auxiliary wheel and auxiliary steel rail, also may cause the difficulty of train track change. These problems have not been well resolved, and thus this method is difficult to be widely used.
利用辅助轨的钢轨钢轮方式轨道交通,除了齿轨辅助轨和直线电机辅助轨做为驱动轨之外,还有使用辅助轨来防止脱轨或防止偏离,日本近10多年在这方面做的较多。例如日本专利JP4723282B2使用两条辅助轨做为脱轨防止护轨来防止脱轨,但是该方式只是防止火车左右脱轨,不能防止火车向上脱轨,因此是部分防止脱轨,不是完全防止脱轨。日本的防止火车偏离是防止火车脱轨后偏离轨道,不防止火车脱轨。The rail and steel wheel rail transit using the auxiliary rail, in addition to the rack auxiliary rail and the linear motor auxiliary rail as the driving rail, also uses the auxiliary rail to prevent derailment or deviation. Japan has done more in this regard in the past 10 years many. For example, Japanese Patent JP4723282B2 uses two auxiliary rails as derailment prevention guard rails to prevent derailment, but this method only prevents derailment of the train left and right, and cannot prevent the train from derailing upwards. Therefore, it is partly to prevent derailment, not to prevent derailment completely. Japan's prevention of train derailment is to prevent the train from derailing and not to prevent the train from derailing.
本发明在现有轮轨铁路火车的基础上,增加了防止脱轨的车辆拥抱轨道结构,能够使得火车不脱轨,是完全防止脱轨。进一步做了构造改进,能够使轮轨火车获得急加速、急减速、急上坡、急下坡、急转弯等的性能,甚至比公路汽车更好,从而大力增加轮轨火车的竞争力。On the basis of the existing wheel-rail railway train, the present invention adds a vehicle hugging track structure for preventing derailment, which can prevent the train from derailing and completely prevent derailment. Further structural improvements can enable the wheel-rail train to achieve rapid acceleration, rapid deceleration, rapid uphill, sharp downhill, sharp turn, etc., even better than road cars, thereby greatly increasing the competitiveness of the wheel-rail train.
图1是本发明的一个火车车体和钢轨与钢轮结构的剖视图。图2是图1的钢轨和钢轮结构的斜视图。1是主钢轨,断面是工字形,可以是传统的钢轨。2是枕木。3是主钢轮,可以是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,也可以是传统的钢轮。4是主钢轮的踏面,在主钢轨上表面滚动接触。踏面沿钢轮厚度的直径不同,成为圆锥面踏面,通常踏面的圆锥度,普通铁道是1/10,高速铁道是1/20。5是钢轮的轮缘,在左右两钢轮的内侧,用于火车变轨、防止火车脱轨等。6是轮轴。左右两个钢轮3和轮轴6刚性固定在一起,形成一个轮对,成为刚性轮对。刚性轮对滚动时,左右两个钢轮3的滚动角速度相同。左右两条钢轨1的工字形上翼内侧的距离,称为轨距,这里表示为A。轨距等于1435mm时,称为标准轨距,大于1435mm的称为宽轨距,小于1435mm的称为窄轨距。左右两个钢轮3的轮缘5外侧的距离,称为轮缘距离,这里表示为B。轮缘距离B比轨距A小,以便不被卡住,也方便轮对在弯曲的两条钢轨上滚动,其差值C=A–B,称为活动量。标准轨距时,活动量C在直线钢轨处约为+/-3mm,在弯曲钢轨处更大。火车轮对滚动时,轮对一直在两条钢轨之间左右摆动。轮对的圆锥面踏面,产生的刚性轮对中心自动回到钢轨中心线的功能,是火车行走的蛇形运动。蛇形运动在火车低速行走时没有问题,但在高速行走时,蛇形运动的频率快,左右摇摆的加速度 大,容易失去行走稳定性,进而脱轨。因此,有一个上限数值定为火车安全行走的最高速度。1至6是传统的火车钢轨和钢轮。火车的钢轨和钢轮,与汽车的橡胶轮胎和混凝土路面相比,滚动摩擦系数小,滚动运行的能耗小。但也因为火车钢轨和钢轮的滚动摩擦系数小,火车发车时的加速度小,火车减速时的制动距离长,使火车不灵活,造成了不少交通事故。刚性主钢轮对在转弯时,主钢轮圆锥面踏面与主钢轨上表面之间的滚动关系复杂,容易产生滑动,因此火车转弯半径较大,不适于做小半径转弯。Fig. 1 is a sectional view of a train car body and rail and steel wheel structure of the present invention. Fig. 2 is a perspective view of the rail and steel wheel structure of Fig. 1 . 1 is the main rail, the section is I-shaped, and can be a traditional rail. 2 is a sleeper. The 3rd, main steel wheel, can be driving wheel, braking wheel or driven wheel, also can be traditional steel wheel. 4 is the tread surface of the main steel wheel, which is in rolling contact with the upper surface of the main steel rail. The diameter of the tread along the thickness of the steel wheel is different, and it becomes a conical tread. Usually, the conicity of the tread is 1/10 for ordinary railways and 1/20 for high-speed railways. 5 is the rim of the steel wheel, on the inner side of the left and right steel wheels, It is used to change the track of the train and prevent the train from derailing. 6 is an axle. The left and right steel wheels 3 and the axle 6 are rigidly fixed together to form a wheel pair and become a rigid wheel pair. When the rigid wheel set rolls, the rolling angular velocities of the left and right steel wheels 3 are the same. The distance on the inside of the I-shaped upper wing of the left and right two rails 1 is called the gauge, which is expressed as A here. When the gauge is equal to 1435mm, it is called the standard gauge, if it is greater than 1435mm, it is called the wide gauge, and if it is less than 1435mm, it is called the narrow gauge. The distance outside the rim 5 of the left and right steel wheels 3 is called the rim distance, which is represented as B here. The rim distance B is smaller than the gauge A, so as not to be stuck, but also to facilitate the wheelset to roll on the two curved rails, and the difference C=A–B is called the amount of activity. At standard gauge, the amount of activity C is about +/- 3mm at the straight rail, and larger at the curved rail. When the wheelset of the train is rolling, the wheelset is always swinging from side to side between the two steel rails. The conical tread surface of the wheel set produces the function that the center of the rigid wheel set automatically returns to the center line of the rail, which is the serpentine movement of the train walking. There is no problem with the snake-like movement when the train is running at low speed, but when the train is running at high speed, the frequency of the snake-like movement is fast, and the acceleration of the left-right swing is large, which makes it easy to lose walking stability and derail. Therefore, there is an upper limit value set as the maximum speed at which the train can safely walk. 1 to 6 are traditional train rails and steel wheels. Compared with the rubber tires and concrete pavement of automobiles, the steel rails and steel wheels of trains have a small rolling friction coefficient, and the energy consumption of rolling operation is small. But also because the coefficient of rolling friction of train rails and steel wheels is small, the acceleration when the train departs is small, and the braking distance when the train decelerates is long, making the train inflexible and causing many traffic accidents. When the rigid main steel wheel set is turning, the rolling relationship between the conical surface of the main steel wheel and the upper surface of the main rail is complicated, and slippage is likely to occur. Therefore, the turning radius of the train is relatively large, and it is not suitable for small radius turning.
为了解决滚动摩擦系数小产生不良结果,本发明在传统钢轨和钢轮结构的基础上,增加了辅助轨和水平辅助轮对。7是本发明的辅助轨,铺设在传统两条钢轨1的中央,断面也是工字形。辅助轨7的工字形上翼位置高于主钢轨1的上表面。8是本发明的水平辅助轮,水平设置,左右成为一对,在辅助轨7的腰部左右侧面滚动。水平辅助轮8比传统钢轨1的上表面高。由于水平辅助轮的向上移动受到上翼的阻碍,因此车辆不容易被抬高翻车。辅助轨7的典型材料是铁合金材料,但也不局限是铁合金材料。其腰部左右侧面是滚动摩擦面,即辅助轨踏面,不是锯齿形,材料是金属合金、陶瓷等的耐磨材料。水平辅助轮8的滚动踏面是圆柱面,不是齿轮,材料是金属合金、陶瓷等的耐磨材料,不是橡胶。滚动摩擦面适合于水平辅助轮8的高速旋转。9是水平驱动活塞,使水平辅助轮8的轮对从左右挤压辅助轨7,挤压力大小可调,也可松开。10是水平辅助轮8机构组件的固定钳,相对于主钢轮3没有左右移动,支持水平驱动活塞9。11是水平辅助轮8的驱动轮,例如是电动机,或与电动机相连的轮。12是水平辅助轮8的制动轮,例如是盘式制动轮,或与盘式制动轮相连的轮。驱动轮11、制动轮12与水平辅助轮8相连,使水平辅助轮8可在不同的时间切换成辅助驱动车轮、辅助制动车轮或辅助从动车轮。驱动轮11和制动轮12可以是同一个轮子。相对于辅助轨7和水平辅助轮8,传统钢轨和钢轮,在这里成为主钢轨和主钢轮。主钢轨和主钢轮是承重钢轨和钢轮,辅助轨和水平辅助轮是非承重轨和轮。13是火车的车体。14是主钢轨1在长度方向的接缝,有直缝、斜缝、焊接缝。钢轮3滚过斜缝和焊接缝时的冲击力小,滚过直缝时的冲击力大。直缝和斜缝的温度应力小,焊接缝的温度应力大。焊接缝是金属材料焊接在一起,实际上是没有缝隙的。15是辅助轨7在长度方向的接缝,有直缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、焊接缝等。水平辅助轮8的踏面宽度可以较宽,例如大于100mm,这样水平辅助轮8滚过辅助轨的斜缝或锯齿缝时,也不产生大的冲击。3至12安装在车体下面的转向架上。通常,一个火车车体安装在两个转向架上,以方便转弯。车体长度较短时,因转弯容易,一个转向架即可,而且可与车体合并成一体,这时车体也成为一个转向架。通常,一个转向架有4个主钢轮。左右2个主钢轮成为一个轮对。In order to solve the bad results caused by the small coefficient of rolling friction, the invention adds auxiliary rails and horizontal auxiliary wheel sets on the basis of the traditional steel rail and steel wheel structure. 7 is auxiliary rail of the present invention, is laid on the center of traditional two steel rails 1, and section is also I-shaped. The position of the I-shaped upper wing of the auxiliary rail 7 is higher than the upper surface of the main rail 1 . 8 is the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the present invention, horizontally arranged, becomes a pair left and right, rolls on the left and right sides of the waist of auxiliary rail 7. Horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is higher than the upper surface of traditional rail 1. Since the upward movement of the horizontal auxiliary wheels is hindered by the upper wing, the vehicle is not easily lifted and rolled over. A typical material of the auxiliary rail 7 is an iron alloy material, but it is not limited to an iron alloy material. The left and right sides of its waist are rolling friction surfaces, that is, the auxiliary rail treads, which are not zigzag, and the materials are wear-resistant materials such as metal alloys and ceramics. The rolling tread of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is a cylindrical surface, not a gear, and the material is wear-resistant materials such as metal alloys and pottery, not rubber. The rolling friction surface is suitable for high-speed rotation of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 . The 9th, horizontal drive piston, makes the wheel pair of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 extrude auxiliary rail 7 from left and right, and extrusion force size is adjustable, also can unclamp. 10 is the fixed clamp of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 mechanism assembly, which does not move left and right relative to the main steel wheel 3, and supports the horizontal driving piston 9. 11 is the driving wheel of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, such as a motor, or a wheel connected to the motor. 12 is the brake wheel of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, for example is the disc brake wheel, or the wheel that links to each other with the disc brake wheel. Driving wheel 11, braking wheel 12 are connected with horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, and horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 can be switched to auxiliary driving wheel, auxiliary braking wheel or auxiliary driven wheel at different times. The driving wheel 11 and the braking wheel 12 can be the same wheel. With respect to auxiliary rail 7 and horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, traditional steel rail and steel wheel become main steel rail and main steel wheel here. The main rail and main steel wheel are load-bearing rails and steel wheels, and the auxiliary rails and horizontal auxiliary wheels are non-load-bearing rails and wheels. 13 is the car body of the train. 14 is the seam of main rail 1 in the length direction, including straight seam, oblique seam and welding seam. The impact force when the steel wheel 3 rolls over the oblique seam and the welding seam is small, and the impact force when rolling over the straight seam is large. The temperature stress of the straight seam and the oblique seam is small, and the temperature stress of the welded seam is large. Welding seams are metal materials welded together, and there are actually no gaps. 15 is the seam of auxiliary rail 7 in the length direction, and straight seam, oblique seam, zigzag seam, welding seam etc. are arranged. The tread width of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 can be wider, such as greater than 100mm, so that when the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 rolls over the oblique seam or zigzag seam of the auxiliary rail, no large impact will be produced. 3 to 12 are installed on the bogie under the car body. Usually, a train body is mounted on two bogies to facilitate turns. When the length of the car body is short, it is easy to turn, and only one bogie is enough, and it can be integrated with the car body, and at this time the car body also becomes a bogie. Usually, a bogie has 4 main drums. The left and right main steel wheels form a wheelset.
主钢轨1、辅助轨7和枕木2是轨道部分,通过扣件或紧固件固定在一起。枕木在轨道长度方向的宽度较短,枕木下方和相邻枕木之间充满碎石头子,成为有砟轨道,有砟轨道成本低,但轨道沉降大。或,枕木在轨道长度方向的宽度较长,相邻枕木之间相互靠近,没有碎石头子,成为无砟轨道,无砟轨道成本高,但轨道沉降小。3至13是车辆部分。3至12可直接安装在车体下框上,也可先安装在转向架上,车体下框再安装在转向架上。主钢轮3在主钢轨1上滚动,支撑车辆部分的总重量。主钢轮3也提供车辆的驱动、制动或导向。水平辅助轮8和辅助轨7相配合,不支撑车辆的重量,仅提供车辆的驱动、制动或防止脱轨。水平辅助轮8与辅助轨7之间的挤压力,由挤压机构控制,大小可调,也可松开。传统的钢轮3在钢轨1上的滚动,能够提供驱动、制动和导向,但性能太弱,有很多缺点。本发明增加了辅助轨7和水平辅助轮8,通过它们的配合,能够大力提高车辆的驱动、制动和防止脱轨性能。The main rail 1, the auxiliary rail 7 and the crossties 2 are track parts, which are fixed together by fasteners or fasteners. The width of the sleepers in the track length direction is relatively short, and gravel is filled under the sleepers and between adjacent sleepers, forming a ballasted track. The cost of the ballasted track is low, but the track settlement is large. Or, the width of the sleepers in the track length direction is longer, the adjacent sleepers are close to each other, and there is no gravel, so it becomes a ballastless track. The cost of the ballastless track is high, but the track settlement is small. 3 to 13 are vehicle parts. 3 to 12 can be directly installed on the lower frame of the car body, and can also be installed on the bogie first, and the lower frame of the car body is then installed on the bogie. The main steel wheel 3 rolls on the main rail 1 to support the total weight of the vehicle part. The main drum 3 also provides driving, braking or guiding of the vehicle. The horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 and the auxiliary rails 7 cooperate, do not support the weight of the vehicle, and only provide the driving and braking of the vehicle or prevent derailment. The extrusion force between the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 and the auxiliary rail 7 is controlled by an extrusion mechanism, and the size is adjustable and also loosenable. The traditional steel wheel 3 rolling on the rail 1 can provide driving, braking and guiding, but its performance is too weak and has many disadvantages. The present invention adds auxiliary rails 7 and horizontal auxiliary wheels 8, through their cooperation, the driving, braking and derailment prevention performance of the vehicle can be greatly improved.
虽然增加了辅助轨7和水平辅助轮8,能够大力提高车辆的驱动、制动和防止脱轨性能,但主钢轨1和钢轮3已具有驱动、制动和导向功能,其相互之间可能有干预。如果相互干预处理不好,可能完全不可行,或优点不值得。因此本发明进行如下处理:水平辅助轮对8从左右两垂直表面滚动挤压辅助轨7时,水平辅助轮对8相对于车辆的主钢轮具有整体左右自由移动,其最大移动量在主钢轮不从主钢轨上脱轨的程度,大约是主钢轨1的踏面半宽 度加主钢轮3的踏面半宽度,为了安全起见,可以简单地说是主钢轨1的踏面半宽度或全宽度以内。对于标准轨距,有数种常用的钢轨,主钢轨1的全宽度约是75mm。由于这一处理,水平辅助轮8和辅助轨7的配合,不影响主钢轮3在主钢轨1上的正常蛇形运动,但当主钢轮3左右移动量过大可能产生脱轨时,水平辅助轮8和辅助轨7的导向,限定主钢轮3的左右移动量进一步增大,从而难于脱轨。而且,辅助轨7的工字形上翼,阻止了位于下方的水平辅助轮8的向上运动,因此,在辅助轨7和水平辅助轮8不发生破坏的情况下,车辆不可能发生脱轨和翻车。Although the auxiliary rail 7 and the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 are added, the driving, braking and derailment prevention performance of the vehicle can be greatly improved, but the main rail 1 and the steel wheel 3 already have the functions of driving, braking and guiding, and there may be differences between them. intervene. If mutual intervention is not handled well, it may not be feasible at all, or the advantages may not be worth it. Therefore the present invention carries out the following processing: when the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 rolls and squeezes the auxiliary rail 7 from the left and right two vertical surfaces, the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 has a whole left and right free movement relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle, and its maximum movement is within the main steel wheel. The extent to which the wheel does not derail from the main rail is approximately the half width of the tread of the main rail 1 plus the half width of the tread of the main steel wheel 3. For the sake of safety, it can be simply said to be within the half width or full width of the tread of the main rail 1. For the standard gauge, there are several commonly used rails, and the overall width of the main rail 1 is about 75mm. Due to this treatment, the cooperation of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 and the auxiliary rail 7 does not affect the normal serpentine movement of the main steel wheel 3 on the main rail 1, but when the main steel wheel 3 moves too much to the left and right and may cause derailment, the horizontal auxiliary The guidance of the wheel 8 and the auxiliary rail 7 limits the left and right movement of the main steel wheel 3 to further increase, thereby making it difficult to derail. And the I-shaped upper wing of auxiliary rail 7 has stopped the upward movement of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 positioned below, therefore, under the situation that auxiliary rail 7 and horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 do not destroy, derailment and overturning cannot occur in the vehicle.
在图1和图2中,在辅助轨7左右的两个水平辅助轮8,由左右两个水平驱动活塞9进行驱动,使水平辅助轮8从左右挤压辅助轨7。固定钳10是与主钢轮3没有左右相对移动的部件,支持着水平驱动活塞9。水平驱动活塞9可以是液压活塞或气压活塞,当左右两个活塞由同一个液压或气压驱动源控制时,可使左右两个水平辅助轮8对辅助轨7的压力相等,但不限定左右两个水平辅助轮8的整体左右移动,这样就可实现+/-75mm的左右移动量。水平驱动活塞9也可以由电机的活塞,或磁吸引驱动,实现挤压和整体左右移动。1 and 2, the two horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 on the left and right of the auxiliary rail 7 are driven by two horizontal driving pistons 9 on the left and right, so that the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 squeeze the auxiliary rail 7 from left and right. The fixed tongs 10 are parts that do not relatively move left and right with the main drum 3 and support the horizontal drive piston 9 . The horizontal driving piston 9 can be a hydraulic piston or a pneumatic piston. When the left and right pistons are controlled by the same hydraulic or pneumatic driving source, the pressure on the auxiliary rail 7 of the left and right horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 can be equal, but the left and right two are not limited. The integral left and right movement of a horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, so just can realize the left and right movement amount of +/-75mm. The horizontal drive piston 9 can also be driven by the piston of the motor or magnetic attraction to realize extrusion and integral left and right movement.
主钢轮的最大驱动力或制动力,与主钢轮3和主钢轨1之间的摩擦系数和压力成正比。火车运动能量消耗,也随摩擦系数和压力的增加而增加。摩擦系数主要与钢轮和钢轨材料有关,钢轮和钢轨材料的摩擦系数比汽车橡胶轮胎和混凝土路面的摩擦系数小,因而火车运动能量消耗小。钢轮和钢轨之间的压力随车辆自重和载荷的增加而增加,轻的压力使得火车运动能量消耗小。通过增加车辆重量来增加最大驱动力或制动力,不能有效提高急加速或急制动性能,反而使加速或制动性能变差。然而,对于水平辅助轮8和辅助轨7,摩擦系数虽与主钢轮3和主钢轨1之间的摩擦系数大约相同,但它们之间的压力可以通过液压、气压、电磁压等实现,压力可以调节增加到远大于主钢轮对于主钢轨的压力,而挤压驱动机构不太增加车辆的总重量。因而水平辅助轮8和辅助轨7的配合,可以得到更大的驱动力或制动力,从而可以有效提高车辆的急加速、急制动、上陡坡的性能。The maximum driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel is proportional to the friction coefficient and pressure between the main steel wheel 3 and the main rail 1 . The energy consumption of train movement also increases with the increase of friction coefficient and pressure. The coefficient of friction is mainly related to the materials of steel wheels and rails. The friction coefficient of steel wheels and rail materials is smaller than that of automobile rubber tires and concrete pavement, so the energy consumption of train movement is small. The pressure between the steel wheel and the rail increases with the weight and load of the vehicle, and the light pressure makes the energy consumption of the train movement small. Increasing the maximum driving force or braking force by increasing the weight of the vehicle cannot effectively improve the sudden acceleration or sudden braking performance, but worsens the acceleration or braking performance. However, for the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 and the auxiliary rail 7, although the coefficient of friction is about the same as that between the main steel wheel 3 and the main rail 1, the pressure between them can be realized by hydraulic pressure, air pressure, electromagnetic pressure, etc., the pressure It can be adjusted to be much greater than the pressure of the main steel wheel for the main rail, and the extrusion drive mechanism does not increase the total weight of the vehicle. Therefore, the cooperation of the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 and the auxiliary rails 7 can obtain greater driving force or braking force, thereby effectively improving the performance of the vehicle in rapid acceleration, sudden braking, and climbing up steep slopes.
图1和图2中传统钢轮3在钢轨1上的滚动,能够提供的一定的驱动、制动和导向性能,实际现状有运营速度350km/h,这是不可忽略的好指标。完全更换成别的方式,细节未必都能短时间内考虑的很周全,也未必能够实现350km/h的运营速度。本发明增加了水平辅助轮8和辅助轨7的配合,目的是增加驱动力或制动力,但也增加了水平辅助轮8和辅助轨7的摩擦阻力。为了减少能源消耗,可进行如下控制:主钢轮3的驱动力或制动力具有设定值,当主钢轮3的驱动力或制动力小于该设定值时,仅使用主钢轮3的驱动或制动,不使用水平辅助轮8的驱动与制动,水平辅助轮8的挤压力调节到某个设定值以下,甚至松开。当主钢轮3的驱动力或制动力等于或大于该设定值时,主钢轮3可能会打滑,这时,同时使用主钢轮3的驱动或制动和水平辅助轮8的驱动或制动。水平辅助轮8的驱动力或制动力,与驱动或制动的原动力有关,也与水平辅助轮8的挤压力有关,可事先设定一个挤压力随原动力的增大而增大的关系,避免在原动力较小时挤压力过大,产生大的摩擦阻力。也避免在原动力较大时挤压力过小,使水平辅助轮8在辅助轨7表面滚动时打滑。In Figure 1 and Figure 2, the rolling of the traditional steel wheel 3 on the rail 1 can provide certain driving, braking and guiding performance. The actual current situation has an operating speed of 350km/h, which is a good indicator that cannot be ignored. If it is completely replaced by another method, the details may not be fully considered in a short period of time, and the operating speed of 350km/h may not be achieved. The present invention has increased the cooperation of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 and auxiliary rail 7, and purpose is to increase driving force or braking force, but has also increased the frictional resistance of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 and auxiliary rail 7. In order to reduce energy consumption, the following control can be carried out: the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 3 has a set value, when the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 3 is less than the set value, only the driving force of the main steel wheel 3 is used Or brake, do not use the driving and braking of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the extruding force of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is adjusted to below a certain set value, even unclamps. When the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 3 is equal to or greater than the set value, the main steel wheel 3 may slip. At this time, use the driving or braking of the main steel wheel 3 and the driving or braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 move. The driving force or braking force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is related to the motive force of driving or braking, and is also related to the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8. A relationship in which the extrusion force increases with the increase of the original force can be set in advance. , to avoid excessive extrusion force when the driving force is small, resulting in large frictional resistance. Also avoid that the extrusion force is too small when the driving force is large, so that the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 will slip when the auxiliary rail 7 surface rolls.
图3是图2的水平辅助轮8被置换成辅助轨制动块的场景,斜视图。图4是图3的剖视图。16是大型混凝土枕木,形成无咋轨道。17是锯齿形端面的辅助轨。18是辅助轨制动块。制动块由钢板、粘结隔热层和摩擦块构成,其中隔热层是由不传热的材料组成,目的是隔热;摩擦块是由摩擦材料、黏合剂组成,制动时被挤压在辅助轨踏面上产生摩擦,从而达到车辆减速刹车的目的。从摩擦材料的组成上,制动块主要分以下几类:石棉制动块、半金属制动块、少金属制动块、NAO配方制动块、陶瓷制动块、NAO陶瓷制动块。19是辅助轨制动块18的水平驱动活塞。20是辅助轨制动块的制动钳。21是制动钳20的左右移动导轨。22是整体组件固定件,相对于主钢轮3没有左右移动,支持制动钳20。辅助轨制动块18由液压、气压、电磁压或机械钳的水平驱动活塞19进行驱动,从左右对辅助轨17的两侧挤压时,通过左右移动导轨21,制动钳20可相对于固定件22左右移动,实现足够的左右移动量。图3中的15是辅助轨的锯齿形端面接缝。Fig. 3 is a scene in which the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 in Fig. 2 is replaced by an auxiliary rail brake block, a perspective view. FIG. 4 is a sectional view of FIG. 3 . 16 is a large concrete sleeper, which forms a trackless track. 17 is the auxiliary rail of zigzag end face. The 18th, auxiliary rail brake block. The brake block is composed of a steel plate, a bonded heat insulation layer and a friction block. The heat insulation layer is composed of a material that does not conduct heat for heat insulation; the friction block is composed of a friction material and an adhesive that is squeezed during braking. Pressing on the tread surface of the auxiliary rail produces friction, so as to achieve the purpose of deceleration and braking of the vehicle. From the composition of friction materials, the brake pads are mainly divided into the following categories: asbestos brake pads, semi-metallic brake pads, metal-less brake pads, NAO formula brake pads, ceramic brake pads, and NAO ceramic brake pads. 19 is the horizontal driving piston of the auxiliary rail brake block 18. 20 is the brake caliper of the auxiliary rail brake block. 21 is a left and right moving guide rail of the brake caliper 20 . 22 is an integral assembly fixing part, which does not move left and right relative to the main steel wheel 3, and supports the brake caliper 20. The auxiliary rail brake block 18 is driven by the horizontal drive piston 19 of hydraulic pressure, air pressure, electromagnetic pressure or mechanical pliers. The fixing part 22 moves left and right to achieve sufficient left and right movement. 15 in Fig. 3 is the zigzag end seam of auxiliary rail.
图3和图4中的辅助轨制动块18由液压、气压、电磁压或机械钳压来实现挤压,也可以由磁铁吸引来实现挤压,即用磁轨制动方式。现状的磁轨制动,可以获得比主钢轮3更大的制动力。虽然磁铁磨耗板与辅助轨踏面的直接摩擦会产生很大热量,且对辅助轨也会造成损耗,但辅助轨不是承重轨,辅助轨踏面较宽,辅助轨接缝即使是斜缝或锯齿缝,也没有很好的大的冲击,因此辅助轨的修理与更换比较容易。辅助轨踏面,可选择合金或陶瓷材料等的高耐磨材料,以便提高寿命。The auxiliary rail brake block 18 among Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 realizes extruding by hydraulic pressure, air pressure, electromagnetic pressure or mechanical clamping, also can realize extruding by magnet attraction, promptly uses the magnetic rail braking mode. The current magnetic rail braking can obtain greater braking force than the main steel wheel 3 . Although the direct friction between the magnet wear plate and the tread of the auxiliary rail will generate a lot of heat and cause loss to the auxiliary rail, the auxiliary rail is not a load-bearing rail, and the tread of the auxiliary rail is wider. Even if the joint of the auxiliary rail is oblique or serrated , There is no good big impact, so the repair and replacement of the auxiliary rail is relatively easy. Auxiliary rail treads can be made of high wear-resistant materials such as alloys or ceramic materials to improve service life.
关于辅助轨的斜缝或锯齿缝的连接结构,使用钢轨接缝夹板,也称鱼尾板,从左右夹着辅助轨接缝处工字形踏面下部或上翼,然后用螺栓穿过钢轨接缝夹板或辅助轨的长孔来固定辅助轨。钢轨接缝夹板限定了两条辅助轨端面的左右移动,但长孔不限定两条辅助轨端面的长度方向的移动,以便在有温度变化时,允许两条辅助轨端面沿长度方向的伸缩。这种连接结构在传统钢轨直缝的接缝处广泛使用,但传统钢轨踏面宽度小,难于做成斜缝或锯齿缝。辅助轨的踏面较宽,适合于做斜缝或锯齿缝。辅助轨直缝也可使用这种连接结构,但直缝时的冲击较大,应尽力避免。As for the connection structure of the oblique or zigzag joints of the auxiliary rail, the rail joint splint, also known as the fish plate, is used to clamp the lower part or the upper wing of the I-shaped tread at the joint of the auxiliary rail from the left and right, and then pass through the joint of the steel rail with bolts Fix the auxiliary rail through the long hole of the splint or the auxiliary rail. The rail joint splints limit the left and right movement of the end faces of the two auxiliary rails, but the long holes do not limit the movement of the end faces of the two auxiliary rails in the length direction, so as to allow the end faces of the two auxiliary rails to expand and contract along the length direction when there is a temperature change. This connection structure is widely used in the joints of traditional rail straight seams, but the width of traditional rail treads is small, and it is difficult to make oblique or zigzag seams. The tread of the auxiliary rail is wider, which is suitable for diagonal or zigzag joints. This connection structure can also be used for the straight seam of the auxiliary rail, but the impact of the straight seam is relatively large and should be avoided as much as possible.
另外,非摩擦制动方式的线性涡流制动也可作用于辅助轨,产生强大的制动力。例如车辆上安装线性涡流制动组件,位于在辅助轨上方,与辅助轨上翼作用进行非摩擦制动,或高于主钢轨踏面的,左右两个线性涡流制动组件成为一对,从左右作用于辅助轨踏面,进行非摩擦制动。线性涡流制动组件是非接触非摩擦的,没有机械磨损。In addition, the linear eddy current braking of the non-friction braking method can also act on the auxiliary rail to generate strong braking force. For example, a linear eddy current brake assembly is installed on the vehicle, which is located above the auxiliary rail and acts on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail for non-friction braking, or higher than the main rail tread. The left and right linear eddy current brake assemblies form a pair, from the left and right Acts on the tread of the auxiliary rail for non-friction braking. The linear eddy current brake assembly is non-contact and non-friction, with no mechanical wear.
图5是放大斜视图,在图4辅助轨制动块的前后,增加了缓冲轮23,以减少辅助轨制动块经过辅助轨7接缝15时,产生的冲击。缓冲轮23由弹簧板支持,水平驱动活塞19驱动挤压时,缓冲轮23首先接触到辅助轨踏面,进一步驱动挤压时,辅助轨制动块18也接触辅助轨踏面进行制动。水平驱动活塞19驱动离开时,辅助轨制动块18首先离开辅助轨踏面,进一步驱动离开时,缓冲轮23离开辅助轨踏面。24是水平驱动活塞19的移动导轨。缓冲轮23也可以起导向作用。Fig. 5 is an enlarged oblique view. Before and after the auxiliary rail brake block in Fig. 4, a buffer wheel 23 is added to reduce the impact generated when the auxiliary rail brake block passes through the auxiliary rail 7 joint 15. The buffer wheel 23 is supported by a spring plate. When the horizontal drive piston 19 drives and squeezes, the buffer wheel 23 first touches the tread of the auxiliary rail. When the horizontal drive piston 19 is driven away, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 first leaves the tread of the auxiliary rail, and when further driven away, the buffer wheel 23 leaves the tread of the auxiliary rail. 24 is the moving guide rail of horizontal drive piston 19. The buffer wheel 23 can also play a guiding role.
图6将图4的制动钳20的左右移动,置换成左右转动。25是制动钳。26是制动钳的转动轴。转动轴相对于主钢轮3没有左右移动,固定在车体上。制动钳25,绕着这个轴转动,使辅助轨制动块18实现足够的左右移动量。辅助轨制动块18和水平驱动活塞19之间,允许角度的转动,以便在制动钳25转动时,辅助轨制动块18与辅助轨踏面有好的面接触。FIG. 6 replaces the horizontal movement of the caliper 20 in FIG. 4 with a horizontal rotation. 25 is a brake caliper. 26 is the rotating shaft of brake caliper. The rotating shaft does not move left and right relative to the main steel wheel 3, and is fixed on the car body. The brake caliper 25 rotates around this axis, so that the auxiliary rail brake block 18 realizes sufficient amount of left and right movement. Angular rotation is allowed between the auxiliary rail brake block 18 and the horizontal drive piston 19, so that when the brake caliper 25 rotates, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 has a good surface contact with the auxiliary rail tread.
因为有了辅助轨7或17的导向,主钢轮3的圆锥面踏面的功能变得不必要。圆锥面踏面可以换成圆柱面踏面。27是主钢轮。28是圆柱面踏面。29是轮缘。30是轮轴。圆锥面踏面时,左右两个主钢轮需要刚性固定在轮轴上,成为刚性轮对。圆锥面踏面可以产生蛇形运动使主钢轮对3的中心随时复位到主钢轨的中心。圆柱面踏面时,辅助轨7或17的导向,可以使主钢轮对的中心总是保持在主钢轨的中心。这时,左右两个主钢轮不刚性固定在轮轴上,而是可以独立转动,其滚动角速度可以有差别,成为独立滚动主钢轮对,从而使左右主钢轮在转弯时可以行走不同的长度,没有滑动,火车容易转弯。在圆柱面踏面中,水平辅助轮8或辅助轨制动块18的可以固定左右不动,或有小的左右自由移动量,例如+/-5mm以内。圆柱面踏面车轮本身不产生蛇形运动,车辆的左右摇摆减小,有利于提高火车的最快速度,例如将火车最快350km/h的运营速度进一步提高。Because of the guidance of the auxiliary rail 7 or 17, the function of the conical tread of the main drum 3 becomes unnecessary. Conical treads can be replaced with cylindrical treads. 27 is main steel wheel. 28 is a cylindrical tread. 29 is a rim. 30 is an axle. For conical treads, the left and right main steel wheels need to be rigidly fixed on the axle to become a rigid wheel set. The conical surface tread can generate a serpentine motion to reset the center of the main steel wheel pair 3 to the center of the main rail at any time. During cylindrical surface tread, the guide of auxiliary rail 7 or 17 can make the center of main steel wheel pair always remain on the center of main steel rail. At this time, the left and right main steel wheels are not rigidly fixed on the wheel shaft, but can rotate independently, and their rolling angular speeds can be different, forming an independent rolling main steel wheel pair, so that the left and right main steel wheels can travel in different directions when turning length, no slippage, and the train turns easily. In the cylindrical tread, the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 can be fixed left and right, or have a small left and right free movement, for example within +/-5mm. The cylindrical tread wheel itself does not produce serpentine motion, and the side-to-side swing of the vehicle is reduced, which is conducive to improving the maximum speed of the train, for example, further increasing the maximum operating speed of the train to 350km/h.
图7是本发明的一个变轨道岔,适合于上述有辅助轨和有主钢轮轮缘的钢轨和钢轮结构,无论是圆锥面踏面,还是圆柱面踏面。31是尖轨部分。32是转辙机,转辙机移动尖轨位置,以便车辆变轨。33是护轨。34是翼轨。35是辙叉心,有固定辙叉心和活动心轨辙叉心。固定辙叉心没有可动机构,有害空间大,主钢轮滚过时冲击大。活动心轨辙叉心有可动机构,但有害空间小,主钢轮滚过时冲击小。图7的道岔与传统道岔基本相同,只是在主钢轨的进出口处,增加了辅助轨。辅助轨在道岔区间内是不铺设的。火车水平辅助轮对经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧。这时,车辆的导向由主钢轮的圆锥面踏面4或轮缘5、29进行。在道岔区间辅助轨中断区 段,非接触的线性涡流制动组件也停止工作。因为辅助轨7保护了辙叉心,护轨33和翼轨34也可省略。Fig. 7 is a switch of the present invention, which is suitable for the above-mentioned rail and steel wheel structure with auxiliary rail and main steel wheel rim, whether it is a conical tread or a cylindrical tread. 31 is a point rail part. 32 is a switch machine, and the switch machine moves the position of the switch rail so that the vehicle can change the track. 33 is guard rail. 34 is a wing rail. The 35th, frog heart, has fixed frog heart and movable core rail frog heart. There is no movable mechanism in the fixed frog center, the harmful space is large, and the impact is large when the main steel wheel rolls over. The frog center of the movable core rail has a movable mechanism, but the harmful space is small, and the impact is small when the main steel wheel rolls over. The turnout shown in Figure 7 is basically the same as the traditional turnout, except that an auxiliary rail is added at the entrance and exit of the main rail. Auxiliary rails are not laid in the switch section. When the horizontal auxiliary wheel set of the train passes through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it is opened without squeezing, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it can be smoothly re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail. At this time, the guidance of the vehicle is carried out by the conical tread surface 4 or the rim 5,29 of the main steel wheel. In the interruption section of the auxiliary rail in the turnout section, the non-contact linear eddy current braking assembly also stops working. Because the auxiliary rail 7 protects the frog center, the guard rail 33 and the wing rail 34 can also be omitted.
火车运动中,水平辅助轮对套在辅助轨踏面两侧,开始挤压时,水平辅助轮踏面和辅助轨踏面的线速度可能不一致。例如火车运动中水平辅助轮可能处于转动停止的状态,这时辅助轮踏面与辅助轨踏面有火车运动的速度差。这个速度差,使得挤压时产生滑动摩擦,水平辅助轮踏面和辅助轨踏面之间有磨损。为了减少磨损,可在挤压前,转动水平辅助轮,使水平辅助轮旋转踏面对地速度等于零时,然后进行接触挤压。在开始接触挤压时,水平辅助轮不施加驱动力和制动力,处于从动轮状态,以便减少摩擦力。另外,有弹性的挤压也容易控制挤压力较小,小的挤压力产生小的滑动摩擦力,可使水平辅助轮旋转起来,对地速度等于零,变成滚动摩擦。变成滚动摩擦后,调节水平辅助轮的挤压力和驱动力或制动力,进行驱动或制动。During the movement of the train, the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail tread. When it starts to squeeze, the linear speed of the horizontal auxiliary wheel tread and the auxiliary rail tread may be inconsistent. For example, the horizontal auxiliary wheel may be in the state of stopping rotation during the train movement. At this time, the tread of the auxiliary wheel and the tread of the auxiliary rail have a speed difference of the train movement. This speed difference causes sliding friction during extrusion, and there is wear between the tread of the horizontal auxiliary wheel and the tread of the auxiliary rail. In order to reduce wear, the horizontal auxiliary wheel can be rotated before extrusion, so that the speed of the horizontal auxiliary wheel rotating tread is equal to zero, and then the contact extrusion is performed. At the beginning of contact extrusion, the horizontal auxiliary wheel does not apply driving force and braking force, and is in the state of the driven wheel, so as to reduce friction. In addition, the elastic extrusion is also easy to control the extrusion force to be small, and the small extrusion force produces a small sliding friction force, which can make the horizontal auxiliary wheel rotate, and the ground speed is equal to zero, which becomes rolling friction. After turning into rolling friction, adjust the pressing force and driving force or braking force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel to drive or brake.
图8是本发明的将图1的有轮缘和圆锥面踏面的主钢轮换成无轮缘和圆柱面踏面的主钢轮。主钢轨也做了改变,特别是变轨道岔做了改变。36是主钢轨,剖面与传统钢轨1大体一样。37是无轮缘和圆柱面踏面的主钢轮,左右主钢轮和轮轴30不是刚性固定在一起,而是形成滚动角速度可以不一样的独立滚动轮对。38是圆柱面踏面。Fig. 8 is the main steel wheel that the main steel wheel that Fig. 1 has rim and conical surface tread is changed into the main steel wheel without rim and cylindrical surface of the present invention. The main rail has also been changed, especially the change track switch. 36 is main rail, and section is substantially the same with traditional rail 1. 37 is the main steel wheel without rim and cylindrical surface tread, and the left and right main steel wheels and wheel axle 30 are not rigidly fixed together, but form the independent rolling wheel pair that rolling angular velocity can be different. 38 is a cylindrical tread.
所述水平辅助轮8的左右轮对,可以仅是从动轮。两轮之间的间距,略大于或等于辅助轨的左右宽度,以便为车辆导向,成为水平导向轮对。水平导向轮,使用螺旋弹簧或弹簧板固定在车辆下部,以便火车运行产生左右摆动时,水平导向轮弹性接触或弹性碰撞辅助轨踏面,缓解冲击,提高火车运行时的左右稳定性。同时,弹性固定的弹性移动量,限定在一定量内,从而限定车体和主钢轮的左右移动量,使得主钢轮不从主钢轨上脱落,保持好的脱轨防止效果。The left and right wheels of described horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 can only be driven wheels. The distance between the two wheels is slightly greater than or equal to the left and right width of the auxiliary rail, so as to guide the vehicle and become a horizontal guide wheel pair. The horizontal guide wheel is fixed on the lower part of the vehicle with a coil spring or a spring plate, so that when the train swings left and right, the horizontal guide wheel elastically contacts or elastically collides with the tread of the auxiliary rail to relieve the impact and improve the left and right stability of the train when it is running. At the same time, the amount of elastic fixed elastic movement is limited within a certain amount, thereby limiting the left and right movement of the car body and the main steel wheel, so that the main steel wheel does not fall off from the main rail, and maintains a good derailment prevention effect.
在图8中,主钢轨36支撑车辆的重量、驱动、制动,不进行导向。辅助轨进行导向、驱动、制动。由于是圆柱面踏面,踏面沿主钢轨36宽度方向的宽度大,主钢轨36和主钢轮37之间的踏面压应力小,有利于减少磨损,可以延长主钢轨36和主钢轮37的运行寿命。圆柱面踏面,在钢轨宽度方向有较长的接触长度。因而在钢轨接缝处,即使做成大角度的斜缝或锯齿缝,钢轨滚动过接缝时的冲击也较小。这点明显优于圆锥面踏面钢轮的钢轨1。传统标准轨时钢轮圆锥面踏面4与钢轨1的接触面,约只有乒乓球的直径大小,钢轨做斜缝时,需要很长的缝长才有小的冲击效果,锯齿缝减少冲击的效果不好。因此钢轨1的斜缝不容易做,锯齿缝在实际中很少使用。由于传统钢轨1的斜缝很长,而且不容易做,因此传统钢轨1的斜缝又被称为钢轨伸缩调节器。钢轨伸缩调节器利用尖轨或基本轨相对错动,来调节钢轨端面的胀缩,常用在大跨度桥梁上和桥头上,以便减小钢轨端面焊接连接造成的巨大温度应力影响桥梁自身的强度。圆柱面踏面钢轨36的斜缝,也可采用钢轨伸缩调节器的结构,而且更容易做。钢轨36和钢轮37,与传统钢轨1和钢轮3的材料不变的情况下,摩擦系数基本不变,因而钢轮37的最大驱动力和制动力与传统钢轨1和钢轮3时也基本不变。In FIG. 8, the main rail 36 supports the weight, driving, and braking of the vehicle, but does not guide it. The auxiliary rail guides, drives and brakes. Because it is a cylindrical tread, the width of the tread along the width direction of the main rail 36 is large, and the tread compressive stress between the main rail 36 and the main steel wheel 37 is small, which is beneficial to reduce wear and tear, and can extend the operation of the main rail 36 and the main steel wheel 37 life. Cylindrical tread with a long contact length across the rail width. Therefore, even if a large-angle oblique or zigzag joint is formed at the joint of the rail, the impact of the rail rolling over the joint is relatively small. This point is obviously better than the steel rail 1 of the conical surface tread steel wheel. The contact surface between the conical tread surface 4 of the steel wheel and the rail 1 in the traditional standard rail is only about the diameter of a table tennis ball. When the rail is made with oblique seams, a long seam length is required to have a small impact effect, and the serrated seam reduces the impact effect not good. Therefore, the oblique seam of rail 1 is not easy to do, and the sawtooth seam is rarely used in practice. Because the oblique seam of traditional rail 1 is very long, and it is not easy to make, so the oblique seam of traditional rail 1 is called rail telescopic regulator again. The rail telescopic adjuster uses the relative displacement of the tip rail or the basic rail to adjust the expansion and contraction of the rail end face. It is often used on long-span bridges and bridge heads to reduce the huge temperature stress caused by the welded connection of the rail end face and affect the strength of the bridge itself. The oblique seam of cylindrical surface tread rail 36 also can adopt the structure of rail telescopic adjuster, and it is easier to do. Steel rail 36 and steel wheel 37, when the materials of traditional steel rail 1 and steel wheel 3 are unchanged, the coefficient of friction is basically unchanged, so the maximum driving force and braking force of steel wheel 37 are the same as those of traditional steel rail 1 and steel wheel 3. Basically unchanged.
因为是主钢轮37是圆柱面踏面,不进行导向。辅助轨7和水平辅助轮8的导向,不需考虑与主钢轮37导向的干涉。因此水平辅助轮对8的左右自由移动量,理论上可以是0mm。然而,现实中辅助轨7的铺设直线度有一定公差,该公差在直线段辅助轨和辅助轮配合导向时,对火车惯性直线运动有干扰。因此,为了吸收该公差的影响,可以使左右自由移动量有一些,例如+/-5mm以内,以便使火车运动更平稳。对于辅助轨导向轮,也可固定在弹簧或弹簧板上,有左右弹性移动量,例如+/-5mm。水平辅助轮8和辅助轨7产生的驱动力或制动力,随着水平辅助轮8挤压力的增大,可以远大于主钢轮37的驱动力或制动力。为了考虑节省能源,主钢轮37的驱动力或制动力与水平辅助轮8的驱动力或制动力的分配,进行如下控制:主钢轮37的驱动力或制动力具有设定值,当主钢轮37的驱动力或制动力小于该设定值时,仅使用主钢轮37的驱动或制动,不使用水平辅助轮8的驱动与制动,水平辅助轮8的挤压力调节到某个设定值以下,甚至松开。当主钢轮37的驱动力或制动力等于或大于该设定值时,特别是当主钢轮37的驱动力或制动力不足时,同时使用主钢轮37的驱动或制动和水 平辅助轮8的驱动或制动。水平辅助轮8的驱动力或制动力,与驱动或制动的原动力有关,也与水平辅助轮8的挤压力有关,可事先设定一个挤压力随原动力的增大而增大的关系,避免在原动力较小时挤压力过大,产生大的摩擦阻力。也避免在原动力较大时挤压力过小,使水平辅助轮8在辅助轨7表面滚动时打滑。Because the main steel wheel 37 is a cylindrical tread, it is not guided. The guiding of auxiliary rail 7 and horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 does not need to consider the interference with main steel wheel 37 guiding. Therefore, the amount of free movement left and right of the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 can be 0mm in theory. However, in reality, the laying straightness of the auxiliary rail 7 has a certain tolerance, and this tolerance interferes with the inertial linear motion of the train when the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary wheels cooperate with the guide in the straight section. Therefore, in order to absorb the influence of this tolerance, the left and right free movement can be made within a certain amount, such as within +/-5mm, so as to make the train move more smoothly. The auxiliary rail guide wheels can also be fixed on springs or spring plates, with left and right elastic movement, for example +/-5mm. The driving force or braking force produced by horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 and auxiliary rail 7 can be far greater than the driving force or braking force of main steel wheel 37 along with the increase of horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 extrusion force. In order to consider saving energy, the distribution of the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 37 and the driving force or braking force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is controlled as follows: the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 37 has a set value, when the main steel wheel When the driving force or braking force of the wheel 37 was less than the set value, only the driving or braking of the main steel wheel 37 was used, and the driving and braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 were not used. The extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 was adjusted to a certain level. below a set value, or even loosen. When the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 37 is equal to or greater than the set value, especially when the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel 37 is insufficient, the driving or braking of the main steel wheel 37 and the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 are used simultaneously. driving or braking. The driving force or braking force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is related to the motive force of driving or braking, and is also related to the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8. A relationship in which the extrusion force increases with the increase of the original force can be set in advance. , to avoid excessive extrusion force when the driving force is small, resulting in large frictional resistance. Also avoid that the extrusion force is too small when the driving force is large, so that the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 slips when the auxiliary rail 7 surface rolls.
图8中的水平辅助轮8,可以像图5和图6那样,换成辅助轨制动块18或辅助轨制动块18加缓冲轮23。缓冲轮23也可以用于导向。因为主钢轮37是圆柱面踏面不进行导向,辅助轨制动块18或辅助轨制动块18加缓冲轮23的左右自由移动量,可以是理论上的0mm,但也可以有一些,例如+/-5mm以内。辅助轨制动块的制动力随挤压力的增大而增大,可以远大于主钢轮37的制动力。在汽车的盘式制动中,金属或陶瓷材料的制动盘和制动块之间产生的制动力,一般大于汽车橡胶轮胎与路面之间的制动力。虽然金属或陶瓷材料之间的摩擦系数一般小于轮胎与路面之间的摩擦系数,但金属或陶瓷材料之间的挤压力比轮胎与路面的压力大很多。因而使得金属或陶瓷材料之间的摩擦制动力大于轮胎与路面之间的摩擦力。在火车的一个车体或多辆车体中,可同时安装水平辅助轮8、辅助轨制动块18和辅助轨制动块18加缓冲轮23中的一种或多种,以便取得所需的制动性能。Horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 among Fig. 8 can be changed into auxiliary rail braking block 18 or auxiliary rail braking block 18 and buffer wheel 23 like Fig. 5 and Fig. 6. The buffer wheels 23 can also be used for guidance. Because the main steel wheel 37 is a cylindrical tread and does not guide, the left and right free movement of the auxiliary rail brake block 18 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus the buffer wheel 23 can be theoretically 0 mm, but there can also be some, such as Within +/-5mm. The braking force of the auxiliary rail brake block increases with the increase of the extrusion force, and can be far greater than the braking force of the main steel wheel 37. In the disc brake of a car, the braking force generated between the metal or ceramic brake disc and the brake block is generally greater than the braking force between the car rubber tire and the road surface. Although the coefficient of friction between metal or ceramic materials is generally smaller than that between the tire and the road surface, the extrusion force between the metal or ceramic materials is much greater than the pressure between the tire and the road surface. Therefore, the frictional braking force between the metal or ceramic materials is greater than the frictional force between the tire and the road surface. In a car body or multiple car bodies of the train, one or more of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 and the auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus the buffer wheel 23 can be installed at the same time, so as to obtain the desired braking performance.
图9是本发明的一个通过左右摆动辅助轨进行变轨的道岔,直行。在道岔区间,主钢轨没有可动的部分,具有分歧点和辙叉心。39是主钢轨的分歧点。40是辅助轨变轨段切换到直行的状态。41是辅助轨变轨段直行部从上方越过主钢轨弯曲部的交叉点。42是辅助轨的直行固定轨端。43是辅助轨的转弯固定轨端。44是主钢轨的辙叉心。为了容易左右摆动辅助轨,辅助轨的上翼和下翼可以有间隔的断开不连续。辅助轨的踏面部分较薄,转辙机可以加力使其弹性弯曲。踏面部分也可有锯齿合页的结构,自由弯曲。因为水平导向轮和水平辅助轮8的宽度较大,挤压应力可以很小,所以滚过锯齿合页时,冲击不大。Fig. 9 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right to change the track, and goes straight. In the turnout section, the main rail has no moving parts and has branch points and frog centers. 39 is the divergence point of the main rail. 40 is the state that the auxiliary rail track change section is switched to going straight. 41 is the intersection point where the straight part of the auxiliary rail transition section crosses the curved part of the main rail from above. 42 is the straight-running fixed rail end of the auxiliary rail. 43 is the turning fixed rail end of the auxiliary rail. 44 is the frog center of main rail. In order to easily swing the auxiliary rail left and right, the upper wing and the lower wing of the auxiliary rail can be disconnected and discontinuous at intervals. The tread part of the auxiliary rail is thinner, and the switch machine can apply force to make it elastically bend. The tread part can also have a sawtooth hinge structure, free to bend. Because the width of the horizontal guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 is large, the extrusion stress can be very small, so when rolling over the sawtooth hinge, the impact is not large.
图10是图9的道岔,转弯变轨的状态。45是辅助轨变轨段切换到转弯的状态。46是辅助轨变轨段转弯部从上方越过主钢轨直线部的交叉点。Fig. 10 is the turnout of Fig. 9, the state of turning and changing tracks. 45 is the state that the auxiliary rail track change section is switched to turning. 46 is the intersection point where the turning portion of the auxiliary rail transition section crosses the straight line portion of the main rail from above.
图11是图9和图10合并在一起,左右摆动的辅助轨以虚线表示。由于主钢轮37是没有轮缘的,主钢轨的分歧点39和辙叉心44上表面是可以没有缝隙,因此主钢轮37滚过分歧点39和辙叉心44时没有冲击。在整个道岔区间,主钢轨36没有传统钢轨1道岔的薄弱部分:尖轨31和辙叉心35。因此,图9至图11的道岔,更牢固,维护更少,更有利于火车的高速通过。Fig. 11 is Fig. 9 and Fig. 10 merged together, and the auxiliary rail that swings left and right is shown with dotted line. Because the main steel wheel 37 does not have a rim, the branch point 39 of the main rail and the frog center 44 upper surface can have no gap, so the main steel wheel 37 does not have an impact when rolling over the branch point 39 and the frog center 44. Throughout the turnout section, the main rail 36 does not have the weak parts of the conventional rail 1 turnout: the switch rail 31 and the frog center 35 . Therefore, the switch shown in Fig. 9 to Fig. 11 is stronger, requires less maintenance, and is more conducive to the high-speed passage of trains.
图12是在交叉点41或46处,辅助轨变轨段从上方越过主钢轨36的状况,立面图。47是辅助轨变轨段工字形的下翼。48是辅助轨变轨段工字形的上翼。49是辅助轨的可动轨端的踏面上部伸长。50是辅助轨的固定轨端的踏面下部伸长。51是辅助轨的固定轨端的工字形的上翼。52是水平导向轮、水平辅助轮8、辅助轨制动块18或辅助轨制动块18加缓冲轮23。由于踏面上部伸长49和踏面下部伸长50的厚度相同,具有一定宽度的水平导向轮、水平辅助轮8、辅助轨制动块18或辅助轨制动块18加缓冲轮23滚过或经过49和50的矩形锯齿缝时,产生的冲击不大。矩形锯齿缝也可换成三角形锯齿缝或斜缝,这些都比直缝的冲击小很多。另外,设定水平导向轮、水平辅助轮8、辅助轨制动块18或辅助轨制动块18加缓冲轮23在道岔区间内可以不做驱动或制动,对辅助轨不做挤压,或挤压力很小,这样冲击就可大力减少。对于圆柱面踏面主钢轮,踏面较宽,主钢轨的接缝也可采用矩形锯齿缝。Fig. 12 is at intersection 41 or 46 places, the situation that the auxiliary rail transition section crosses main rail 36 from above, elevation view. 47 is the lower wing of the I-shaped section of the auxiliary rail track change. 48 is the upper wing of the I-shaped section of the auxiliary rail track change. 49 is the upper elongation of the tread at the movable rail end of the auxiliary rail. 50 is the extension of the lower part of the tread at the fixed rail end of the auxiliary rail. 51 is the I-shaped upper wing of the fixed rail end of the auxiliary rail. 52 is horizontal guide wheel, horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, auxiliary rail brake block 18 or auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus buffer wheel 23. Because the thickness of the upper extension 49 of the tread is the same as that of the lower extension 50 of the tread, the horizontal guide wheel, the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 and the buffer wheel 23 with a certain width roll over or pass through When the 49 and 50 rectangular sawtooth seams, the impact is not great. Rectangular zigzag seams can also be replaced by triangular zigzag seams or oblique seams, which are much less impactful than straight seams. In addition, the horizontal guide wheel, the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus the buffer wheel 23 can not be driven or braked in the switch section, and the auxiliary rail is not squeezed. Or the squeeze force is very small, so that the impact can be greatly reduced. For the main steel wheel with cylindrical tread, the tread is wider, and the joints of the main rail can also adopt rectangular sawtooth joints.
图13是在交叉点41处,辅助轨变轨段直行状态40从上方越过主钢轨弯曲部状况的平面图。53是辅助轨40的可动轨端49的上翼伸出部。54是辅助轨固定轨端50的上翼伸出部。可动轨端49的上翼伸出部53,与固定轨端50的上翼伸出部54接触,并施加磁力或锁定,使可动轨端49与固定轨端50的辅助轮踏面在同一个面,以便进行导向。水平导向轮、水平辅助轮8、辅助轨制动块18或辅助轨制动块18加缓冲轮23,来回经过可动轨端49和固定轨端50的踏面时,没有台阶造成冲击。Fig. 13 is a plan view of the status 40 of the auxiliary rail transition section going straight through the main rail bending part from above at the intersection point 41. 53 is the upper wing extension of the movable rail end 49 of the auxiliary rail 40 . 54 is the upper wing extension of the auxiliary rail fixed rail end 50 . The upper wing extension 53 of the movable rail end 49 is in contact with the upper wing extension 54 of the fixed rail end 50, and magnetic force is applied or locked, so that the auxiliary wheel treads of the movable rail end 49 and the fixed rail end 50 are in the same position. A face for guidance. Horizontal guide wheel, horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, auxiliary rail brake block 18 or auxiliary rail brake block 18 add buffer wheel 23, when passing through the tread of movable rail end 49 and fixed rail end 50 back and forth, there is no step to cause impact.
图14是在交叉点46处,辅助轨变轨段弯曲状态45从上方越过主钢轨直线部状况的平面图。55是辅助轨43固定轨端50的上翼伸出部。转弯变轨时,可动轨端49的上翼伸出 部53,与辅助轨43固定轨端50的上翼伸出部55接触,并施加磁力或锁定,使踏面没有台阶从可动轨端49延续到固定轨端50。Fig. 14 is a plan view of the state where the auxiliary rail transition section bends 45 and crosses the straight line portion of the main rail from above at the intersection point 46. 55 is the upper wing protruding portion of the auxiliary rail 43 fixed rail end 50 . When turning and changing rails, the upper wing extension 53 of the movable rail end 49 is in contact with the upper wing extension 55 of the fixed rail end 50 of the auxiliary rail 43, and magnetic force or locking is applied, so that there is no step on the tread surface from the movable rail end. 49 continues to the fixed rail end 50.
图15是本发明的一个通过左右摆动变轨导向轨进行变轨的道岔平面图。图16是图15的剖面图。56和57是水平变轨导向轮,安装在车辆上,主钢轨外侧。58和59是左右摆动的变轨导向轨,安装在地面。60、61、62和63是变轨导向轨的可动端的位置。当可动端处于实线位置60和61时,水平变轨导向轮56与变轨导向轨的位置60配合,使车辆从左向右直行。当切换可动端至虚线位置62和63时,水平变轨导向轮57与变轨导向轨的位置63配合,使车辆从左向右转弯。车辆反向运行时,切换相同。变轨导向轨的固定端和可动端,都设置喇叭口,以便减少水平变轨导向轮对变轨导向轨的冲击。道岔区间内,主钢轨在分歧点39和辙叉心44可以没有缝,主钢轮37可平滑地滚过并且没有冲击。在道岔区间内,不铺设中央辅助轨7,水平导向轮、水平辅助轮8、辅助轨制动块18或辅助轨制动块18加缓冲轮23张开,以便经过道岔后,重新套在辅助轨7踏面两侧。变轨导向轨的剖面是U型,变轨导向轮56或57从上方支撑固定在车辆转向架上,如图16所示。也可将U型上下翻转,以便开口向下,变轨导向轮56或57从下方支撑固定在转向架上。这时,如果转向架有向上的运动,56或57的上部就会与U型的凹底部接触,从而转向架向上的运动得到限定。这也适应于下述的图23。Fig. 15 is a plan view of a switch of the present invention that performs track change by swinging the track change guide rail left and right. FIG. 16 is a sectional view of FIG. 15 . 56 and 57 are horizontal track changing guide wheels, installed on the vehicle, the main rail outside. 58 and 59 are rail-changing guide rails that swing left and right, and are installed on the ground. 60, 61, 62 and 63 are the positions of the movable ends of the track changing guide rail. When the movable end was in the solid line positions 60 and 61, the horizontal track change guide wheel 56 cooperated with the position 60 of the track change guide rail, so that the vehicle went straight from left to right. When switching movable end to dotted line position 62 and 63, the position 63 of horizontal track changing guide wheel 57 cooperates with changing track guide rail, makes vehicle turn from left to right. When the vehicle is running in reverse, the switchover is the same. Both the fixed end and the movable end of the track-changing guide rail are provided with bell mouths, so as to reduce the impact of the horizontal track-changing guide wheels on the track-changing guide rail. In the turnout section, the main steel rail can have no seam at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, and the main steel wheel 37 can roll over smoothly without impact. In the turnout section, the central auxiliary rail 7 is not laid, and the horizontal guide wheel, the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus the buffer wheel 23 are opened, so that after passing the turnout, the auxiliary rail is re-set on the auxiliary rail. Rail 7 tread both sides. The profile of the track changing guide rail is U-shaped, and the track changing guide wheels 56 or 57 are supported and fixed on the vehicle bogie from above, as shown in Figure 16 . Also can U type be turned up and down, so that opening is downward, and track changing guide wheel 56 or 57 supports and is fixed on the bogie from below. At this time, if the bogie has upward motion, the top of 56 or 57 will contact with the U-shaped concave bottom, so that the upward motion of the bogie is limited. This also applies to Fig. 23 described below.
图17是本发明的一个通过左右摆动辅助轨,并配合固定变轨导向轨进行变轨的道岔。64和65是固定的变轨导向轨,在不同时间与安装在车辆上的水平变轨导向轮56或57配合。左右摆动辅助轨至实线位置40时,车辆直行。在位置41处的前后,车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8与辅助轨配合导向。在交叉点41处,辅助轨中断。这时车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8松开,车辆的水平变轨导向轮56与变轨导向轨64配合导向。摆动辅助轨至虚线位置45时,车辆转弯变轨。车辆在位置46处的前后,车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8与辅助轨配合导向。在交叉点46处,辅助轨中断。这时车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8张开,车辆的水平变轨导向轮57与变轨导向轨65配合导向。道岔区间内,主钢轨在分歧点39和辙叉心44可以没有缝,主钢轮37可平滑地滚过并且没有冲击Fig. 17 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the fixed rail changing guide rail to change the track. 64 and 65 are fixed track-changing guide rails, which cooperate with the horizontal track-changing guide wheels 56 or 57 installed on the vehicle at different times. When swinging the auxiliary rail left and right to the solid line position 40, the vehicle goes straight. Front and back at position 41, the horizontal guide wheels or horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 of the vehicle cooperate with auxiliary rails for guidance. At the intersection point 41 the auxiliary rail is interrupted. At this moment, the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are unclamped, and the horizontal track changing guide wheel 56 of the vehicle cooperates with the track changing guide rail 64 to guide. When swinging the auxiliary rail to the dotted line position 45, the vehicle turns and changes the track. Before and after the vehicle at the position 46, the horizontal guide wheels or the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 of the vehicle cooperate with the auxiliary rails for guidance. At the intersection point 46, the auxiliary rail is interrupted. At this moment, the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are opened, and the horizontal track changing guide wheel 57 of the vehicle cooperates with the track changing guide rail 65 to guide. In the turnout section, the main rail can have no gaps at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, and the main steel wheel 37 can roll over smoothly without impact
图18是本发明的一个通过左右摆动两条辅助轨进行变轨的道岔。摆动区间内,两条辅助轨的摆动段,高于主钢轨,越过主钢轨进行左右摆动。66是直行辅助轨处于直行的位置,实线表示,进行导向。67是直行辅助轨处于转弯的位置,虚线表示,避开导向。68是直行辅助轨的实线位置和虚线位置的转动点。69是转弯辅助轨处于直行的位置,实线表示,避开导向。70是转弯辅助轨处于转弯的位置,虚线表示,进行导向。71是转弯辅助轨的实线位置和虚线位置的转动点。直行辅助轨和转弯辅助轨同时由转辙机左右摆动,66和69的实线位置时直行,67和70的虚线位置时转弯。图18的道岔与图9的道岔不同的是,图9摆动一条辅助轨,摆动时辅助轨的弯曲状况改变,成为直线或曲线。图18摆动两条辅助轨,摆动时两条辅助轨的弯曲状况不变,只是刚性转动。相同的是,在可动辅助轨固定辅助轨的连接处,可以做斜缝或锯齿缝,以便使车辆的辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨作用组件对没有段差地滚过或经过辅助轨导向踏面的缝隙,进行导向变轨。Fig. 18 is a turnout of the present invention that changes rails by swinging two auxiliary rails left and right. In the swing interval, the swing sections of the two auxiliary rails are higher than the main rail and swing left and right over the main rail. 66 is that the straight-traveling auxiliary rail is in the straight-traveling position, and solid line represents, guides. 67 is that the straight auxiliary rail is in the position of turning, and dashed line represents, avoids guiding. 68 is the turning point of the solid line position and the dotted line position of the straight auxiliary rail. 69 is that the turning auxiliary rail is in the straight-ahead position, and solid line represents, avoids guiding. 70 is the position where the turning auxiliary rail is in the turning position, and the dotted line indicates that it guides. 71 is the rotation point of the solid line position and the dotted line position of the turning assist rail. Straight-run auxiliary rail and turning auxiliary rail are swung left and right by the switch machine simultaneously, go straight during the solid line position of 66 and 69, turn during the dotted line position of 67 and 70. The difference between the turnout of Fig. 18 and the turnout of Fig. 9 is that Fig. 9 swings an auxiliary rail, and the bending state of the auxiliary rail changes when swinging, becoming a straight line or a curve. Figure 18 swings the two auxiliary rails, the bending state of the two auxiliary rails remains unchanged during the swing, but rigidly rotates. The same thing is that at the junction of the movable auxiliary rail and the fixed auxiliary rail, oblique seams or zigzag seams can be made so that the auxiliary rail guiding wheel pair or the auxiliary rail action component pair of the vehicle can roll over or pass through the auxiliary rail guiding tread without step difference gap, and guide the track change.
图19是本发明的一个通过左右摆动辅助轨,并配合外侧导轨和内侧导轨进行变轨的道岔。图20是图19的单轮外侧导轨和内侧导轨剖面图。72和74是外侧导轨,73和75是内侧导轨。摆动辅助轨至实线位置40时,车辆直行。车辆在交叉点41处的前后,车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8与辅助轨配合导向。在交叉点41处,辅助轨中断。这时车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8松开,图20中的车辆主钢轮37的右侧轮与外侧导轨72和内侧导轨73配合导向。摆动辅助轨至虚线位置45时,车辆转弯变轨。车辆在交叉点46处的前后,车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8与辅助轨配合导向。在交叉点46处,辅助轨中断。这时车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8张开,车辆的主钢轮37的左侧轮与外侧导轨74和内侧导轨75配合导向。道岔区间内,主钢轨在分歧点39和辙叉心44可以没有缝,主钢轮37可平滑地滚过并且没有冲击。Fig. 19 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail to change the track. Fig. 20 is a sectional view of the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail of the single wheel of Fig. 19 . 72 and 74 are outer rails, and 73 and 75 are inner rails. When swinging the auxiliary rail to the solid line position 40, the vehicle goes straight. Before and after the vehicle at the intersection 41, the horizontal guide wheels or the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 of the vehicle cooperate with the auxiliary rails to guide. At the intersection point 41 the auxiliary rail is interrupted. At this moment, the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are unclamped, and the right side wheel of the main steel wheel 37 of the vehicle among Fig. 20 cooperates with the outer guide rail 72 and the inner guide rail 73 to guide. When swinging the auxiliary rail to the dotted line position 45, the vehicle turns and changes the track. Before and after the vehicle at the intersection 46, the horizontal guide wheels or the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 of the vehicle cooperate with the auxiliary rails to guide. At the intersection point 46, the auxiliary rail is interrupted. At this moment, the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are opened, and the left side wheel of the main steel wheel 37 of the vehicle cooperates with the outer guide rail 74 and the inner guide rail 75 to guide. In the turnout section, the main steel rail can have no seam at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, and the main steel wheel 37 can roll over smoothly without impact.
图21是图19和图20中,主钢轨36与外侧导轨和内侧导轨合并成一体,成为有轨缘的钢轨76。77是轨缘,从左右两侧限定主钢轮37的滚动方向。左右侧轨缘77之间的踏面上,容易集灰尘等异物。因此轨缘77在长度方向每隔一段距离,例如500mm,没有外轨缘和内轨缘的一个或两个,成为轨缘缺口,以便灰尘等异物容易从此缺口自动流出。Fig. 21 is in Fig. 19 and Fig. 20, main steel rail 36 merges into one with outer guide rail and inner guide rail, becomes the steel rail 76 that has rail edge. 77 is rail edge, limits the rolling direction of main steel wheel 37 from left and right sides. Foreign matter such as dust is easy to collect on the tread between the left and right side rails 77 . Therefore rail edge 77 is at intervals in the length direction, such as 500mm, without one or both of the outer rail edge and the inner rail edge, becoming a rail edge gap, so that foreign matter such as dust is easy to flow out from the gap automatically.
图22是本发明的一个通过左右摆动辅助轨,并配合两轮外侧导轨进行变轨的道岔。78和79是外侧导轨。摆动辅助轨至实线位置40时,车辆直行。车辆在位置41处的前后,车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8与辅助轨配合导向。在位置41处,辅助轨中断。这时车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8张开,车辆的主钢轮37与外侧导轨72和外侧导轨79配合,进行左右两轮导向。摆动辅助轨至虚线位置45时,车辆转弯变轨。车辆在位置46处的前后,车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8与辅助轨配合导向。在位置46处,辅助轨中断。这时车辆的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8张开,车辆的主钢轮37与外侧导轨74和外侧导轨78配合,进行左右两轮外侧导向。道岔区间内,主钢轨在分歧点39和辙叉心44可以没有缝,主钢轮37可平滑地滚过并且没有冲击。Fig. 22 is a turnout of the present invention that swings the auxiliary rail left and right and cooperates with the outer guide rails of the two wheels to change the track. 78 and 79 are outer rails. When swinging the auxiliary rail to the solid line position 40, the vehicle goes straight. Before and after the vehicle at the position 41, the horizontal guide wheels or the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 of the vehicle cooperate with the auxiliary rails for guidance. At position 41 the auxiliary rail is interrupted. At this moment, the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are opened, and the main steel wheel 37 of the vehicle cooperates with the outer guide rail 72 and the outer guide rail 79 to guide the left and right two wheels. When swinging the auxiliary rail to the dotted line position 45, the vehicle turns and changes the track. Before and after the vehicle at the position 46, the horizontal guide wheels or the horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 of the vehicle cooperate with the auxiliary rails for guidance. At position 46, the auxiliary rail is interrupted. At this moment, the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the vehicle are opened, and the main steel wheel 37 of the vehicle cooperates with the outer guide rail 74 and the outer guide rail 78 to guide the left and right two wheels outside. In the turnout section, the main steel rail can have no seam at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, and the main steel wheel 37 can roll over smoothly without impact.
图23是本发明图8的辅助轨,具有直线电机定子的剖面图。图24是图23的斜视图。80是直线电机定子的辅助轨,具有上翼。81是水平导向轮。82是制动钳,支持导向轮81和制动块18。83是直线电机转子。80也可以是直线电机转子,相应地,83成为直线电机定子。直线电机转子和定子配合,可以给车辆非接触的驱动或制动,没有机械磨损。水平导向轮81从左右滚在辅助轨的两侧进行导向。水平驱动活塞9可以控制水平导向轮81和制动块18对辅助轨的挤压力,或离开辅助轨。做为导向轮,水平导向轮81不需要大的挤压力,因此水平导向轮81可安装在弹簧上,以便制动块18的挤压力远大于水平导向轮81的挤压力,由制动块18进行强力制动。由于水平导向轮81和制动块18把辅助轨的上翼抱了起来,在没有破坏的情况下,车辆不会脱轨或翻车。还可以实现急转弯,小的转弯半径。Fig. 23 is a sectional view of the auxiliary rail of Fig. 8 of the present invention, with a stator of a linear motor. Fig. 24 is a perspective view of Fig. 23 . 80 is the auxiliary rail of the linear motor stator, which has upper wings. 81 is a horizontal guide wheel. 82 is a brake caliper, which supports guide wheels 81 and brake blocks 18. 83 is a linear motor rotor. 80 may also be a linear motor rotor, and correspondingly, 83 becomes a linear motor stator. The linear motor rotor and stator cooperate to drive or brake the vehicle without contact, without mechanical wear. Horizontal guide wheel 81 rolls on the both sides of auxiliary rail from left and right to guide. The horizontal driving piston 9 can control the pressing force of the horizontal guide wheel 81 and the brake block 18 on the auxiliary rail, or leave the auxiliary rail. As a guide wheel, the horizontal guide wheel 81 does not need a large extrusion force, so the horizontal guide wheel 81 can be installed on the spring, so that the extrusion force of the brake block 18 is far greater than the extrusion force of the horizontal guide wheel 81, by the system Moving block 18 carries out powerful braking. Since the upper wing of the auxiliary rail is embraced by the horizontal guide wheel 81 and the brake block 18, the vehicle will not derail or roll over without damage. It can also realize sharp turns and small turning radius.
车辆的驱动和制动,由主钢轮37和直线电机实现。主钢轮37的驱动和制动,可以实现350km/h的运营速度。但主钢轮37与主钢轨36之间摩擦系数小,能够产生的驱动力和制动力小,不利于急加速、急制动、急上下坡。而直线电机的驱动力和制动力较大,可以实现较好的急加速、急制动、急上下坡性能。制动块18也可进行很好的制动。在制动块18和水平导向轮81之外,也可增加具有驱动和制动功能的水平辅助轮8,仅靠水平辅助轮8,就可实现急加速、急制动、急上下坡性能。当车辆有了主钢轮37的驱动和制动、水平辅助轮8的驱动和制动、直线电机的驱动和制动、制动块18的制动,车辆就获得了好的慢速快速时的匀速性能、加减速性能、急上下坡性能,而且350km/h的运营速度也可以进一步提高。辅助轨的驱动和制动,也引入了阻力和能源消耗,这里进行如下控制:1)在无雨雪平地直线匀速运行时,车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较小,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动足够时,或车辆主钢轮的驱动力或制动力小于一个设定值时,这时仅使用主钢轮和主钢轨的驱动或制动,以便节省能源;2)当急加速、急减速、上陡坡、下陡坡、急转弯时,车辆需要较大的驱动力或制动力;或雨雪天气轨道车轮呈潮湿状态时,主钢轮的驱动能力或制动能力减小;或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动不够时;或当车辆主钢轮的驱动力或制动力大于一个设定值时,车辆同时使用主钢轨与辅助轨的驱动或制动、或仅使用辅助轨的驱动或制动,以免主钢轮打滑。所述设定值,与主钢轮的打滑状况、车辆的载荷、主钢轨踏面雨雪状况、上下坡、转弯、速度等有关,可以动态设定或事先设定。The driving and braking of the vehicle are realized by the main steel wheel 37 and the linear motor. The driving and braking of the main steel wheel 37 can realize the operating speed of 350km/h. But the coefficient of friction between the main steel wheel 37 and the main rail 36 is small, and the driving force and braking force that can be produced are small, which is unfavorable for rapid acceleration, sudden braking, and sudden descent. However, the driving force and braking force of the linear motor are relatively large, which can achieve better rapid acceleration, rapid braking, and rapid downhill performance. The brake pads 18 also perform good braking. Outside brake block 18 and horizontal guide wheel 81, also can increase the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 with driving and braking function, only rely on horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, just can realize quick acceleration, sudden braking, sudden downhill performance. When the vehicle has the driving and braking of the main steel wheel 37, the driving and braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the driving and braking of the linear motor, and the braking of the brake block 18, the vehicle has a good slow and fast speed. Excellent uniform speed performance, acceleration and deceleration performance, rapid uphill and downhill performance, and the operating speed of 350km/h can be further improved. The driving and braking of the auxiliary rail also introduces resistance and energy consumption. Here, the following controls are carried out: 1) When running at a straight line and at a constant speed without rain or snow, the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the main rail and the main steel When the driving or braking of the main steel wheel is sufficient, or when the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel of the vehicle is less than a set value, only the driving or braking of the main steel wheel and the main rail is used at this time to save energy; 2) when During rapid acceleration, rapid deceleration, uphill, downhill, and sharp turns, the vehicle needs a large driving force or braking force; or when the track wheels are wet in rainy and snowy weather, the driving ability or braking ability of the main steel wheel is reduced ; or when the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough; or when the driving force or braking force of the main steel wheel of the vehicle is greater than a set value, the vehicle uses the driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail at the same time, or Use only the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail to avoid slipping of the main drum. The set value is related to the slipping condition of the main steel wheel, the load of the vehicle, the rain and snow condition of the main rail tread, uphill and downhill, turning, speed, etc., and can be set dynamically or in advance.
为了降低造价,主钢轨与辅助轨的驱动,只装备一个。主钢轨与辅助轨的制动,也只装备一个。In order to reduce the cost, there is only one drive for the main rail and the auxiliary rail. Only one is equipped for the braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail.
对于没有轮缘圆柱面踏面主钢轮,车辆上可安装转向机构,如方向盘,控制主钢轮的左右转向,以方便检修或维护车辆容易在道岔处从外部进出主钢轨的轨道。这时,车辆就像公路路面铺设时的压路机,主钢轮可以在混凝土或土路表面上滚动行走,也能转向。如果主钢轮换成橡胶轮胎,车辆就成为汽车了。车辆的动力可以是燃油,电池电力,外部连线电力等。For the main steel wheel without rim cylindrical tread, a steering mechanism, such as a steering wheel, can be installed on the vehicle to control the left and right steering of the main steel wheel, so as to facilitate maintenance or maintenance of the track where the vehicle can easily enter and exit the main rail from the outside at the turnout. At this time, the vehicle is like a road roller when road pavement is laid, and the main steel wheel can roll and walk on the surface of concrete or dirt road, and can also turn. If the main steel wheels are replaced with rubber tires, the vehicle becomes a car. The power of the vehicle can be fuel, battery power, external connection power, etc.
与磁悬浮车辆不同,使用钢轮的火车对于车辆的载荷不太敏感,适合于轻载的客运和重载的货运。因此钢轮的车辆适合于建立广泛的铁路网。Unlike maglev vehicles, trains using steel wheels are less sensitive to vehicle loads and are suitable for light passenger transport and heavy freight. Steel-wheeled vehicles are therefore suitable for building extensive railway networks.
对于图23和图24的直线电机辅助轨和车辆结构,变轨道岔可以是图9的摆动辅助轨、图15的摆动变轨导向轨、图17的摆动辅助轨并配合变轨导向轨、图19的摆动辅助轨并配合并配合单轮内外侧导轨、图21的摆动辅助轨并配合主钢轨轨缘、或图22的摆动辅助轨并配合两轮外侧导轨,的方式。在这些方式的道岔区间内,主钢轨没有可动部分,在分歧点39和辙叉心44可以没有缝,因此主钢轮37可平滑地滚过没有冲击。For the linear motor auxiliary rail and the vehicle structure of Fig. 23 and Fig. 24, the track change switch can be the swing auxiliary rail of Fig. 9, the swing rail of Fig. 15, the swing auxiliary rail of Fig. 17 and cooperate with the rail of Fig. The swing auxiliary rail of 19 also cooperates and cooperates and cooperates the swing auxiliary rail of single wheel, Fig. 21 and cooperates main rail rail edge or the swing auxiliary rail of Fig. 22 and cooperates two-wheel outer guide rails, the mode. In the turnout section of these modes, the main rail has no movable parts, and there can be no seams at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, so the main steel wheel 37 can smoothly roll over without impact.
图25是图23的直线电机辅助轨和车辆结构中,将无轮缘圆柱面踏面主钢轮37换成有轮缘圆柱面踏面的主钢轮27。在直线和弯道时,主钢轮的轮缘不起导向作用,导向由水平导向轮81与辅助轨配合进行。道岔采用图7的传统道岔方式,在道岔区间轮缘起导向作用,进行变轨。在道岔区间内直线电机辅助轨中断不铺设,水平导向轮81和制动块18张开。有轮缘圆柱面踏面的主钢轮27的驱动和制动性能,与无轮缘圆柱面踏面的主钢轮37相同。Fig. 25 is that in the linear motor auxiliary rail and vehicle structure of Fig. 23, the main steel wheel 37 with no rim cylindrical surface tread is replaced with the main steel wheel 27 with rim cylindrical surface tread. When straight line and curve, the rim of main steel wheel does not act as a guide, and guide is carried out by horizontal guide wheel 81 and auxiliary rail. The turnout adopts the traditional turnout method shown in Figure 7, and the rim plays a guiding role in the turnout section to change the track. In the switch section, the auxiliary rail of the linear motor is interrupted and not laid, and the horizontal guide wheel 81 and the brake block 18 are opened. The driving and braking performance of the main steel wheel 27 with the rim cylindrical tread is the same as that of the main steel wheel 37 without the rim cylindrical tread.
图26是使用无轮缘圆柱面踏面主钢轮37时的一个菱形交叉,旋转可动辅助轨。可动辅助轨在位置84和位置85之间旋转切换,与水平辅助轮进行配合导向。可动辅助轨的端面与固定辅助轨的端面的关系,如图12,13和14所示。车辆的主钢轮37滚动过没有缝隙的辙叉心,没有冲击。Fig. 26 is a rhombus cross when using the main steel wheel 37 with no rim cylindrical surface tread, and the movable auxiliary rail for rotation. The movable auxiliary rail rotates and switches between the position 84 and the position 85, and cooperates with the horizontal auxiliary wheel for guidance. The relationship between the end face of the movable auxiliary rail and the end face of the fixed auxiliary rail is shown in Figures 12, 13 and 14. The main steel wheel 37 of vehicle rolls over the frog center without gap, without impact.
图27是使用无轮缘圆柱面踏面主钢轮37时的一个菱形交叉,主钢轨具有轨缘77。在菱形交叉区间,不铺设中央辅助轨,水平导向轮、水平辅助轮8、辅助轨制动块18和辅助轨制动块18加缓冲轮23张开。主钢轮37被主钢轨轨缘77导向。整个菱形交叉区间,轨道没有可动的部分。车辆经过菱形交叉区间前后,水平导向轮或水平辅助轮8与中央辅助轨配合导向。一条主钢轨有了两侧轨缘77,可以导向使主钢轮37滚过菱形交叉区间。主钢轨轨缘77,也可换成外侧导轨72和内侧导轨73,给主钢轮37导向。Figure 27 is a rhombus cross when using a flangeless cylindrical tread main drum 37, the main rail having a rail flange 77. In the rhombus intersection interval, do not lay central auxiliary rail, horizontal guide wheel, horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, auxiliary rail braking block 18 and auxiliary rail braking block 18 add buffer wheel 23 and open. The main drum 37 is guided by the main rail flange 77 . Throughout the rhombus intersection, the track has no moving parts. Before and after the vehicle passes through the rhombus intersection, the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 cooperates with the central auxiliary rail to guide. A main steel rail has had both side rail flanges 77, can guide and make main steel wheel 37 roll over the rhombus intersection interval. Main rail rail edge 77 also can be changed into outer guide rail 72 and inner guide rail 73, guides to main steel wheel 37.
图28是使用无轮缘圆柱面踏面主钢轮37的轨道与公路平面交叉的道口,平面图。85是公路,两个车道,虚线是车道的分界线,与其平行的实线是公路85的两边线。钢轨通过公路85处,不铺设辅助轨7,主钢轨36的一条换成有两侧轨缘77的钢轨76,另一条仍是主钢轨36。一条钢轨76,可以导向使主钢轮37滚过公路交叉区间。钢轨76与主钢轨36的踏面的高度相同,因此轨缘77的高度比主钢轨36高一些。当钢轨之外铺设混凝土公路面时,混凝土公路面分别与轨缘77和踏面同高,从轨缘77到主钢轨36的踏面,混凝土公路面有个坡度。火车经过公路交叉区间前后,水平导向轮或水平辅助轮与辅助轨配合导向。经过公路交叉区间时,因为不铺设辅助轨,水平导向轮和水平辅助轮8张开。在公路交叉区间内,钢轨76的两侧轨缘77,给主钢轮37导向。主钢轨轨缘77,也可换成外侧导轨72和内侧导轨73,给主钢轮37导向。Fig. 28 is a crossing where the track and the highway level crossing using the main steel wheel 37 with rimless cylindrical surface tread, plan view. 85 is a highway with two lanes, the dotted line is the dividing line of the lanes, and the solid line parallel to it is the two sides of highway 85. Steel rail passes through highway 85 places, and auxiliary rail 7 is not laid, and one of main rail 36 changes into the steel rail 76 that both sides rail edge 77 is arranged, and another still is main rail 36. A steel rail 76 can be guided to make the main steel wheel 37 roll over the road intersection section. The height of the tread of the rail 76 is the same as that of the main rail 36 , so the height of the rail lip 77 is higher than that of the main rail 36 . When the concrete road surface was laid outside the rail, the concrete road surface was the same height as the rail edge 77 and the tread respectively, and from the rail edge 77 to the tread of the main rail 36, the concrete road surface had a slope. Before and after the train passes through the road crossing section, the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel cooperates with the auxiliary rail to guide. When passing through the road cross section, because the auxiliary rail is not laid, the horizontal guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 are opened. In the highway crossing section, the both side rail edges 77 of the steel rail 76 guide the main steel wheel 37. Main rail rail edge 77 also can be changed into outer guide rail 72 and inner guide rail 73, guides to main steel wheel 37.
在图28的道口区间内,汽车或自行车的车轮滚过轨缘77和踏面时,轨缘77和踏面的高度段差对车轮有冲击。为了减少冲击,应尽量减少从踏面升起的轨缘高度,但轨缘高度太小或等于零时,轨缘的导向效果变差。这时,车辆上可安装转向机构,控制主钢轮37,使车辆直行。或利用摄像机动态监测车辆指向状态,控制主钢轮37,使车辆直行。这样主钢轮37滚过轨缘高度很小的公路交叉区间后,水平导向轮或水平辅助轮能够重新套在辅助轨两侧。为了顺利套辅助轨,辅助轨端面做成水平尖楔形,车辆水平导向轮或水平辅助轮前方,安装有水平喇叭口。尖楔和喇叭口进行导向,可以吸收很大的车辆偏离钢轨中心的误差。尖楔也可做成直径较小的滚动圆柱,还有些弹性,减少冲击或摩擦。这种做法,也适合于前述的道岔和菱形交叉区间。In the crossing section of Fig. 28, when the wheels of automobile or bicycle roll over the rail edge 77 and the tread, the height difference between the rail edge 77 and the tread has an impact on the wheel. In order to reduce the impact, the height of the rail flange raised from the tread should be reduced as much as possible, but when the rail flange height is too small or equal to zero, the guiding effect of the rail flange will be deteriorated. At this time, a steering mechanism can be installed on the vehicle to control the main steel wheel 37 to make the vehicle go straight. Or utilize the camera to dynamically monitor the pointing state of the vehicle, and control the main steel wheel 37 to make the vehicle go straight. After the main steel wheel 37 rolls over the very little road intersection section of the rail flange height, the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel can be set on the auxiliary rail both sides again. In order to fit the auxiliary rail smoothly, the end surface of the auxiliary rail is made into a horizontal pointed wedge shape, and a horizontal bell mouth is installed in front of the horizontal guide wheel or the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the vehicle. Guided by sharp wedges and bell mouths, it can absorb a large error of the vehicle from the center of the rail. The pointed wedge can also be made into a rolling cylinder with a smaller diameter, which also has some elasticity to reduce impact or friction. This approach is also suitable for the aforementioned turnout and rhombus intersection.
对于图25的有轮缘圆柱面踏面主钢轮27,在道口区间,不铺设辅助轨,火车的水平导向轮或水平辅助轮张开。主钢轮27的轮缘29,与钢轨1配合导向。火车经过道口前后,水平导向轮或水平辅助轮与中央辅助轨配合导向。道口区间内,导向与传统铁路的做法相同。For Fig. 25, there is the main steel wheel 27 with rim cylindrical surface tread, in the crossing section, auxiliary rails are not laid, and the horizontal guide wheels or the horizontal auxiliary wheels of the train are opened. The wheel rim 29 of main steel wheel 27 cooperates guide with rail 1. Before and after the train passes the crossing, the horizontal guide wheels or horizontal auxiliary wheels cooperate with the central auxiliary rail for guidance. In the crossing section, the guidance is the same as that of traditional railways.
图1和图8中的本发明的水平辅助轮8,也可作用于主钢轨。图29是无轮缘主钢轮37在主钢轨36上滚动和导向的情景,剖视图。图30是图29的斜视图。86是安装在车辆下部主钢轮近旁的水平导向轮,左右各一个,位于两条主钢轨36的内侧,在主钢轨36的上翼内侧的表面上滚动,进行导向。因此,内侧表面成为导向内侧踏面。87是水平导向轮的轮缘,在主钢轨36的上翼的下方,以便阻止车辆被抬起。88是水平导向轮的支持部件。这里,无轮缘圆柱面踏面的主钢轮37和水平导向轮86,相当于图6中的有轮缘圆柱面踏面的主钢轮27的分解。无轮缘圆柱面踏面的主钢轮37是独立滚动轮对,在主钢轨36上滚动,支撑着车辆的重量。导向由水平导向轮86与主钢轨36的内侧踏面滚动配合进行。水平导向轮86的踏面是圆柱面,圆锥面或其他复杂形状的转弯曲面,以便与主钢轨36的内侧踏面及道岔处的内侧踏面相配合。两条主钢轨36的轨距有铺设公差,为了吸收该公差,水平导向轮的支持部件88安装在弹性支撑体上,可以左右有一定量的移动,但移动量有限定,以便确保导向。该弹性支撑体,可以是螺旋弹簧,或弹性板。水平导向轮86对主钢轨36内侧踏面的弹性压力不需要很大,能使水平导向轮86旋转起来,与主钢轨36没有滑动即可。为了能够通过图7的传统钢轨道岔的尖轨31和辙叉心35处的狭窄空间,水平导向轮86的直径一般小于80mm,比较小。为了顺利滚过道岔的尖轨31,也可以没有轮缘87。为了保持足够的机械强度,水平导向轮86可以仅仅是一个轴,其轴承机构在水平导向轮的支持部件88中。道岔中使用活动心轨辙叉心时,有害空间小,主钢轮37和水平导向轮86滚过时冲击小。水平导向轮86的踏面材料是金属合金、或人造石的耐磨材料。相应地,主钢轨36的上翼内侧踏面,是金属合金材料或经过耐磨表面处理。因为是圆柱面踏面主钢轮37,主钢轨36的踏面可以较宽,因此钢轨长度方向的接缝可以做成焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝。主钢轨36的内侧踏面,也可做成焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝。The horizontal auxiliary wheel 8 of the present invention among Fig. 1 and Fig. 8 also can act on main rail. Fig. 29 is the situation that the rimless main steel wheel 37 rolls and guides on the main rail 36, a sectional view. Fig. 30 is a perspective view of Fig. 29 . 86 is to be installed in the horizontal guide wheel near the bottom main steel wheel of the vehicle, each one in the left and right sides, is positioned at the inboard of two main rails 36, rolls on the surface of the upper wing inboard of main rail 36, guides. Thus, the inside surface becomes the guide inside tread. 87 is the rim of the horizontal guide wheel, below the upper wing of the main rail 36, so as to stop the vehicle from being lifted. 88 is the support part of horizontal guide wheel. Here, the main steel wheel 37 and the horizontal guide wheel 86 without the rim cylindrical tread are equivalent to the decomposition of the main steel wheel 27 with the rim cylindrical tread in FIG. 6 . The main steel wheel 37 of the rimless cylindrical surface tread is an independent rolling wheel pair, which rolls on the main rail 36 to support the weight of the vehicle. Guidance is carried out by the rolling cooperation of horizontal guide wheel 86 and the inboard tread surface of main rail 36. The tread of the horizontal guide wheel 86 is a cylindrical surface, a conical surface or other complex-shaped turning curved surface, so as to cooperate with the inner tread of the main rail 36 and the inner tread of the switch. The gauge of the two main rails 36 has a laying tolerance. In order to absorb the tolerance, the supporting part 88 of the horizontal guide wheel is installed on the elastic support body, and there is a certain amount of movement left and right, but the amount of movement is limited to ensure guidance. The elastic supporting body may be a coil spring or an elastic plate. The elastic pressure of the horizontal guide wheel 86 to the main rail 36 inboard tread does not need to be very large, the horizontal guide wheel 86 can be rotated without sliding with the main rail 36. In order to be able to pass through the narrow space at the point rail 31 of the traditional steel rail switch of FIG. 7 and the frog center 35, the diameter of the horizontal guide wheel 86 is generally less than 80 mm, relatively small. In order to roll over the switch rail 31 smoothly, the rim 87 can also be omitted. In order to maintain sufficient mechanical strength, the horizontal guide wheel 86 can be only an axle, and its bearing mechanism is in the supporting part 88 of the horizontal guide wheel. When using the movable center rail frog center in the turnout, the harmful space is small, and the impact is small when the main steel wheel 37 and the horizontal guide wheel 86 roll over. The tread material of the horizontal guide wheel 86 is a wear-resistant material of metal alloy or artificial stone. Correspondingly, the tread on the inner side of the upper wing of the main rail 36 is made of metal alloy material or undergoes wear-resistant surface treatment. Because it is the main steel wheel 37 with cylindrical surface tread, the tread of the main rail 36 can be wider, so the seam in the rail length direction can be made as welded seam, oblique seam, zigzag seam or straight seam. The inboard tread of main rail 36 also can be made into welding seam, oblique seam, zigzag seam or straight seam.
水平导向轮86,包括轮缘87,直径比较小,机械强度较弱。水平导向轮86可以有数个,以便增加强度。另外,为了具有很大的机械强度,可将部分或全部的水平导向轮86中,置换成没有转动的实心棒材或实心板材,轮缘87成为单方向的钩,伸到主钢轨36上翼的下方,以便阻止车辆被抬起。The horizontal guide wheel 86, including the rim 87, has a relatively small diameter and weak mechanical strength. Horizontal guide wheel 86 can have several, so that increase strength. In addition, in order to have very large mechanical strength, part or all of the horizontal guide wheels 86 can be replaced with solid bars or solid plates that do not rotate, and the rim 87 becomes a unidirectional hook that extends to the upper wing of the main rail 36. to prevent the vehicle from being lifted.
图29中,也可以在两条主钢轨36的中央,铺设直线电机的辅助轨。辅助轨具有直线电机的定子或转子;相应地,车辆上安装高于主钢轨踏面的相配的直线电机的转子或定子。直线电机的驱动力和制动力较大,有利于急上坡和急下坡。Among Fig. 29, also can be in the center of two main steel rails 36, lay the auxiliary rail of linear motor. The auxiliary rail has the stator or rotor of the linear motor; correspondingly, the rotor or stator of the matching linear motor is mounted on the vehicle above the tread of the main rail. The driving force and braking force of the linear motor are relatively large, which is conducive to rapid uphill and downhill.
对于图29和图30的结构,道岔可采用图15的通过左右摆动变轨导向轨进行变轨的结构。火车的水平变轨导向轮进入变轨导向轨后,主钢轮进入分歧点39和辙叉心44之前,将水平导向轮86升高到高于主钢轨踏面,由水平变轨导向轮与变轨导向轨配合导向。主钢轮滚过分歧点39和辙叉心44之后,将水平导向轮86下降,与主钢轨上翼内侧踏面配合导向,车辆继续运行。将水平导向轮86升高,进行变轨的道岔,还可采用有外侧轨缘或/和内侧轨缘的钢轨、或外侧导轨、内侧导轨,给主钢轮37导向变轨。这时,水平导向轮86应升高到高于钢轨轨缘或导轨,以便从上方越过而不会碰撞。为了顺利升高水平导向轮86,可以没有轮缘87。在这些方式的道岔区间内,主钢轨没有可动部分,在分歧点39和辙叉心44可以没有缝,因此主钢轮37可平滑地滚过没有冲击。For the structure of Fig. 29 and Fig. 30, the switch can adopt the structure of changing the track by swinging the track changing guide rail left and right in Fig. 15 . After the horizontal rail changing guide wheel of the train enters the rail changing guide rail, before the main steel wheel enters the bifurcation point 39 and the frog center 44, the horizontal guiding wheel 86 is raised to be higher than the main rail tread, and the horizontal rail changing guide wheel and the variable rail Rail to rail mates to the guide. After the main steel wheel rolls over the bifurcation point 39 and the frog center 44, the horizontal guide wheel 86 is descended, and cooperates with the upper wing inner side tread of the main rail to guide, and the vehicle continues to run. Horizontal guide wheel 86 is raised, and the turnout that carries out rail change, also can adopt the steel rail that has outer rail edge or/and inner rail edge, or outer guide rail, inner guide rail, guides rail change to main steel wheel 37. At this time, the horizontal guide wheels 86 should be raised higher than the rail flange or guide rail so that they can be passed over without bumping. In order to raise the horizontal guide wheel 86 smoothly, the wheel rim 87 can be omitted. In the turnout section of these modes, the main rail has no movable parts, and there can be no seams at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, so the main steel wheel 37 can smoothly roll over without impact.
图29的无轮缘圆柱面踏面主钢轮37,也可换成无轮缘圆锥面踏面主钢轮,圆锥面踏面形成刚性轮对。车辆在直线和弯道运行中,圆锥面踏面刚性轮对具有自动掌舵和转弯功能,水平导向轮86一般不进行导向。因此为了简化机构,水平导向轮86可以安装在刚性支撑体上,不必安装在弹性支撑体上。然而,当车辆超高速直线运行的蛇形运动增大时,超高速转弯时,小半径转弯时,或圆锥面踏面刚性轮对自动掌舵性能不足时,水平导向轮86与主钢轨内侧踏面接触,也参与导向。为了避免滑动摩擦,可以事先将水平导向轮86安装在弹性支撑体上,水平导向轮86对主钢轨内侧踏面有一个较小的弹性压力,使水平导向轮86在主钢轨内侧踏面上滚动起来,不产生滑动。在图7的传统钢轨道岔区间,水平导向轮86与尖轨31配合变轨,无论安装在刚性支撑体上,还是安装在弹性支撑体上。对于圆锥面踏面主钢 轮,主钢轨36的上表面踏面较窄,主钢轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、或直缝,锯齿缝难做。The rimless cylindrical surface tread main steel wheel 37 of Fig. 29 also can be changed into the rimless conical surface tread main steel wheel, and the conical surface tread forms a rigid wheel set. When the vehicle is running on a straight line or on a curve, the rigid wheel set with conical surface tread has automatic steering and turning functions, and the horizontal guide wheel 86 generally does not guide. Therefore, in order to simplify the mechanism, the horizontal guide wheel 86 can be installed on the rigid support body instead of the elastic support body. However, when the serpentine motion of the vehicle running in a super-high speed straight line increases, when turning at super high speed, when turning with a small radius, or when the automatic steering performance of the rigid wheelset with conical surface tread is insufficient, the horizontal guide wheel 86 contacts with the inner tread surface of the main rail, Also participate in orientation. In order to avoid sliding friction, the horizontal guide wheel 86 can be installed on the elastic support in advance, and the horizontal guide wheel 86 has a small elastic pressure on the inner tread of the main rail, so that the horizontal guide wheel 86 rolls on the inner tread of the main rail. No slippage occurs. In the traditional steel track turnout section in Fig. 7, the horizontal guide wheel 86 cooperates with the switch rail 31 to change the track, no matter it is installed on a rigid support body or an elastic support body. For conical surface tread main steel wheel, the upper surface tread of main rail 36 is narrower, and the seam of main rail length direction is welding seam, oblique seam or straight seam, and zigzag seam is difficult to do.
图29和图30中的水平导向轮86,与主钢轮的轮缘相比,虽然复杂了一些,但优点很多。主钢轮的轮缘,主要作用是变轨导向和脱轨防止,但轮缘导向摩擦噪声较大。在车辆直线和弯道运行中,为了避免轮缘导向,采用圆锥面踏面刚性轮对。轮缘的脱轨防止能力弱,高速转弯或高速蛇形运动时,轮缘较容易爬到钢轮上表面踏面,进而脱轨。因此对火车的速度限制较严。水平导向轮86,导向力强且平顺,摩擦噪声小,脱轨防止能力也强,还适合于圆柱面踏面独立滚动轮对在直线、弯道和道岔的导向和变轨运行。水平导向轮86的垂直踏面结构,不容易使水平导向轮爬到钢轮上表面踏面,因此适合于高速转弯。圆柱面踏面的独立滚动轮对,适合于小半径转弯。圆柱面踏面,大力减少了蛇形运动,因此可以将圆锥面踏面的350km/h的速度进一步提高。另外,水平导向轮86应用于圆锥面踏面刚性轮对时,也有利于增强防止蛇形运动脱轨、有利于增强防止高速转弯脱轨、有利于增强防止小半径转弯脱轨。The horizontal guide wheel 86 among Fig. 29 and Fig. 30 is compared with the wheel rim of main steel wheel, although it is a bit more complicated, it has many advantages. The main function of the rim of the main steel wheel is to change the track and prevent derailment, but the friction noise of the rim guide is relatively large. In order to avoid wheel rim guidance in straight line and curve running of the vehicle, a rigid wheel set with conical tread is used. The derailment prevention ability of the rim is weak. When turning at high speed or in a high-speed serpentine motion, the rim is more likely to climb to the tread on the upper surface of the steel wheel, and then derail. Therefore, the speed limit of the train is stricter. The horizontal guide wheel 86 has strong and smooth guiding force, low frictional noise, and strong derailment prevention ability. The vertical tread structure of the horizontal guide wheel 86 is not easy to make the horizontal guide wheel climb to the steel wheel upper surface tread, so it is suitable for high-speed turning. Independent rolling wheelset with cylindrical tread, suitable for tight radius turns. Cylindrical treads greatly reduce the serpentine movement, so the speed of 350km/h on conical treads can be further increased. In addition, when the horizontal guide wheel 86 is applied to the conical surface tread rigid wheel set, it is also beneficial to enhance the prevention of serpentine motion derailment, the enhancement of high-speed turning derailment, and the enhancement of small radius turning derailment prevention.
水平导向轮86比主钢轨低,在道口处通过窄槽时,如果窄槽中有异物,水平导向轮86难于顺利通过。因此车辆上可安装牢固的尖楔,推开异物,以便水平导向轮86顺利通过窄槽。The horizontal guide wheel 86 is lower than the main rail, and when passing through the narrow groove at the crossing, if foreign matter is arranged in the narrow groove, the horizontal guide wheel 86 is difficult to pass through smoothly. Therefore firm sharp wedge can be installed on the vehicle, push away foreign matter, so that horizontal guide wheel 86 passes through narrow groove smoothly.
对于主钢轨内侧的水平导向轮86,车辆上可安装水平主动轮或制动块,在主钢轨外侧,与水平导向轮86配合从内外两侧挤压主钢轨,实现驱动或制动。也可在主钢轨内侧和外侧都安装水平主动轮或制动块,成为一对,挤压主钢轨,实现驱动或制动。水平主动轮或制动块,在道岔区间、菱形交叉区间、道口区间、温度伸缩调节器区间,动态调节机构将其高度升高,以免与主钢轨或其他物品碰撞。为了吸收两条主钢轨铺设的轨距公差和直线度公差,挤压机构使得水平导向轮86和水平主动轮或制动块有一定量的整体左右移动。施加的挤压力可以大于车辆重量,因此水平主动轮能够提供比主钢轮更大的驱动力或制动力。当不需要驱动力或制动力时,挤压力可以调小,以便减少滚动阻力。动态调节机构将水平主动轮或制动块升高,可能会出现故障,这时可能与主钢轨或其他物品碰撞,产生灾害。为了避免出故障产生灾害,在道岔区间、菱形交叉区间、道口区间、温度伸缩调节器区间的前部,轨道上安装有上升安全块,车辆行驶时水平主动轮或制动块的碰撞安全机构,碰撞到上升安全块上,使水平主动轮或制动块自动松开主钢轨并升高,然后保持在升高的位置车辆继续行驶,这样就不会碰上主钢轨或其他物品了。安全块,可以是一个不动的零配件。碰撞安全机构,可以是一个机械式开关。车辆经过道岔区间、菱形交叉区间、道口区间、温度伸缩调节器区间后,车辆上的水平主动轮或制动块,可再次碰撞到安装在轨道上的下降安全块上,或触发光、电、磁等传感器,自动操作或手动操作下降至主钢轨外侧或内侧,以便导向、防止脱轨、或挤压主钢轨进行驱动或制动。For the horizontal guide wheel 86 on the inside of the main rail, horizontal driving wheels or brake blocks can be installed on the vehicle, and on the outside of the main rail, cooperate with the horizontal guide wheel 86 to extrude the main rail from both inside and outside sides to realize driving or braking. Horizontal driving wheels or brake blocks can also be installed on the inside and outside of the main rail to form a pair, extruding the main rail to realize driving or braking. Horizontal driving wheel or brake block, in the turnout section, rhombus intersection section, crossing section, temperature telescopic regulator section, the dynamic adjustment mechanism raises its height to avoid collision with the main rail or other objects. In order to absorb the gauge tolerance and straightness tolerance of the laying of the two main rails, the extruding mechanism makes the horizontal guide wheel 86 and the horizontal driving wheel or brake block move left and right in a certain amount. The applied squeezing force can be greater than the weight of the vehicle, so the horizontal driving wheel can provide greater driving or braking force than the main steel wheel. When driving or braking forces are not required, the squeeze force can be turned down to reduce rolling resistance. The dynamic adjustment mechanism raises the horizontal driving wheel or the brake block, which may break down, and may collide with the main rail or other items at this time, causing disasters. In order to avoid failures and disasters, a rising safety block is installed on the track at the front of the turnout section, diamond-shaped intersection section, crossing section, and temperature expansion regulator section. The collision safety mechanism of the horizontal drive wheel or brake block when the vehicle is running, Collision on the rising safety block, the horizontal driving wheel or the brake block will automatically release the main rail and rise, and then keep the vehicle in the raised position to continue driving, so that it will not run into the main rail or other items. Safety block, which can be a non-moving component. The crash safety mechanism may be a mechanical switch. After the vehicle passes through the turnout section, rhombus intersection section, crossing section, and temperature expansion regulator section, the horizontal drive wheel or brake block on the vehicle can collide with the descending safety block installed on the track again, or trigger light, electricity, Magnetic and other sensors, automatically or manually lowered to the outside or inside of the main rail, in order to guide, prevent derailment, or squeeze the main rail for driving or braking.
图29和图30中的两个水平导向轮86,位于两条主钢轨36的内侧。也可置换成位于两条主钢轨36的外侧,在主钢轨36的上翼外侧踏面上滚动进行导向。但是,在传统钢轨上运行时有问题,因为传统钢轮的轮缘是内侧轮缘,钢轨的道岔、温度伸缩调节器等是在内侧配合的基础上建造的。因此需要简单改成外侧配合的道岔、温度伸缩调节器等。Two horizontal guide wheels 86 among Fig. 29 and Fig. 30 are positioned at the inboard of two main rails 36. Also can replace to be positioned at the outside of two main rails 36, roll on the upper wing outside step of main rail 36 and guide. However, there are problems when running on traditional steel rails, because the rim of the traditional steel wheel is the inner rim, and the rail switch, temperature expansion regulator, etc. are built on the basis of the inner fit. Therefore, it is necessary to simply change it into a switch, a temperature expansion regulator, etc. that cooperate with the outside.
两个水平导向轮86,也可安装在图8的火车上。但为了避免与辅助轨的导向相互干涉,当辅助轨存在时,由辅助轨进行导向。水平导向轮86向上或向内移动离开主钢轨,或拆除,不进行导向。水平导向轮86向内移动离开主钢轨一些的情况时,可使用图7的道岔。水平导向轮86向上移动离开主钢轨或拆除的情况时,图9至15、图17至19、图22的道岔,图26-27的菱形交叉,图28的道口都可使用。当火车在没有辅助轨的传统钢轨上运行时,水平导向轮86进行导向,也可通过图7那样传统道岔。这样,本发明的新型火车,可在本发明的新型轨道上运行,也可在传统轨道上运行,具有好的互换性。然而,图7以外的本发明的新型道岔、菱形交叉、道口,不能使传统有轮缘钢轮的火车通过,不具有互换性。Two horizontal guide wheels 86 also can be installed on the train of Fig. 8. However, in order to avoid mutual interference with the guidance of the auxiliary rail, when the auxiliary rail exists, it is guided by the auxiliary rail. Horizontal guide wheels 86 are moved upwards or inwards away from the main rail, or removed, without guidance. When the horizontal guide wheel 86 moves inwardly away from the main rail, the switch of Fig. 7 can be used. During the situation that horizontal guide wheel 86 upwards moves away from main rail or removes, the turnout of Fig. 9 to 15, Fig. 17 to 19, Fig. 22, the rhombus intersection of Fig. 26-27, the crossing of Fig. 28 all can use. When the train was running on the traditional steel rails without auxiliary rails, the horizontal guide wheel 86 guided, also can pass through the conventional switch of Fig. 7. Like this, the novel train of the present invention can run on the novel track of the present invention, also can run on the conventional track, has good interchangeability. Yet the novel turnout of the present invention beyond Fig. 7, rhombus intersection, crossing, can not make the train that tradition has rim steel wheel to pass through, does not have interchangeability.
图29和图30中的水平导向轮86的的支持部件88安装在火车转向架的下部,左右两个水平导向轮86形成一对。一个转向架有前后两对水平导向轮86,阻止脱轨。在轨道直线处,所有车轮平行,前后滚动。但在弯道处,需要更多的考虑。The supporting part 88 of the horizontal guide wheel 86 among Fig. 29 and Fig. 30 is installed on the bottom of the train bogie, and the left and right horizontal guide wheels 86 form a pair. A bogie has two pairs of horizontal guide wheels 86 before and after, preventing derailment. On a straight line of track, all wheels are parallel and roll forward and backward. But in corners, more consideration is required.
图31中的主钢轮是圆锥面踏面刚性轮对或圆柱面踏面独立滚动轮对。水平导向轮对86跟随转向轮对一起整体转动。前后转向轮对的转向相反。89是转向轮对的旋转中心。90是轨道或转向轮对的旋转中心。91是火车转向架。The main steel wheel among Fig. 31 is the rigid wheel pair of conical surface tread or the independent rolling wheel pair of cylindrical surface tread. The horizontal guide wheel pair 86 rotates integrally with the steering wheel pair. The steering of the front and rear steering wheelsets is opposite. 89 is the center of rotation of the steering wheelset. 90 is the center of rotation of the track or steering wheelset. 91 is a train bogie.
图32中的主钢轮是圆柱面踏面独立滚动轮。水平导向轮对86跟随单独的转向轮一起转动,或不动。左右转向轮的转向是同方向,转向角略有不同。前后转向轮的转向相反,92是轨道或转向轮的旋转中心。左右转向轮的转向使得左右转向轮的垂直距离变小,只要主钢轨或主钢轮有足够的宽度,能使主钢轮的圆柱面踏面总是在主钢轨的上表面滚动即可。The main steel wheel among Fig. 32 is the independent rolling wheel of cylindrical surface tread. The horizontal guide wheel pair 86 rotates together with the independent steering wheel, or does not move. The steering of the left and right steering wheels is the same direction, and the steering angle is slightly different. The steering of the front and rear steering wheels is opposite, and 92 is the center of rotation of the track or the steering wheel. The steering of the left and right steering wheels makes the vertical distance of the left and right steering wheels smaller, as long as the main rail or the main steel wheel has enough width, the cylindrical tread of the main steel wheel can always roll on the upper surface of the main rail.
图31和图32的曲线运动中,火车外侧水平导向轮86,可能挤压在外侧主钢轨的内侧面。In the curved movement of Fig. 31 and Fig. 32, the horizontal guide wheel 86 on the outside of the train may be extruded on the inner surface of the main rail on the outside.
图33中的主钢轮是圆锥面踏面刚性轮对或圆柱面踏面独立滚动轮对。水平辅助轮对8跟随转向轮对一起整体转动。前后转向轮对的转向相反。水平辅助轮对8也可像图34那样左右平动。圆柱面踏面主钢轮时,水平辅助轮对8还可以不动。The main steel wheel among Fig. 33 is the rigid wheel pair of conical surface tread or the independent rolling wheel pair of cylindrical surface tread. The horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 rotates integrally with the steering wheel pair. The steering of the front and rear steering wheelsets is opposite. Horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 also can move left and right like Fig. 34. During the cylindrical surface tread main steel wheel, the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 can also not move.
图34中的主钢轮是圆柱面踏面独立滚动轮。水平辅助轮对8跟随转向轮的转动进行左右平动,也可以不动。左右转向轮的转向是同方向,转向角略有不同。前后转向轮的转向相反。左右转向轮的转向使得左右转向轮的垂直距离变小。因水平辅助轮对8与辅助轨导向,主钢轨不参与导向,因此水平辅助轮对8也可不做转动或平动,仅仅固定,也没有导向问题。只要主钢轨或主钢轮有足够的宽度,能使主钢轮的圆柱面踏面总是在主钢轨的上表面滚动即可。The main steel wheel among Fig. 34 is the independent rolling wheel of cylindrical surface tread. Horizontal auxiliary wheel carries out left and right translation to 8 following the rotation of steering wheel, also can not move. The steering of the left and right steering wheels is the same direction, and the steering angle is slightly different. The steering of the front and rear steering wheels is opposite. The steering of the left and right steering wheels makes the vertical distance between the left and right steering wheels smaller. Because of the guidance of the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 and the auxiliary rail, the main rail does not participate in the guidance, so the horizontal auxiliary wheel pair 8 can also not be rotated or translated, but only fixed, and there is no guiding problem. As long as the main rail or the main steel wheel has enough width, the cylindrical tread surface of the main steel wheel can always roll on the upper surface of the main steel rail.
图29和图30中的主钢轮,是圆锥面踏面和刚性轮对时,与传统火车结构相似,刚性轮对安装在火车转向架下部,火车车体安装在转向架上,通常,一个火车车体安装在两个转向架上,以方便在钢轨弯道处转弯,如图35所示。93是火车车体,94是车体与转向架之间的转向轴。一个转向架具有两个轮对。两个轮对可动态调整至相互转动,以便顺利通过主钢轨的弯道。水平辅助轮对8也安装在转向架下部,左右两个水平辅助轮对8形成一对。这时在转弯处,主钢轮的轮距与直线段相同,主钢轨的铺设轨距可稍微增大一些,以便很好地利用圆锥面踏面的直径差实现较小的转弯半径。When the main steel wheel in Figure 29 and Figure 30 is a conical tread surface and a rigid wheel set, it is similar to the structure of a traditional train. The rigid wheel set is installed at the lower part of the train bogie, and the train body is installed on the bogie. Usually, a train The car body is mounted on two bogies to facilitate turning on rail curves, as shown in Figure 35. 93 is a train car body, and 94 is a steering shaft between the car body and the bogie. A bogie has two wheelsets. The two wheelsets can be dynamically adjusted to rotate relative to each other in order to smoothly navigate the curves of the main rail. The horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 are also installed on the bogie bottom, and the left and right horizontal auxiliary wheels 8 form a pair. At this time, at the turning point, the track of the main steel wheel is the same as that of the straight section, and the laying gauge of the main rail can be slightly increased, so as to make good use of the diameter difference of the conical surface tread to achieve a smaller turning radius.
对于圆柱面踏面车轮,一个转向架也可具有两个独立转动轮对。一个独立转动轮对具有左右两个车轮,像刚性轮对一样,可动态整体调整一个转向角,以便顺利通过主钢轨的弯道。这时在转弯处,主钢轮的轮距与直线段相同。主钢轨的铺设轨距也可与直线段相同。For cylindrical tread wheels, a bogie can also have two independently rotating wheelsets. An independently rotating wheel set has left and right wheels, and like a rigid wheel set, it can dynamically adjust a steering angle as a whole so as to smoothly pass through the curve of the main rail. At this time, at the corner, the track of the main steel wheel is the same as that of the straight line. The laying gauge of the main rail can also be the same as the straight section.
一个独立转动轮对的左右两个车轮,也可像汽车转向车轮一样,可动态分别调整转向角,以便顺利通过主钢轨的弯道。这时在转弯处,主钢轮的轮距比直线段小些。当使用水平导向轮对86,并且随独立转动轮对的转向而转动,则主钢轨的铺设轨距也可比直线段小些,以便与水平导向轮对86配合。The left and right wheels of an independently rotating wheel set can also dynamically adjust the steering angle like the steering wheels of a car, so as to pass through the curve of the main rail smoothly. At this time, at the corner, the track of the main steel wheel is smaller than that of the straight line. When using the horizontal guide wheel pair 86, and rotate with the turning of the independent rotating wheel pair, then the laying gauge of the main rail can also be smaller than the straight section, so as to cooperate with the horizontal guide wheel pair 86.
当车体长度较短时,因转弯容易,一个转向架即可,而且可与车体合并成一体,这时车体也成为一个转向架。火车在转弯时,也可像传统火车那样,车体是摆式,或轨道具有曲线外轨超高。When the length of the car body is short, a bogie is sufficient because of the ease of turning, and it can be integrated with the car body, and at this time the car body also becomes a bogie. When the train is turning, the car body can be pendulum like a traditional train, or the track has a curved outer rail superelevation.
图31、图33和图35所示,在主钢轨弯道处,圆锥面踏面刚性轮对或圆柱面踏面独立滚动轮对整体转向,后方的另一轮对整体反方向转向。图33和图35所示,圆柱面踏面独立滚动轮对独立转向,后方的另一轮对独立反方向转向。在一个转向架上,水平导向轮对前后各有一对,跟随转向轮对转动,或不动。在一个转向架上,水平辅助轮对前后各有一对,跟随转向轮对转动,平动,或不动。As shown in Fig. 31, Fig. 33 and Fig. 35, at the curve of the main rail, the rigid wheel set with conical tread or the independent rolling wheel set with cylindrical tread turns as a whole, and the other wheel set at the rear turns in the opposite direction as a whole. Shown in Fig. 33 and Fig. 35, the independent rolling wheel pair of cylindrical surface tread turns independently, and another wheel pair at the rear turns independently and oppositely. On a bogie, there is a pair of horizontal guide wheels at the front and back, which follow the steering wheels to rotate or not. On a bogie, there are one pair of horizontal auxiliary wheels, one pair at the front and the rear, which follow the steering wheels to rotate, translate, or not move.
2022年3月16日,日本新干线高速铁道火车,在地震时脱轨了。本来火车车轮轮缘具有横向阻止车轮脱轨的功能,但车轮轮缘与车轮踏面之间有一光滑曲线过度段,因此脱轨防止能力较差。日本专利JP4723282B2,发明了脱轨防止护轨,在日本中部地区广泛使用。该专利在传统左右两条钢轨的内侧,增加铺设两条辅助轨做为护轨,护轨的上表面比传统钢 轨的踏面略高一些。当火车车轮向内侧移动将要脱轨时,车轮轮缘被护轨阻挡,不能脱轨。因为护轨的上表面较高,在车轮轮缘内侧的护轨的脱轨阻止力,比在车轮轮缘外侧的传统钢轨的脱轨阻止力更大。日本专利JP5297217B2,发明了钢轨颠倒防止装置,在日本东部地区广泛使用。该专利在不具有脱轨防止功能,但是脱轨后,安装在火车转向架的逃脱保护件,被传统钢轨阻挡,使脱轨后的火车不能左右逃脱轨道,以免产生进一步的灾害。因为传统钢轨在阻挡时,可能受到大的向内侧的横向力,从站立姿态颠倒,因此该专利发明了传统钢轨颠倒防止装置。日本西部地区广泛使用另一种方式,该方式在传统左右两条钢轨的中间,增加铺设一条中央轨道做为护轨。中央轨道不具有脱轨防止功能,但是车轮向内侧脱轨后,车轮被中央轨道阻挡,不能继续增大脱轨,不能逃脱轨道,以免产生进一步的灾害。On March 16, 2022, Japan's Shinkansen high-speed railway train derailed during an earthquake. Originally, the train wheel rim has the function of preventing the wheel from derailing laterally, but there is a smooth curve transition section between the wheel rim and the wheel tread, so the ability to prevent derailment is poor. Japanese patent JP4723282B2, invented the derailment prevention guard rail, which is widely used in the central part of Japan. This patent adds laying two auxiliary rails as guard rails on the inside of the traditional left and right rails, and the upper surface of the guard rails is slightly higher than the tread of the traditional rails. When the train wheel moves inwardly and is about to derail, the wheel rim is blocked by the guard rail and cannot be derailed. Because of the higher upper surface of the guard rail, the derailment resistance of the guard rail on the inside of the wheel rim is greater than that of conventional steel rails on the outside of the wheel rim. Japanese patent JP5297217B2, invented the rail inversion prevention device, which is widely used in the eastern part of Japan. This patent does not have the derailment prevention function, but after derailment, the escape protection part installed on the train bogie is blocked by the traditional rails, so that the derailed train cannot escape from the left and right tracks, so as to avoid further disasters. Because the traditional steel rail may be subject to a large lateral force to the inside when it is blocked, it is reversed from a standing posture, so this patent has invented a traditional steel rail inversion prevention device. Another method is widely used in western Japan. In this method, a central rail is laid in the middle of the traditional left and right rails as a guard rail. The central track does not have a derailment prevention function, but after the wheels derail to the inside, the wheels are blocked by the central track, and cannot continue to increase the derailment, and cannot escape the track, so as to avoid further disasters.
传统的轮缘防止脱轨和上述日本实施的3种地震对策的结构设计,有一个共同的特点,就是没有阻止火车车轮向上的运动。当较大的地震,较强的横风,较强的火车运行振动时,火车车轮可能会向上跳起来或抬起来,使火车脱轨或颠倒翻车。JP4405904B2使用制动钩,90度旋转来下降抱紧中央辅助钢轨工字形上翼,进行刹车,可以阻止火车向上的运动。然而,制动钩的下降运动需要及时地自动控制,而且一旦控制出现故障,在道岔等处制动钩可能撞上主钢轨,使火车脱轨。The traditional wheel rim prevents derailment and the above-mentioned structural designs of the three kinds of earthquake countermeasures implemented in Japan have a common feature, that is, they do not stop the upward movement of the train wheel. When there is a big earthquake, strong cross wind, and strong train running vibration, the train wheels may jump up or lift up, causing the train to derail or turn upside down. JP4405904B2 uses brake hook, and 90 degree of rotations come down and hold central auxiliary rail I-shaped upper wing tightly, brake, can stop the upward motion of train. However, the downward movement of the brake hook needs to be automatically controlled in time, and once the control fails, the brake hook may hit the main rail at a switch or the like, causing the train to derail.
本发明的结构设计,在传统火车钢轨钢轮的基础上,不仅具有阻止火车向下、向左、向右运动的功能,而且还有阻止火车车轮向上的运动的功能,从而实现火车不脱轨,不颠倒翻车,使火车在更多更困难的条件下能够顺利运行,提高火车的运行潜力。本发明安装在车辆上的脱轨防止构件,是固定件,不可能撞上主钢轨。The structural design of the present invention, on the basis of the traditional train rail and steel wheel, not only has the function of preventing the train from moving downward, leftward and rightward, but also has the function of preventing the upward movement of the train wheel, so that the train does not derail. The train can run smoothly under more and more difficult conditions without overturning and overturning, so as to improve the operating potential of the train. The derailment preventing component installed on the vehicle of the present invention is a fixed part, and it is impossible to bump into the main rail.
图36是本发明的结构设计。1是传统的钢轨。95是枕木。3是传统的火车钢轮。4是钢轮的踏面,在钢轨上表面滚动接触。踏面沿钢轮厚度的直径不同,成为圆锥面踏面。5是钢轮的轮缘。6是轮轴。左右两个钢轮3和轮轴6刚性固定在一起,形成一个轮对,成为刚成为刚性轮对。本发明在传统钢轨和钢轮结构的基础上,增加了辅助轨和脱轨防止构件。96是本发明的辅助轨,铺设在传统两条钢轨1的中央,断面也是工字形。辅助轨96的工字形上翼97位置高于钢轨1的上表面。工字形下翼98由辅助轨固定件固定在枕木95上,固定方法可采用传统钢轨的固定方法,或专利JP5297217B2所述的装置。工字形下翼98和辅助轨固定件低于钢轨1的上表面。火车或火车的转向架上安装有脱轨防止构件99,左右一对。脱轨防止构件99有水平爪100伸到辅助轨96的工字形上翼97的下方,抱着辅助轨工字形的上翼。水平爪100下表面,高于钢轨1的上表面踏面。脱轨防止构件99安装在火车或火车的转向架的脱轨防止构件支撑体101上。Figure 36 is a structural design of the present invention. 1 is the traditional steel rail. 95 is a sleeper. 3 is a traditional train steel wheel. 4 is the tread surface of the steel wheel, which is in rolling contact with the upper surface of the steel rail. The tread varies in diameter along the thickness of the steel wheel, forming a conical tread. 5 is the rim of steel wheel. 6 is an axle. The left and right steel wheels 3 and the axle 6 are rigidly fixed together to form a wheel pair, which becomes a rigid wheel pair. On the basis of the traditional steel rail and steel wheel structure, the invention adds auxiliary rails and derailment prevention components. 96 is auxiliary rail of the present invention, is laid on the center of traditional two steel rails 1, and section is also I-shaped. The I-shaped upper wing 97 of the auxiliary rail 96 is located higher than the upper surface of the steel rail 1 . The I-shaped lower wing 98 is fixed on the sleeper 95 by the auxiliary rail fixture, and the fixing method can adopt the fixing method of the traditional rail, or the device described in the patent JP5297217B2. The I-shaped lower wing 98 and the auxiliary rail fixing part are lower than the upper surface of the steel rail 1 . The derailment preventing member 99 is installed on the bogie of the train or the train, a pair of left and right. Derailment preventing member 99 has horizontal pawl 100 stretching to below the I-shaped upper wing 97 of auxiliary rail 96, embracing the I-shaped upper wing of auxiliary rail. The lower surface of the horizontal claw 100 is higher than the tread on the upper surface of the rail 1 . The derailment prevention member 99 is mounted on a derailment prevention member support 101 of a train or a bogie of a train.
水平爪100在水平方向与辅助轨96的工字形腰部有一定的距离,一般不接触,以便不干涉火车做蛇形振荡或转弯时火车左右移动。但是该距离也不很大,当火车左右移动较大可能脱轨时,水平爪100与工字形腰部接触,或水平爪的构件根部垂直面与工字形上翼端面接触,阻止脱轨。另外,水平爪100的上表面与工字形上翼97的下表面一般不接触。由于较大的地震、较强的横风、较强的火车运行振动、较大的火车左右移动等,火车可能会向上跳起来或抬起来时,水平爪100的上表面与工字形上翼97的下表面接触,阻止火车的向上运动。这样就可实现火车不会脱轨,也不会颠倒翻车。The horizontal claw 100 has a certain distance with the I-shaped waist of the auxiliary rail 96 in the horizontal direction, and generally does not touch, so that the train moves left and right when the train does serpentine oscillation or turns. But this distance is also not very big, and when train left and right moves bigger possible derailment, horizontal claw 100 contacts with I-shaped waist, or the member root vertical surface of horizontal claw contacts with I-shaped upper wing end face, stops derailment. In addition, the upper surface of the horizontal claw 100 is generally not in contact with the lower surface of the I-shaped upper wing 97 . Due to larger earthquakes, stronger cross winds, stronger train running vibrations, larger trains moving left and right, etc., when the train may jump up or lift up, the upper surface of the horizontal claw 100 and the I-shaped upper wing 97 contact with the lower surface of the train, preventing the upward motion of the train. In this way, it can be realized that the train will not derail or turn upside down.
铁路网中,火车会经过火车道岔、菱形交叉、道口等。这时火车车轮踏面以上的所有部件都需越过钢轨1的上表面踏面。由于水平爪100下表面,高于钢轨1的上表面,在越过钢轨1的上表面时,不会与钢轨相碰。由于辅助轨工字形下翼98和辅助轨固定件低于钢轨1的踏面,因此,水平爪100下表面在越过另一条辅助轨的工字形下翼98和辅助轨固定件时,也不会与它们相碰。辅助轨工字形下翼和辅助轨固定件低于传统钢轨的踏面,也适用于辅助轨7,17和80。为了避免水平爪100碰到另外方向的辅助轨,在火车道岔或菱形交叉区间,辅助轨7不铺设,如图37的所示,水平爪100能够顺利通过,但没有脱轨防止功能。这时,可以在道岔的两外侧铺设有上翼的辅助轨102或103,如图中虚线所示,转向架上再安装有水平爪,伸到上翼的下方。当转向架抬起时,水平爪碰到上翼,抬起被阻止。水平爪与辅助 轨102或103的上翼配合,也可阻止过大的转向架的向左或向右的横向运动。辅助轨102也可在延长,像图15那样摆动位置61和63,以适应火车直行或转弯。在钢轨1的两内侧,也可进一步铺设左右辅助轨,增强阻止过大的转向架左右运动。另外,在火车道岔或菱形交叉区间,辅助轨7可以左右摆动,例如图11或图26。为了越过钢轨1的上表面,辅助轨工字形下翼及低于钢轨1上表面的腰部部分被切除,仅保留上翼97和高于钢轨1上表面的腰部部分,越过钢轨1上表面,进行变轨切换,如图12所示。这样辅助轨7就没有了中断,水平爪100能够顺利通过,也有脱轨防止功能。In a railway network, trains pass through train switches, diamond crossings, crossings, etc. At this moment, all parts above the train wheel tread all need to cross the upper surface tread of the rail 1. Because the lower surface of the horizontal claw 100 is higher than the upper surface of the rail 1, it will not collide with the rail when it crosses the upper surface of the rail 1. Because the I-shaped lower wing 98 of the auxiliary rail and the fixing member of the auxiliary rail are lower than the tread surface of the rail 1, the lower surface of the horizontal claw 100 will not collide with the lower wing 98 of the auxiliary rail and the fixing member of the auxiliary rail when crossing over the I-shaped lower wing 98 and the fixing member of the auxiliary rail. They collide. The I-shaped lower wing of the auxiliary rail and the fixing part of the auxiliary rail are lower than the tread of the traditional steel rail, and are also suitable for the auxiliary rail 7, 17 and 80. In order to avoid that the horizontal claws 100 run into auxiliary rails in other directions, the auxiliary rails 7 are not laid in the train switch or rhombus intersection section. As shown in Figure 37, the horizontal claws 100 can pass smoothly, but there is no derailment prevention function. At this time, the auxiliary rails 102 or 103 of the upper wing can be laid on the two outer sides of the switch, as shown by the dotted line in the figure, and horizontal claws are installed on the bogie to extend below the upper wing. When the bogie is lifted, the horizontal claw hits the upper wing and the lift is prevented. The horizontal claw cooperates with the upper wing of the auxiliary rail 102 or 103, and also can stop the left or right lateral movement of the oversized bogie. Auxiliary rail 102 also can be in extension, swing position 61 and 63 like Figure 15, to adapt to train going straight or turning. On the two inner sides of the rail 1, the left and right auxiliary rails can be further laid to strengthen and prevent the left and right movement of the excessive bogie. In addition, the auxiliary rail 7 can swing left and right in the railway turnout or rhombus cross section, as shown in FIG. 11 or FIG. 26 . In order to cross the upper surface of the rail 1, the I-shaped lower wing of the auxiliary rail and the waist portion lower than the upper surface of the rail 1 are cut off, and only the upper wing 97 and the waist portion higher than the upper surface of the rail 1 are retained, and the upper surface of the rail 1 is crossed. Track switching, as shown in Figure 12. The auxiliary rail 7 has no interruption like this, the horizontal claw 100 can pass through smoothly, and the derailment prevention function is also arranged.
火车车轮使用时间长了,由于磨损和修复加工,车轮踏面直径慢慢变小,水平爪100的高度也随之降低。为了使水平爪100不与钢轨1相碰,水平爪100的设计高度,预先应有设计余量。或车轮踏面直径变小,支撑体101下降时,滑动调节安装脱轨防止构件99,使水平爪100的高度保持不变。The train wheel has been used for a long time. Due to wear and repair, the diameter of the wheel tread gradually decreases, and the height of the horizontal pawl 100 also decreases thereupon. In order to make the horizontal claw 100 not collide with the rail 1, the design height of the horizontal claw 100 should have a design margin in advance. Or when the diameter of the wheel tread becomes smaller and the supporting body 101 descends, the derailment preventing member 99 is installed for sliding adjustment so that the height of the horizontal pawl 100 remains constant.
脱轨防止构件的水平爪100,是一个简单的部件,成本便宜,也可置换成复杂一点的水平导向轮、水平驱动轮、水平制动轮、制动块,以便实现强力导向、强力驱动、强力制动的效果。在道岔,菱形交叉,道口等处,辅助轨96与水平爪100的位置关系,类似于辅助轨与水平辅助轮的位置关系。水平爪100还可置换成垂直滚动的轮或轴,以便与工字形上翼97的下表面滚动接触。The horizontal claw 100 of the derailment prevention component is a simple part with low cost, and it can also be replaced with more complex horizontal guide wheels, horizontal drive wheels, horizontal brake wheels, and brake blocks, so as to realize strong guiding, strong driving, and powerful driving. braking effect. At turnouts, rhombus intersections, crossings, etc., the positional relationship between the auxiliary rail 96 and the horizontal claw 100 is similar to the positional relationship between the auxiliary rail and the horizontal auxiliary wheel. The horizontal pawl 100 can also be replaced with a vertically rolling wheel or axle so as to be in rolling contact with the lower surface of the I-shaped upper wing 97 .
上述辅助轨96是一条的中央辅助轨,也可置换成两条的辅助轨,位于传统钢轨的内侧或外侧,相应地每条辅助轨,火车或火车转向架上安装有一个或一对的脱轨防止构件的水平爪。两条辅助轨,间距大,虽多了一条,成本增加,但约束火车向上运动的阻止力矩更大,阻止效果更好。The above-mentioned auxiliary rail 96 is a single central auxiliary rail, which can also be replaced with two auxiliary rails, which are located on the inside or outside of the traditional steel rail. Correspondingly, each auxiliary rail, train or train bogie is equipped with one or a pair of derailment Prevent members from leveling claws. Two auxiliary rails have a large spacing, although one more will increase the cost, but the stopping torque for restraining the upward movement of the train is larger and the stopping effect is better.
图38是两条辅助轨铺设在主钢轨的外侧,两个脱轨防止爪分别与之配合抱着这两个辅助轨,实现强力防止脱轨。104是枕木。105是辅助轨,具有上翼和垂直面,剖面不是工字钢,也不是T型钢,固定在枕木上。106是脱轨防止爪。107是脱轨防止构件支撑体,固定在转向架上,或直接固定在车体上。与图36相似,左右两个脱轨防止爪106,分别抱着两条辅助轨105的上翼,阻止转向架或车体发生大的左右移动和向上移动,防止脱轨。两个脱轨防止爪106和两条辅助轨105之间,有间隙,一般不接触,不影响车辆的蛇行运动。脱轨防止爪106比主钢轨上表面高,在道岔等处,不会相撞。与图36的一条辅助轨相比,图38的两条辅助轨与左右两个脱轨防止爪106配合,可产生更大的力矩,阻止车辆侧翻。当然,两条辅助轨的成本,比一条高些。Figure 38 shows that two auxiliary rails are laid on the outside of the main rail, and two derailment prevention claws cooperate with it to hold these two auxiliary rails respectively, so as to realize strong derailment prevention. 104 is a sleeper. 105 is auxiliary rail, has upper wing and vertical surface, and section is not I-beam, nor T-shaped steel, is fixed on sleeper. 106 is a derailment prevention pawl. 107 is a derailment preventing member supporting body, which is fixed on the bogie or directly on the car body. Similar to Fig. 36, two derailment prevention pawls 106 on the left and right embrace the upper wings of two auxiliary rails 105 respectively to prevent bogie or car body from moving left and right and moving upwards to prevent derailment. There is a gap between the two derailment prevention pawls 106 and the two auxiliary rails 105, which generally do not touch and do not affect the snaking motion of the vehicle. The derailment prevention pawl 106 is higher than the upper surface of the main rail, and can not collide at the switch or the like. Compared with one auxiliary rail in Fig. 36, the two auxiliary rails in Fig. 38 cooperate with the left and right derailment prevention pawls 106, which can generate a larger moment and prevent the vehicle from rolling over. Of course, the cost of two auxiliary rails is higher than one.
两条辅助轨可以有直线电机的定子或转子,在辅助轨上方或侧方的车辆转向架或车体上,有相应的直线电机的转子或定子。直线电机的定子和转子之间,实现非接触的驱动或制动。The two auxiliary rails may have stators or rotors of linear motors, and the corresponding rotors or stators of linear motors are arranged on the vehicle bogie or car body above or beside the auxiliary rails. Between the stator and the rotor of the linear motor, non-contact driving or braking is realized.
辅助轨也可以是供电轨,从转向架或车体伸出导电接触滑片或导电接触轮,与供电轨滑动或滚动接触通电。为了安全,辅助轨的供电轨的上表面是绝缘体,上翼下表面或垂直面做为导电面。The auxiliary rail can also be a power supply rail, and a conductive contact slide or a conductive contact wheel protrudes from the bogie or car body, and is energized by sliding or rolling contact with the power supply rail. For safety, the upper surface of the power supply rail of the auxiliary rail is an insulator, and the lower surface or vertical surface of the upper wing is used as a conductive surface.
图39是两条辅助轨铺设在主钢轨的外侧,两个脱轨防止爪分别被这两个辅助轨拥抱,实现强力防止脱轨。108是枕木。109是辅助轨,具有上翼和垂直面,剖面是工字钢,固定在枕木上。110是脱轨防止爪。111是脱轨防止构件支撑体,固定在转向架上,或直接固定在车体上。与图38相比,左右两个脱轨防止爪110,分别在两条辅助轨109的内侧,被辅助轨的上翼拥抱,阻止转向架或车体发生大的左右移动和向上移动,防止脱轨。两个脱轨防止爪110和两条辅助轨109之间,有间隙,一般不接触,不影响车辆的蛇行运动。脱轨防止爪110比主钢轨上表面高,在道岔等处,不会相撞。在两条辅助轨109的外侧,也可以同时设置脱轨防止爪106,增加强度,但成本也高些。Figure 39 shows that two auxiliary rails are laid on the outside of the main rail, and the two derailment preventing claws are respectively embraced by these two auxiliary rails to achieve strong derailment prevention. 108 is a sleeper. 109 is auxiliary rail, has upper wing and vertical surface, and section is I-beam, is fixed on sleeper. 110 is a derailment prevention pawl. 111 is a derailment prevention component support body, which is fixed on the bogie or directly on the car body. Compared with Fig. 38, two left and right derailment preventing pawls 110 are respectively in the inner side of two auxiliary rails 109, embraced by the upper wings of the auxiliary rails, preventing bogie or car body from moving left and right and moving upwards, preventing derailment. There is a gap between the two derailment preventing pawls 110 and the two auxiliary rails 109, which generally do not touch and do not affect the snaking motion of the vehicle. The derailment prevention pawl 110 is higher than the upper surface of the main rail, so it will not collide with each other at the switch or the like. On the outer sides of the two auxiliary rails 109, derailment preventing pawls 106 can also be set at the same time to increase the strength, but the cost is also higher.
对于无轮缘圆柱形踏面的主刚轮,上述铁路道岔,都是通过左右摆动钢轨,以便实现火车变轨。下面本发明提出钢轨不做摆动,仅在火车车辆上做转向操作实现变轨。图40和41是一个这样的道岔。112和113是变轨导向轨,安装在地面,固定不做摆动。114和115 是变轨导向轮,安装在车辆或车辆转向架上,主钢轨外侧,进行上下移动,以便变轨。例如火车车辆从左向右行驶时,变轨导向轮114上升进入变轨导向轨112的U型槽中进行配合,同时变轨导向轮115下降不进入变轨导向轨113的U型槽中不进行配合,这样使车辆直行。如果变轨导向轮114下降不不进入变轨导向轨112的U型槽中不进行配合,同时变轨导向轮115上升进入变轨导向轨113的U型槽中进行配合,则使车辆转弯。火车车辆从右向左行驶时,也做同样的变轨导向轮114和115的上升和下降。直行时,变轨导向轮114与变轨导向轨112之间的水平作用力不大,理论上等于零,因此直行的火车车辆速度可以很高,在道岔处和在非道岔处基本上一样。但在转弯时,变轨导向轮115与变轨导向轨113之间的有水平作用力,速度需要减慢。图41与图16不同的是,变轨导向轨的U型槽向下开口。有利于阻止火车被抬起。道岔区间内,主钢轨在分歧点39和辙叉心44可以没有缝,主钢轮37可平滑地滚过并且没有冲击。在道岔区间内,不铺设中央辅助轨7,水平导向轮、水平辅助轮8、辅助轨制动块18或辅助轨制动块18加缓冲轮23张开,以便经过道岔后,重新套在辅助轨7踏面两侧。For the main steel wheel with no rim cylindrical tread, the above-mentioned railway turnout all swings the steel rail left and right, so as to realize the train track change. Below the present invention proposes that steel rail does not swing, and only performs steering operation on the train vehicle to realize track change. Figures 40 and 41 are such a switch. 112 and 113 are track-changing guide rails, which are installed on the ground and fixed without swinging. 114 and 115 are track change guide wheels, are installed on vehicle or vehicle bogie, main rail outside, move up and down, so that track change. For example, when the train vehicle is running from left to right, the track-changing guide wheel 114 rises and enters into the U-shaped groove of the track-changing guide rail 112 to cooperate, while the track-changing guide wheel 115 descends and does not enter the U-shaped groove of the track-changing guide rail 113. Cooperate so that the vehicle goes straight. If the track changing guide wheel 114 descends and does not enter in the U-shaped groove of the track changing guide rail 112 and does not cooperate, while the track changing guide wheel 115 rises and enters in the U-shaped groove of the track changing guide rail 113 to cooperate, then the vehicle is turned. When train vehicle travels from right to left, also do the rise and fall of the same track change guide wheel 114 and 115. When going straight, the horizontal active force between the rail-changing guide wheel 114 and the rail-changing guide rail 112 is not large, which is equal to zero in theory, so the train vehicle speed going straight can be very high, and it is basically the same at the switch place and at the non-track switch place. But when turning, there is a horizontal force between the track changing guide wheel 115 and the track changing guide rail 113, and the speed needs to be slowed down. The difference between Fig. 41 and Fig. 16 is that the U-shaped groove of the track changing guide rail opens downwards. Good for stopping the train from being lifted. In the turnout section, the main steel rail can have no seam at the branch point 39 and the frog center 44, and the main steel wheel 37 can roll over smoothly without impact. In the turnout section, the central auxiliary rail 7 is not laid, and the horizontal guide wheel, the horizontal auxiliary wheel 8, the auxiliary rail brake block 18 or the auxiliary rail brake block 18 plus the buffer wheel 23 are opened, so that after passing the turnout, the auxiliary rail is re-set on the auxiliary rail. Rail 7 tread both sides.
图42的道岔与图40像似,但在道岔外的轨道处,辅助轨从一条变成两条116,分别在主钢轨的外侧,其形状与变轨导向轨117和118相同,都是变轨导向轨112和113的U型钢,开口向下。在道岔外的轨道处,左右两个导向轮119和120切换到上部与辅助轨116的U型槽配合,进行直线或弯道导向。在道岔轨道处,导向轮119和120中一个保持在上部,与变轨导向轨117或118的U型槽配合导向变轨。另一个切换到下部,离开变轨导向轨117和118的U型槽。The turnout of Fig. 42 is similar to Fig. 40, but at the track place outside the turnout, the auxiliary rail changes from one to two 116, respectively on the outside of the main rail, and its shape is the same as that of the track-changing guide rails 117 and 118. The U-shaped steel of rail guide rail 112 and 113, opening is downward. At the track outside the switch, the left and right guide wheels 119 and 120 are switched to the upper part to cooperate with the U-shaped groove of the auxiliary rail 116 for straight line or curve guidance. At the turnout track, one of the guide wheels 119 and 120 remains on the top, and cooperates with the U-shaped groove of the track-changing guide rail 117 or 118 to guide and change the track. The other switches to the lower part, leaving the U-shaped groove of the track changing guide rails 117 and 118.
图43是道岔剖面图。与图41像似,变轨导向轨117和118固定在枕木上。Fig. 43 is a sectional view of a switch. Similar to Fig. 41, the track changing guide rails 117 and 118 are fixed on the sleepers.
图44的道岔剖面图中,左右两个导向轮121和122不是上下切换,而是水平切换。在图40的道岔轨道区间,车辆进入道岔前,左右两个导向轮121和122中的一个,水平切换到远离车轮的位置,与变轨导向轨112或113的U型槽配合导向变轨。另一个水平切换到接近车轮的位置,离开变轨导向轨117和118的U型槽。In the sectional view of the switch in Fig. 44, the left and right guide wheels 121 and 122 are not switched up and down, but horizontally switched. In the turnout track section of Figure 40, before the vehicle enters the turnout, one of the left and right guide wheels 121 and 122 is horizontally switched to a position away from the wheels, and cooperates with the U-shaped groove of the track-changing guide rail 112 or 113 to guide and change the track. The other level is switched to a position close to the wheels, leaving the U-shaped grooves of the track changing guide rails 117 and 118.
图45是另一个轨道不做切换的道岔。123和124是左右变轨导向壁,固定在枕木等的地面上。125和126是左右两个导向轮,安装在车辆或车辆转向架上,从车辆上左右伸出或缩进,以便变轨。127、128和129是中央辅助轨7的中断处。在127和128的直行段,与127和129的转弯段,都没有中央辅助轨,但主钢轨具有轨缘,如图46所示。图47是分歧点39的放大图。76是有轨缘的钢轨。77是轨缘。131是直行轨缘。132是转弯轨缘。133是轨缘的外边界。134是钢轨分歧点39的Y型踏面。Fig. 45 is the switch that another track does not switch. 123 and 124 are left and right changing track guide walls, are fixed on the ground of sleepers etc. 125 and 126 are two left and right guide wheels, are installed on vehicle or vehicle bogie, stretch out or retract from vehicle left and right, so that track change. 127 , 128 and 129 are interruptions of the central auxiliary rail 7 . In the straight section of 127 and 128, and the turning section of 127 and 129, there is no central auxiliary rail, but the main rail has a rail edge, as shown in Figure 46. FIG. 47 is an enlarged view of the branch point 39 . 76 is a steel rail with a rail edge. 77 is the rail edge. 131 is a straight rail edge. 132 is a turning rail edge. 133 is the outer boundary of the rail. 134 is the Y-shaped tread of the rail branch point 39.
当火车车辆从左向右到达127处直行分叉时,中央辅助轨7和水平导向轮对8的配合导向被解除,水平导向轮对8张开。变轨导向轮125缩进离开变轨导向壁123不导向,同时变轨导向轮126伸出接触变轨导向壁126进行导向,以便使圆柱面主钢轮38与直行轨缘131配合导向通过分歧点踏面134并行驶到128的位置。在128的位置,主钢轮38与轨缘的配合导向,又切换回到中央辅助轨7和水平导向轮对8的配合导向,完成通过道岔,水平导向轮对8又重新套在辅助轨7踏面两侧。当火车车辆从左向右到达127处转弯分叉时,变轨导向轮125伸出接触变轨导向壁123进行导向,同时变轨导向轮126缩进离开变轨导向壁126不导向,以便使圆柱面主钢轮38与转弯轨缘132配合导向通过分歧点踏面134并行驶到129的位置。在129的位置,主钢轮38与轨缘的配合导向,又切换回到中央辅助轨7和水平导向轮对8的配合导向,完成通过道岔。When the train vehicle arrived at 127 straight branches from left to right, the cooperating guidance of the central auxiliary rail 7 and the horizontal guide wheel pair 8 was released, and the horizontal guide wheel pair 8 opened. The track changing guide wheel 125 retracts away from the track changing guide wall 123 and does not guide, while the track changing guide wheel 126 stretches out to contact the track changing guide wall 126 for guidance, so that the cylindrical main steel wheel 38 and the straight rail edge 131 cooperate to guide and pass through the divergence Tap tread 134 and drive to 128. At the position of 128, the cooperative guidance of the main steel wheel 38 and the rail edge is switched back to the cooperative guidance of the central auxiliary rail 7 and the horizontal guide wheel pair 8, and the turnout is completed, and the horizontal guide wheel pair 8 is set on the auxiliary rail 7 again. on both sides of the tread. When the train vehicle arrived at 127 places from left to right and turned fork, the track changing guide wheel 125 stretched out and contacted the track changing guide wall 123 for guidance, while the track changing guide wheel 126 retracted away from the track changing guide wall 126 and did not guide simultaneously, so that the The cylindrical surface main steel wheel 38 cooperates with the turning rail 132 to guide through the branch point tread 134 and travel to the position of 129 . At the position of 129, the cooperating guide of the main steel wheel 38 and the rail edge is switched back to the cooperating guide of the central auxiliary rail 7 and the horizontal guide wheel pair 8, and the turnout is passed.
当火车车辆从右向左到达128处直行汇入时,中央辅助轨7和水平导向轮对8的配合导向被解除,水平导向轮对8张开。变轨导向轮125缩进离开变轨导向壁123不导向,同时变轨导向轮126伸出接触变轨导向壁126进行导向,以便使圆柱面主钢轮38与直行轨缘131配合导向通过分歧点踏面134并行驶到127的位置。在127的位置,主钢轮38与轨缘的配合导向,又切换回到中央辅助轨7和水平导向轮对8的配合导向,完成通过道岔。当火车车辆从右向左到达129处从弯道汇入时,变轨导向轮125伸出接触变轨导向壁123进行导向,同 时变轨导向轮126缩进离开变轨导向壁126不导向,以便使圆柱面主钢轮38与转弯轨缘132配合导向平稳通过分歧点踏面134并行驶到129的位置。在129的位置,主钢轮38与轨缘的配合导向,又切换回到中央辅助轨7和水平导向轮对8的配合导向,完成通过道岔。When the train vehicle arrived at 128 places from right to left and merged in straight, the coordinating guidance of the central auxiliary rail 7 and the horizontal guide wheel pair 8 was released, and the horizontal guide wheel pair 8 opened. The track changing guide wheel 125 retracts away from the track changing guide wall 123 and does not guide, while the track changing guide wheel 126 stretches out to contact the track changing guide wall 126 for guidance, so that the cylindrical main steel wheel 38 and the straight rail edge 131 cooperate to guide and pass through the divergence Click tread 134 and drive to position 127. At the position of 127, the cooperative guidance of the main steel wheel 38 and the rail edge is switched back to the cooperative guidance of the central auxiliary rail 7 and the horizontal guide wheel pair 8, and the turnout is passed. When the train vehicle arrives at 129 from right to left and merges in from the curve, the track changing guide wheel 125 stretches out to contact the track changing guide wall 123 for guidance, while the track changing guide wheel 126 retracts and leaves the track changing guide wall 126 for non-guiding. In order to make the cylindrical main steel wheel 38 cooperate with the turning rail rim 132 to guide smoothly through the branch point tread 134 and travel to the position of 129 . At the position of 129, the cooperating guide of the main steel wheel 38 and the rail edge is switched back to the cooperating guide of the central auxiliary rail 7 and the horizontal guide wheel pair 8, and the turnout is passed.
图45、46和47中的有轨缘的钢轨76,可以换成无轨缘的钢轨36和导轨,如图20所示。72和74是外侧导轨,73和75是内侧导轨。The steel rail 76 that has the rail edge among Fig. 45,46 and 47 can be changed into the steel rail 36 and the guide rail that do not have the rail edge, as shown in Figure 20. 72 and 74 are outer rails, and 73 and 75 are inner rails.
综合上述,上述主钢轨,可以是传统工字形钢轨,具有轨缘的钢轨,具有外侧导轨的主钢轨,或具有内侧导轨的主钢轨。上述辅助轨,可以是辅助钢轨、直线电机轨、或变轨导向轨。上述主钢轮,可以是传统圆锥面踏面有轮缘钢轮,圆柱面踏面有轮缘钢轮,圆柱面踏面无轮缘钢轮,圆锥面踏面无轮缘钢轮加主钢轨水平导向轮,圆柱面踏面无轮缘钢轮加主钢轨水平导向轮,可以是驱动轮、制动轮、从动轮。与辅助轨相配合的,有水平导··向轮,水平辅助轮,水平驱动辅助轮、水平制动辅助轮、接触式的辅助轨制动块、脱轨防止水平爪、非接触式的线性涡流制动组件,水平变轨导向轮。In summary, the above-mentioned main rail can be a traditional I-shaped rail, a rail with a rail edge, a main rail with an outer guide rail, or a main rail with an inner guide rail. The above-mentioned auxiliary rails can be auxiliary steel rails, linear motor rails, or track-changing guide rails. The above-mentioned main steel wheel can be a traditional steel wheel with a rim on a conical tread, a steel wheel with a rim on a cylindrical tread, a steel wheel without a rim on a cylindrical tread, or a steel wheel without a rim on a conical tread plus a main rail horizontal guide wheel, The rimless steel wheel with cylindrical tread surface plus the main rail horizontal guide wheel can be a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel. Matched with the auxiliary rail, there are horizontal guide wheels, horizontal auxiliary wheels, horizontal driving auxiliary wheels, horizontal brake auxiliary wheels, contact auxiliary rail brake blocks, derailment preventing horizontal claws, and non-contact linear eddy currents. Brake components, horizontal track guide wheels.
上述一条的辅助轨,也可换成两条,铺设在主钢轨的内侧或外侧,同时具有水平驱动辅助轮、水平制动辅助轮、水平导向轮、辅助轨制动块、线性涡流制动组件、脱轨防止水平爪。The above one auxiliary rail can also be replaced by two, which are laid on the inner or outer side of the main rail, and have horizontal drive auxiliary wheels, horizontal brake auxiliary wheels, horizontal guide wheels, auxiliary rail brake blocks, and linear eddy current brake components. , Derailment to prevent horizontal claws.
本发明所述的火车车辆,适合于燃油机车、电力机车、或拖车,电力机车的电力源,有车载充电电池、氢燃料电池或外部电线供电。外部电线供电时,车辆的取电片、取电刷、或取电轮,与车辆的上部电缆,下部或侧部的通电轨道相连接。辅助轨也可做成通电轨道。本发明所述的火车车辆,也可位于真空管道或真空隧道内,空气阻力小,速度更快。The train vehicle of the present invention is suitable for a fuel locomotive, an electric locomotive, or a trailer, and the power source of the electric locomotive is powered by an on-board rechargeable battery, a hydrogen fuel cell or an external wire. When the external wire supplies power, the power-taking piece, the power-taking brush, or the power-taking wheel of the vehicle are connected with the upper cable of the vehicle, and the power-carrying track of the lower part or the side. Auxiliary rails can also be made as energized rails. The train vehicle of the present invention can also be located in a vacuum pipeline or a vacuum tunnel, and the air resistance is small and the speed is faster.
本申请的创新发明的各种方案,可使钢轨钢轮方式火车的运动性能得到不同程度的改进,最有力的方案可产生大幅度的改进。在此方案中,可以同时实现钢轨钢轮方式的省能源、350km/h以上的高速、经过道岔、菱形交叉、道口时主钢轮踏面没有冲击,比现状钢轨钢轮方式好的多的急加速、急减速、急上坡、急下坡、急转弯、不脱轨等的性能指标。这是钢轨钢轮方式轨道交通的百年来的大改进,会大力影响全国性铁路、市内铁路、城际铁路的客运和货运的规划和建设,对火车、汽车、飞机的交通竞争关系也有很大的影响。The various schemes of the innovative invention of the present application can improve the motion performance of the rail-wheel train to varying degrees, and the most powerful scheme can produce substantial improvements. In this scheme, the energy saving of the rail and steel wheel method, the high speed of more than 350km/h, no impact on the main steel wheel tread when passing through the turnout, diamond crossing, and crossing can be realized at the same time, and the rapid acceleration is much better than the current rail and steel wheel method. , rapid deceleration, rapid uphill, sharp downhill, sharp turn, no derailment and other performance indicators. This is a major improvement in the rail transit of rail and steel wheels in the past century. It will greatly affect the planning and construction of national railways, urban railways, and intercity railways for passenger and freight transportation. It will also have a great impact on the traffic competition between trains, cars, and aircraft big impact.
本实施例并非对本发明的形状、材料、结构等作任何形式上的限制。凡是依据本发明的技术实质对以上实施例所作的任何简单修改、等同变化与修饰,均属于本发明技术方案的保护范围。This embodiment does not impose any restrictions on the shape, material, structure, etc. of the present invention. All simple modifications, equivalent changes and modifications made to the above embodiments according to the technical essence of the present invention belong to the protection scope of the technical solution of the present invention.

Claims (26)

  1. 钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:包括轨道和车辆中的一个或两个,其中,轨道包括:两条主钢轨、一条或两条的辅助轨、和道岔;主钢轨和辅助轨形成无砟轨道或有砟轨道;车辆包括:车体、主钢轮、和脱轨防止水平爪;主钢轮具有轮缘,踏面是圆锥面,左右两个主钢轮和轮轴形成刚性轮对;所述轨道和车辆,具有下述特征:The moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that it includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail Form a ballastless track or a ballasted track; the vehicle includes: a car body, a main steel wheel, and a derailment preventing horizontal claw; the main steel wheel has a rim, the tread surface is a conical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels and axles form a rigid wheel set; The track and vehicle have the following characteristics:
    (1)主钢轨之间的距离是1435mm标准轨距,大于1435mm的宽轨距,或小于1435mm的窄轨距;钢轨的断面形状是的工字形;主钢轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、或直缝;(1) The distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the cross-sectional shape of the rails is I-shaped; the joints in the length direction of the main rails are welded seams, Diagonal seam, or straight seam;
    (2)辅助轨与主钢轨平行,是位于两条主钢轨中间的一条、位于两条主钢轨内侧的两条、或位于两条主钢轨外侧的两条;辅助轨具有上翼,具有或没有下翼;上翼高于主钢轨上表面踏面,下翼及固定件低于主钢轨上表面踏面;当辅助轨是一条时,断面形状是的工字形或T字形;当辅助轨是两条时,断面形状是的工字形或T字形或其他形状;辅助轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝;辅助轨具有或没有直线电机的定子或转子,具有时,车辆上安装高于主钢轨踏面的相配的直线电机的转子或定子,进行非接触驱动或制动;(2) The auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the auxiliary rail has an upper wing, with or without Lower wing; the upper wing is higher than the upper surface tread of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the upper surface tread of the main rail; when there is one auxiliary rail, the section shape is I-shaped or T-shaped; when there are two auxiliary rails , the cross-sectional shape is I-shaped or T-shaped or other shapes; the seams in the length direction of the auxiliary rail are welded seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams; the auxiliary rail has or does not have a stator or rotor of a linear motor. When it has, The rotor or stator of a matching linear motor that is higher than the main rail tread is installed on the vehicle for non-contact driving or braking;
    (3)主钢轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,在主钢轨上表面滚动,支撑着车辆的重量;主钢轮是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态;主钢轮的圆锥面踏面与主钢轨配合导向;(3) The main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to the control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel; the conical tread of the main steel wheel is guided with the main rail;
    (4)脱轨防止水平爪安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,高于主钢轨上表面踏面,水平爪在辅助轨上翼的下方;辅助轨是一条时,辅助轨腰部左右有一对水平爪,抱着辅助轨的上翼;辅助轨是两条时,有一对水平爪,或两对水平爪,拥抱辅助轨的上翼,或被上翼拥抱;(4) The derailment prevention horizontal claw is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, higher than the upper surface of the main rail, and the horizontal claw is below the upper wing of the auxiliary rail; the auxiliary rail is When there is one auxiliary rail, there are a pair of horizontal claws on the left and right sides of the auxiliary rail, holding the upper wing of the auxiliary rail; when there are two auxiliary rails, there is a pair of horizontal claws, or two pairs of horizontal claws, hugging the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, or being embraced by the upper wing ;
    (5)水平方向,水平爪端部与辅助轨腰部之间,或水平爪根部与辅助轨上翼端部之间,有一定的间隙,通常不接触,以便不影响主钢轮圆锥面踏面和主钢轨配合导向时产生的车辆左右摆动;但是该间隙也不很大,当车辆左右摆动或移动较大可能脱轨时,水平爪端部与辅助轨腰部接触,或水平爪根部与辅助轨上翼端部接触,从而限定左右运动阻止脱轨;另外,垂直方向,水平爪的上表面与辅助轨上翼的下表面之间有一定的间隙,通常不接触;但是该间隙也不很大,当某种原因使火车向上跳起来或抬起来时,水平爪的上表面与工字形上翼的下表面接触,阻止火车的向上运动;(5) In the horizontal direction, there is a certain gap between the end of the horizontal claw and the waist of the auxiliary rail, or between the root of the horizontal claw and the end of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, usually without contact, so as not to affect the conical tread of the main steel wheel and the The vehicle swings left and right when the main rail cooperates with the guide; however, the gap is not very large. When the vehicle swings left and right or moves too much and may derail, the end of the horizontal claw contacts the waist of the auxiliary rail, or the root of the horizontal claw contacts the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. In addition, in the vertical direction, there is a certain gap between the upper surface of the horizontal claw and the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, and there is usually no contact; but the gap is not very large, when a certain When this reason makes the train jump up or lift up, the upper surface of the horizontal claw contacts the lower surface of the I-shaped upper wing, preventing the upward movement of the train;
    (6)在道岔区间,主钢轨的尖轨段由转辙机驱动左右摆动,主钢轮的轮缘,与主钢轨配合导向,进行变轨;辅助轨在道岔区间中断不铺设,高于主钢轨上表面的脱轨防止水平爪,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;或辅助轨在道岔区间也左右摆动,上翼越过主钢轨上方,脱轨防止水平爪始终套在辅助轨上翼,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,通过道岔区间;(6) In the turnout section, the point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right, and the rim of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail to guide and change the track; the auxiliary rail is not laid in the turnout section, and is higher than the main rail. The derailment prevention horizontal claw on the upper surface of the rail crosses the main rail at the top without colliding with the main rail. After passing through the interruption section of the auxiliary rail, it is smoothly placed on both sides of the auxiliary rail; or the auxiliary rail also swings left and right in the switch section, and the upper wing passes over Above the main rail, the derailment prevention horizontal claw is always set on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, crosses the main rail above the main rail, and passes through the switch section without colliding with the main rail;
    (7)所述车辆,其主钢轮,能够在传统没有辅助轨的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距的钢轨上滚动运行,并能够滚动过传统道岔;脱轨防止水平爪在主钢轨上方,不会碰撞主钢轨;(7) The vehicle, its main steel wheel, can roll on the steel rails of standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge without auxiliary rails, and can roll over traditional switches; Above the rail, it will not collide with the main rail;
    (8)所述主钢轨,传统没有脱轨防止水平爪的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距火车的钢轮能够在上面滚动运行,并能够滚动过所述道岔;对于高于主钢轨上表面的辅助轨,移除或修改传统火车下面相应部件,使得火车下部不接触辅助轨,能够全程运行。(8) described main rail, the steel wheel of standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge train that traditionally does not have derailment prevention horizontal claw can roll and run on it, and can roll over described switch; For higher than main rail The auxiliary rail on the upper surface removes or modifies the corresponding parts under the traditional train, so that the lower part of the train does not touch the auxiliary rail and can run all the way.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:所述脱轨防止水平爪的不动端部,置换成水平滚动轮或垂直滚动轮,以便与辅助轨垂直面或上翼下表面接触时,由滑动接触变成滚动接触,减少摩擦;水平滚动轮或垂直滚动轮安装在刚性或弹性支撑体上,通常不接触辅助轨垂直面或上翼下表面;当车辆左右移动较大,或当车辆向上抬起来较大时,进行滚动接触,从而限定较大的左右运动或向上运动;或,水平滚动轮或垂直滚动轮安装在弹性支撑体上,通常滚动接触辅助轨垂直面或上翼下表面,限定较大的左右运动或向上运动。The moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train according to claim 1, characterized in that: the fixed end of the derailment preventing horizontal claw is replaced with a horizontal rolling wheel or a vertical rolling wheel so as to be vertical to or above the auxiliary rail. When the lower surface of the wing is in contact, it changes from sliding contact to rolling contact to reduce friction; the horizontal scroll wheel or vertical scroll wheel is installed on a rigid or elastic support body, and usually does not touch the vertical surface of the auxiliary rail or the lower surface of the upper wing; when the vehicle moves left and right , or when the vehicle is lifted up to a large extent, rolling contact is made to limit the large side-to-side movement or upward movement; or, the horizontal scroll wheel or vertical scroll wheel is installed on the elastic support body, and usually rolls in contact with the vertical surface of the auxiliary rail or The lower surface of the upper wing, which confines large side-to-side or upward movements.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:所述辅助轨,是从轨道给车辆提供电力的供电轨。According to claim 1, the moving mechanism of the steel-wheel train of the rail railway is characterized in that: the auxiliary rail is a power supply rail for supplying electric power to the vehicle from the rail.
  4. 钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:包括轨道和车辆中的一个或两个,其中,轨道包括:两条主钢轨、一条或两条的辅助轨、和道岔;主钢轨和辅助轨形成无砟轨道或有砟轨道;车辆包括:车体、主钢轮、和辅助轨作用组件;主钢轮具有轮缘,踏面是圆锥面,左右两个主钢轮和轮轴形成刚性轮对;辅助轨作用组件是下述中的一种或多种:1)水平辅助轮,2)辅助轨制动块,3)辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮,4)线性涡流制动组件,5)车辆直线电机的转子或定子;所述轨道和车辆,具有下述特征:The moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that it includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail Form a ballastless track or a ballasted track; the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel, and auxiliary rail components; the main steel wheel has a rim, the tread is a conical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels and axles form a rigid wheel set; Auxiliary rail components are one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheels, 2) auxiliary rail brake blocks, 3) auxiliary rail brake blocks plus buffer wheels, 4) linear eddy current brake components, 5) Rotor or stator of a linear motor for a vehicle; said track and vehicle, having the following characteristics:
    (1)主钢轨之间的距离是1435mm标准轨距,大于1435mm的宽轨距,或小于1435mm的窄轨距;钢轨的断面形状是的工字形;主钢轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、或直缝;(1) The distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the cross-sectional shape of the rails is I-shaped; the joints in the length direction of the main rails are welded seams, Diagonal seam, or straight seam;
    (2)辅助轨与主钢轨平行,是位于两条主钢轨中间的一条、位于两条主钢轨内侧的两条、或位于两条主钢轨外侧的两条;辅助轨的断面形状是的工字形或T字形,具有上翼和腰部,腰部的左右两垂直面是辅助轨踏面,具有或没有下翼;上翼高于主钢轨上表面踏面,下翼及固定件低于主钢轨上表面踏面;辅助轨的踏面材料是铁合金、或人造石的耐磨材料;辅助轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝;辅助轨具有或没有直线电机的定子或转子;(2) The auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the cross-sectional shape of the auxiliary rail is I-shaped Or T-shaped, with upper wing and waist, the left and right vertical surfaces of the waist are auxiliary rail treads, with or without lower wings; the upper wing is higher than the upper surface tread of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the upper surface tread of the main rail; The tread material of the auxiliary rail is a wear-resistant material of iron alloy or artificial stone; the seam along the length direction of the auxiliary rail is a welding seam, oblique seam, sawtooth seam, or straight seam; the auxiliary rail has or does not have a stator or rotor of a linear motor;
    (3)主钢轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,在主钢轨上表面滚动,支撑着车辆的重量;主钢轮是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态;主钢轮的轮缘和圆锥面踏面与主钢轨配合导向;(3) The main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to the control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel; the rim and conical tread of the main steel wheel cooperate with the main rail;
    (4)辅助轨作用组件安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,高于主钢轨踏面;水平辅助轮、辅助轨制动块和辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮是辅助轨接触组件;左右两个辅助轨接触组件成为一对,成为辅助轨接触组件对,通过气压活塞、液压活塞、电磁活塞,或磁吸引驱动,从左右挤压在辅助轨踏面,不支撑车辆的重量;辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力大小和松开,火车在运行时能够控制调节;水平辅助轮,是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态;水平辅助轮是摩擦面滚动,不是齿轮滚动,也不是橡胶轮胎;水平辅助轮、水平辅助制动块或水平缓冲轮的踏面材料是金属合金、或人造石的耐磨材料;辅助轨接触组件的踏面宽度大于20mm;线性涡流制动组件是辅助轨非接触组件,安装在辅助轨上方与辅助轨上翼作用进行非接触制动,或左右两个线性涡流制动组件成为一对,从左右作用于在辅助轨踏面,进行非接触制动;辅助轨具有直线电机的定子或转子时,车辆上安装高于主钢轨踏面的相配的直线电机的转子或定子;(4) The auxiliary rail function components are installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, higher than the main rail tread; horizontal auxiliary wheels, auxiliary rail brake blocks and auxiliary rail brake blocks The buffer wheel is the auxiliary rail contact assembly; the left and right auxiliary rail contact assemblies form a pair, which is a pair of auxiliary rail contact assemblies, which are driven by pneumatic pistons, hydraulic pistons, electromagnetic pistons, or magnetic attraction, and squeezed on the tread surface of the auxiliary rail from left and right. , does not support the weight of the vehicle; the size and release of the extrusion force of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair can be controlled and adjusted when the train is running; the horizontal auxiliary wheel is a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel, or according to the control, switch It is in the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel; the horizontal auxiliary wheel is friction surface rolling, not gear rolling, nor rubber tire; the tread material of horizontal auxiliary wheel, horizontal auxiliary brake block or horizontal buffer wheel is metal alloy , or artificial stone wear-resistant materials; the tread width of the auxiliary rail contact component is greater than 20mm; the linear eddy current brake component is a non-contact component of the auxiliary rail, which is installed above the auxiliary rail and acts on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail for non-contact braking, or left and right Two linear eddy current braking assemblies form a pair, acting on the tread of the auxiliary rail from left and right for non-contact braking; when the auxiliary rail has a stator or rotor of a linear motor, a matching linear motor higher than the tread of the main rail is installed on the vehicle rotor or stator;
    (5)水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较小时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也小;水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较大时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也大;以便避免在原动力较小时挤压力过大,产生大的摩擦阻力;也避免在原动力较大时挤压力过小,产生水平辅助轮在辅助轨踏面上滚动时打滑;辅助轨制动块对和辅助轨之间,是滑动摩擦制动,制动力的大小直接与挤压力相关;(5) When the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is small, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also small; when the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is large, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also large; In order to avoid excessive extrusion force when the original force is small, resulting in large frictional resistance; also avoid excessive extrusion force when the original force is large, resulting in slippage of the horizontal auxiliary wheel when rolling on the tread of the auxiliary rail; Between the auxiliary rail and the sliding friction brake, the braking force is directly related to the extrusion force;
    (6)辅助轨作用组件在通常运行的情况下不进行导向;辅助轨接触组件对,从左右挤压辅助轨时,相对于车辆的主钢轮,整体做左右自由移动,以便不影响主钢轮圆锥面踏面和主钢轨的配合导向;但是左右自由移动量也不很大,当火车左右摆动或移动较大可能脱轨时,左右移动得到限定,从而阻止左右脱轨;其整体左右移动机构是:1)辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右滑动的导轨上;2)辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右转动的转轴或圆孔上;3)辅助轨接触组件对,同时由同一气压管路、同一液压管路或电机的活塞,或磁吸引,进行驱动从左右挤压辅助轨;该气压管路、液压管路或电机,或磁吸引,仅控制辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力或松开,同时使得辅助轨接触组件对整体在左右方向自由移动;另外,垂直方向,辅助轨接触组件的上表面与辅助轨上翼的下表面之间有一定的间隙,通常不接触;但是该间隙也不很大,当某种原因使火车向上跳起来或抬起来时,辅助轨接触组件的上表面与工字形上翼的下表面接触,阻止火车的向上脱轨;线性涡流制动组件、和车辆直线电机的转子或定子,具有或不具有整体左右自由移动,不影响主钢轮圆锥面踏面和主钢轨的配合导向;(6) The auxiliary rail function component is not guided under normal operation; when the auxiliary rail contact component pair squeezes the auxiliary rail from left and right, it moves freely left and right relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle as a whole, so as not to affect the main steel wheel The conical surface tread of the wheel and the main rail are coordinated and guided; however, the left and right free movement is not very large. When the train swings left and right or moves too much and may derail, the left and right movement is limited, thereby preventing left and right derailment; the overall left and right movement mechanism is: 1) The auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is integrally installed on the guide rail that can slide left and right freely; 2) The auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is integrally installed on the rotating shaft or round hole that can freely rotate left and right; 3) The auxiliary rail contact assembly pair is composed of the same The pneumatic pipeline, the same hydraulic pipeline or the piston of the motor, or magnetic attraction, drives the auxiliary rail from the left and right; the pneumatic pipeline, hydraulic pipeline or motor, or magnetic attraction, only controls the extrusion of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair. Press or loosen, and at the same time make the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair move freely in the left and right directions; in addition, in the vertical direction, there is a certain gap between the upper surface of the auxiliary rail contact assembly and the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail, usually no contact ; But the gap is not very large, when the train jumps up or lifts up for some reason, the upper surface of the auxiliary rail contact assembly is in contact with the lower surface of the I-shaped upper wing, preventing the train from derailing upwards; linear eddy current braking Components, and the rotor or stator of the linear motor of the vehicle, with or without the overall free movement left and right, do not affect the matching guidance of the conical tread of the main steel wheel and the main rail;
    (7)在道岔区间,主钢轨的尖轨段由转辙机驱动左右摆动,主钢轮的轮缘,与主钢轨配合导向,进行变轨;辅助轨在道岔区间中断不铺设,高于主钢轨上表面的辅助轨接触组件对,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压、或具有喇叭口形状,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;或辅助轨在道岔区间也左右摆动,辅助轨踏面越过主钢轨上方,辅助轨接触组件对始终套在辅助轨踏面两侧,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,通过道岔区间;线性涡流制动组件、和车辆直线电机的转子或定子,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,通过道岔区间;(7) In the turnout section, the point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right, and the rim of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail to guide and change the track; the auxiliary rail is not laid in the turnout section, and is higher than the main rail. The pair of auxiliary rail contact components on the upper surface of the rail crosses the main rail above without colliding with the main rail. When passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it is opened without extrusion, or has a bell-shaped shape, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail , smoothly re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail; or the auxiliary rail also swings left and right in the turnout section, the tread of the auxiliary rail passes over the top of the main rail, and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail is always set on both sides of the tread of the auxiliary rail, and crosses the main rail at the top without collision The main rail passes through the turnout section; the linear eddy current brake assembly, and the rotor or stator of the vehicle's linear motor, crosses the main rail above without colliding with the main rail, and passes through the turnout section;
    (8)车辆的驱动或制动,包括主钢轨的驱动或制动,或/和辅助轨的驱动或制动;其中辅助轨的驱动或制动,包括下述中的一种或多种:1)辅助轨的水平辅助轮的驱动或制动,2)辅助轨制动块的制动,3)辅助轨的线性涡流制动组件的制动,4)辅助轨的直线电机的驱动或制动;主钢轨和辅助轨的驱动或制动,采用或不采用下述分配:1)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较小,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动足够时,仅使用主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动;2)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较大,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动不够时,车辆同时使用主钢轨与辅助轨的驱动或制动、或仅使用辅助轨的驱动或制动;(8) The driving or braking of the vehicle, including the driving or braking of the main rail, or/and the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail; wherein the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail includes one or more of the following: 1) Driving or braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the auxiliary rail, 2) Braking of the brake block of the auxiliary rail, 3) Braking of the linear eddy current braking assembly of the auxiliary rail, 4) Driving or braking of the linear motor of the auxiliary rail The driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or does not adopt the following distribution: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, Only use the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel; 2) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the main rail and the auxiliary wheel at the same time. drive or brake of the rail, or only the drive or brake of the auxiliary rail;
    (9)所述车辆,其主钢轮,能够在传统没有辅助轨的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距的钢轨上滚动运行,并能够滚动过传统道岔;辅助轨作用组件在主钢轨上方,不会碰撞主钢轨;(9) The main steel wheels of the vehicle described above can roll on rails with standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge without auxiliary rails, and can roll over traditional turnouts; Above the rail, it will not collide with the main rail;
    (10)所述主钢轨,传统没有辅助轨作用组件的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距火车的钢轮能够在上面滚动运行,并能够滚动过所述道岔;对于高于主钢轨上表面的辅助轨,移除或修改传统火车下面相应部件,使得火车下部不接触辅助轨,能够全程运行。(10) The main rail, the steel wheel of the standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge train without auxiliary rail function components can roll on it, and can roll over the switch; for higher than the main rail The auxiliary rail on the upper surface removes or modifies the corresponding parts under the traditional train, so that the lower part of the train does not touch the auxiliary rail and can run all the way.
  5. 钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:包括轨道和车辆中的一个或两个,其中,轨道包括:两条主钢轨、一条或两条的辅助轨、和道岔;主钢轨和辅助轨形成无砟轨道或有砟轨道;车辆包括:车体、主钢轮、辅助轨导向轮、和辅助轨作用组件;主钢轮具有轮缘,踏面是圆柱面,左右两个主钢轮是独立滚动轮对,不是刚性轮对;辅助轨作用组件是下述中的一种或多种:1)水平辅助轮,2)辅助轨制动块,3)辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮,4)线性涡流制动组件,5)车辆直线电机的转子或定子;所述轨道和车辆,具有下述特征:The moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that it includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail Form ballastless track or ballasted track; the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel, auxiliary rail guide wheel, and auxiliary rail function components; the main steel wheel has a rim, the tread is a cylindrical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels are independent Rolling wheel set, not rigid wheel set; auxiliary rail action components are one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheel, 2) auxiliary rail brake block, 3) auxiliary rail brake block plus buffer wheel, 4 ) a linear eddy current braking assembly, 5) a rotor or a stator of a vehicle linear motor; the track and the vehicle have the following characteristics:
    (1)主钢轨之间的距离是1435mm标准轨距,大于1435mm的宽轨距,或小于1435mm的窄轨距;主钢轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝;(1) The distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the joints in the length direction of the main rails are welding seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams ;
    (2)辅助轨与主钢轨平行,是位于两条主钢轨中间的一条、位于两条主钢轨内侧的两条、或位于两条主钢轨外侧的两条;辅助轨的断面形状是的工字形或T字形,具有上翼和腰部,腰部的左右两垂直面是辅助轨踏面,具有或没有下翼;上翼高于主钢轨上表面踏面,下翼及固定件低于主钢轨上表面踏面;辅助轨的踏面材料是铁合金、或人造石的耐磨材料;辅助轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝;辅助轨具有或没有直线电机的定子或转子;(2) The auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the cross-sectional shape of the auxiliary rail is I-shaped Or T-shaped, with upper wing and waist, the left and right vertical surfaces of the waist are auxiliary rail treads, with or without lower wings; the upper wing is higher than the upper surface tread of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the upper surface tread of the main rail; The tread material of the auxiliary rail is a wear-resistant material of iron alloy or artificial stone; the seam along the length direction of the auxiliary rail is a welding seam, oblique seam, sawtooth seam, or straight seam; the auxiliary rail has or does not have a stator or rotor of a linear motor;
    (3)主钢轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,在主钢轨上表面滚动,支撑着车辆的重量;主钢轮是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态;在道岔、菱形交叉、道口之外的直线和弯道段的正常运行时,主钢轮的轮缘不进行导向;(3) The main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel, or switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel according to the control; during the normal operation of the turnout, diamond intersection, straight line and curve section outside the crossing, the wheel of the main steel wheel Edge does not guide;
    (4)辅助轨导向轮、辅助轨作用组件安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,高于主钢轨踏面;左右两个辅助轨导向轮成为一对,成为辅助轨导向轮对,在辅助轨踏面的两侧,进行导向;水平辅助轮、辅助轨制动块和辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮是辅助轨接触组件;左右两个辅助轨接触组件成为一对,成为辅助轨接触组件对;辅助轨接触组件对,通过气压活塞、液压活塞、电磁活塞,或磁吸引驱动,从左右挤压在辅助轨踏面,不支撑车辆的重量;辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力大小和松开,火车在运行时能够控制调节;水平辅助轮,是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态;辅助轨导向轮和水平辅助轮是摩擦面滚动,不是齿轮滚动,也不是橡胶轮胎;辅助轨导向轮、水平辅助轮、水平辅助制动块或水平缓冲轮的踏面材料是金属合金、或人造石的 耐磨材料;辅助轨导向轮和辅助轨接触组件的踏面宽度大于20mm;线性涡流制动组件是辅助轨非接触组件,安装在辅助轨上方与辅助轨上翼作用进行非接触制动,或左右两个线性涡流制动组件成为一对,从左右作用于在辅助轨踏面,进行非接触制动;辅助轨具有直线电机的定子或转子时,车辆上安装高于主钢轨踏面的相配的直线电机的转子或定子;(4) Auxiliary rail guide wheels and auxiliary rail function components are installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, higher than the main rail tread; the left and right auxiliary rail guide wheels form a pair , become the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail, and guide on both sides of the tread of the auxiliary rail; the horizontal auxiliary wheel, the brake block of the auxiliary rail and the brake block of the auxiliary rail plus the buffer wheel are the contact components of the auxiliary rail; the contact components of the two auxiliary rails on the left and right Become a pair and become a pair of auxiliary rail contact components; the pair of auxiliary rail contact components is driven by pneumatic pistons, hydraulic pistons, electromagnetic pistons, or magnetic attraction, and is squeezed on the tread surface of the auxiliary rail from left and right, without supporting the weight of the vehicle; the auxiliary rail contact The size and release of the extrusion force of the component pair can be controlled and adjusted when the train is running; the horizontal auxiliary wheel is a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel, or it can be switched to a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel according to the control. The state of the driving wheel; the auxiliary rail guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel are friction surface rolling, not gear rolling, nor rubber tires; the tread material of the auxiliary rail guide wheel, horizontal auxiliary wheel, horizontal auxiliary brake block or horizontal buffer wheel is metal alloy , or artificial stone wear-resistant materials; the tread width of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly of the auxiliary rail is greater than 20mm; the linear eddy current brake assembly is a non-contact assembly of the auxiliary rail, which is installed on the top of the auxiliary rail and performs non-contact with the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. Braking, or two linear eddy current braking assemblies on the left and right as a pair, act on the tread of the auxiliary rail from the left and right for non-contact braking; when the auxiliary rail has a stator or rotor of a linear motor, the vehicle is installed higher than the tread of the main rail The rotor or stator of the matching linear motor;
    (5)水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较小时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也小;水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较大时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也大;以便避免在原动力较小时挤压力过大,产生大的摩擦阻力;也避免在原动力较大时挤压力过小,产生水平辅助轮在辅助轨踏面上滚动时打滑;辅助轨制动块对和辅助轨之间,是滑动摩擦制动,制动力的大小直接与挤压力相关;(5) When the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is small, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also small; when the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is large, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also large; In order to avoid excessive extrusion force when the original force is small, resulting in large frictional resistance; also avoid excessive extrusion force when the original force is large, resulting in slippage of the horizontal auxiliary wheel when rolling on the tread of the auxiliary rail; Between the auxiliary rail and the sliding friction brake, the braking force is directly related to the extrusion force;
    (6)辅助轨导向轮对在通常运行的情况下进行导向;辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,从左右导向或挤压辅助轨时,相对于车辆的主钢轮,整体没有左右移动,或有一个较小的左右移动量,以便吸收辅助轨的铺设直线度公差,避免在直线段的导向或挤压配合干扰火车的惯性直线运动,使火车运动更平稳;其整体左右移动机构是:1)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右滑动的导轨上;2)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右转动的转轴或圆孔上;3)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,同时由同一气压管路、同一液压管路或电机的活塞,或磁吸引,进行驱动从左右挤压辅助轨;该气压管路、液压管路或电机,或磁吸引,仅控制辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力或松开,同时使得辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体在左右方向自由移动;或,辅助轨导向轮固定在弹簧或弹簧板上,整体有一个较小的左右移动,以便减少导向配合在直线段干扰火车的惯性直线运动;线性涡流制动组件具有或不具有整体左右自由移动,不影响辅助轨导向轮与辅助轨的配合导向;另外,垂直方向,辅助轨导向轮或辅助轨接触组件的上表面与辅助轨上翼的下表面之间有一定的间隙,通常不接触;但是该间隙也不很大,当某种原因使火车向上跳起来或抬起来时,辅助轨导向轮或辅助轨接触组件的上表面与上翼的下表面接触,阻止火车的向上脱轨;(6) The guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail guides under normal operation conditions; when the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail or the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail guides or squeezes the auxiliary rail from the left and right, there is no left or right as a whole relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle. Move, or have a small amount of left and right movement, so as to absorb the laying straightness tolerance of the auxiliary rail, avoid guiding or extrusion fit in the straight line section from interfering with the inertial linear motion of the train, and make the train move more smoothly; its overall left and right movement mechanism It is: 1) The auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair are integrally installed on the guide rail that can slide left and right freely; 2) The auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair are integrally installed on the shaft or circle that can freely rotate On the hole; 3) Auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or auxiliary rail contact component pair, at the same time, driven by the same air pressure pipeline, the same hydraulic pipeline or the piston of the motor, or magnetic attraction, to squeeze the auxiliary rail from left and right; the air pressure pipeline , hydraulic pipelines or motors, or magnetic attraction, only control the extrusion force or release of the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or auxiliary rail contact assembly pair, and at the same time make the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or auxiliary rail contact assembly pair free in the left and right directions movement; or, the auxiliary rail guide wheels are fixed on springs or spring plates, and the whole has a small side-to-side movement, so as to reduce the guiding fit in the straight section from interfering with the inertial linear motion of the train; the linear eddy current brake assembly has or does not have the whole side-to-side movement It can move freely without affecting the cooperative guidance of the guide wheels of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail; in addition, in the vertical direction, there is a certain gap between the upper surface of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail or the contact component of the auxiliary rail and the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. Contact; but the gap is not very large, when the train jumps up or lifts up for some reason, the upper surface of the auxiliary rail guide wheel or the auxiliary rail contact assembly contacts the lower surface of the upper wing, preventing the train from derailing upwards;
    (7)在道岔区间,主钢轨的尖轨段由转辙机驱动左右摆动,主钢轮的轮缘,与主钢轨配合导向,进行变轨;辅助轨在道岔区间中断不铺设,高于主钢轨上表面的辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压、或具有喇叭口形状,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;或辅助轨在道岔区间也左右摆动,辅助轨踏面越过主钢轨上方,辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对始终套在辅助轨踏面两侧,在上方越过主钢轨,不碰撞主钢轨,通过道岔区间,在道岔区间内,辅助轨导向轮不做导向;(7) In the turnout section, the point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right, and the rim of the main steel wheel cooperates with the main rail to guide and change the track; the auxiliary rail is not laid in the turnout section, and is higher than the main rail. The auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair on the upper surface of the rail cross the main rail above without colliding with the main rail. After the auxiliary rail interrupts the section, it is smoothly re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail; or the auxiliary rail also swings left and right in the turnout section, the tread surface of the auxiliary rail crosses the top of the main rail, and the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and auxiliary rail contact assembly pair are always set on the auxiliary rail On both sides of the tread, cross the main rail at the top without colliding with the main rail, and pass through the turnout section. In the turnout section, the guide wheels of the auxiliary rail do not guide;
    (8)车辆的驱动或制动,包括主钢轨的驱动或制动,或/和辅助轨的驱动或制动;其中辅助轨的驱动或制动,包括下述中的一种或多种:1)辅助轨的水平辅助轮的驱动或制动,2)辅助轨制动块的制动,3)辅助轨的线性涡流制动组件的制动,4)辅助轨的直线电机的驱动或制动;主钢轨和辅助轨的驱动或制动,采用或不采用下述分配:1)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较小,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动足够时,仅使用主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动;2)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较大,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动不够时,车辆同时使用主钢轨与辅助轨的驱动或制动、或仅使用辅助轨的驱动或制动;(8) The driving or braking of the vehicle, including the driving or braking of the main rail, or/and the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail; wherein the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail includes one or more of the following: 1) Driving or braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the auxiliary rail, 2) Braking of the brake block of the auxiliary rail, 3) Braking of the linear eddy current braking assembly of the auxiliary rail, 4) Driving or braking of the linear motor of the auxiliary rail The driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or does not adopt the following distribution: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, Only use the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel; 2) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the main rail and the auxiliary wheel at the same time. drive or brake of the rail, or only the drive or brake of the auxiliary rail;
    (9)所述车辆,其主钢轮,能够在传统没有辅助轨的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距的钢轨上滚动运行,并能够滚动过传统道岔;辅助轨导向轮和辅助轨作用组件在主钢轨上方,不会碰撞主钢轨;(9) The vehicle, its main steel wheel, can roll on the standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge rail without auxiliary rail, and can roll over the traditional turnout; the auxiliary rail guide wheel and auxiliary rail The rail action components are above the main rail and will not collide with the main rail;
    (10)所述主钢轨,传统没有辅助轨作用组件的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距火车的钢轮能够在上面滚动运行,并能够滚动过所述道岔;对于高于主钢轨上表面的辅助轨,移除或修改传统火车下面相应部件,使得火车下部不接触辅助轨,能够全程运行;(10) The main rail, the steel wheel of the standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge train without auxiliary rail function components can roll on it, and can roll over the switch; for higher than the main rail For the auxiliary rail on the upper surface, remove or modify the corresponding parts under the traditional train, so that the lower part of the train does not touch the auxiliary rail and can run throughout the whole process;
    (11)所述辅助轨导向轮和水平辅助轮,是两个不同的轮子,或是同一个轮子的两个功能状态。(11) The auxiliary rail guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel are two different wheels, or two functional states of the same wheel.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:在菱形交叉或道口区间,主钢轨没有可动部分,辅助轨中断不铺设;辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压、或具有喇叭口形状,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;主钢轮的圆锥面踏面或轮缘,与主钢轨配合导向,使辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过菱形交叉或道口区间。According to claim 4 or 5, the moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: in the rhombus intersection or crossing section, the main rail has no movable part, and the auxiliary rail is interrupted without laying; the auxiliary rail is guided by the wheel pair or the auxiliary rail When the pair of contact components passes through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it is opened without extrusion, or has a bell-mouth shape, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it can be re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail smoothly; the conical tread of the main steel wheel Or the wheel rim, cooperates with the main rail to guide, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair can smoothly pass through the rhombus intersection or crossing section.
  7. 根据权利要求4或5所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:垂直滚动轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,位于辅助轨上翼的下方,高于主钢轨踏面;垂直滚动轮安装在刚性或弹性支撑体上,通常不接触辅助轨上翼下表面;当车辆向上抬起来较大时,进行滚动接触,从而限定较大的向上运动;或,垂直滚动轮安装在弹性支撑体上,通常滚动接触辅助轨上翼下表面,限定较大的左右运动或向上运动。According to claim 4 or 5, the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: the vertical scroll wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly installed on the car body when there is no bogie, and is located on the auxiliary rail. The lower part of the upper wing is higher than the tread of the main rail; the vertical rolling wheels are installed on the rigid or elastic support body, and usually do not touch the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail; upward movement; or, the vertical scroll wheel is installed on the elastic support body, and usually rolls in contact with the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail to limit a relatively large left-right movement or upward movement.
  8. 钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:包括轨道和车辆中的一个或两个,其中,轨道包括:两条主钢轨、一条或两条的辅助轨、和道岔;主钢轨和辅助轨形成无砟轨道或有砟轨道;车辆包括:车体、主钢轮、辅助轨导向轮,和辅助轨作用组件;主钢轮没有轮缘,踏面是圆柱面,左右两个主钢轮是独立滚动轮对,不是刚性轮对;辅助轨作用组件是下述中的一种或多种:1)水平辅助轮,2)辅助轨制动块,3)辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮,4)线性涡流制动组件,5)车辆直线电机的转子或定子;所述轨道和车辆,具有下述特征:The moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that it includes one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails, one or two auxiliary rails, and a turnout; the main rail and the auxiliary rail Form ballastless track or ballasted track; the vehicle includes: car body, main steel wheel, auxiliary rail guide wheel, and auxiliary rail function components; the main steel wheel has no rim, the tread is a cylindrical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels are independent Rolling wheel set, not rigid wheel set; auxiliary rail action components are one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheel, 2) auxiliary rail brake block, 3) auxiliary rail brake block plus buffer wheel, 4 ) a linear eddy current braking assembly, 5) a rotor or a stator of a vehicle linear motor; the track and the vehicle have the following characteristics:
    (1)主钢轨之间的距离是1435mm标准轨距,大于1435mm的宽轨距,或小于1435mm的窄轨距;主钢轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝;(1) The distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; the joints in the length direction of the main rails are welding seams, oblique seams, zigzag seams, or straight seams ;
    (2)辅助轨与主钢轨平行,是位于两条主钢轨中间的一条、位于两条主钢轨内侧的两条、或位于两条主钢轨外侧的两条;辅助轨的断面形状是的工字形或T字形,具有上翼和腰部,腰部的左右两垂直面是辅助轨踏面,具有或没有下翼;上翼高于主钢轨上表面踏面,下翼及固定件低于主钢轨上表面踏面;辅助轨的踏面材料是铁合金、或人造石的耐磨材料;辅助轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝;辅助轨具有或没有直线电机的定子或转子;(2) The auxiliary rail is parallel to the main rail, which is one in the middle of the two main rails, two on the inside of the two main rails, or two on the outside of the two main rails; the cross-sectional shape of the auxiliary rail is I-shaped Or T-shaped, with upper wing and waist, the left and right vertical surfaces of the waist are auxiliary rail treads, with or without lower wings; the upper wing is higher than the upper surface tread of the main rail, and the lower wing and fixing parts are lower than the upper surface tread of the main rail; The tread material of the auxiliary rail is a wear-resistant material of iron alloy or artificial stone; the seam along the length direction of the auxiliary rail is a welding seam, oblique seam, sawtooth seam, or straight seam; the auxiliary rail has or does not have a stator or rotor of a linear motor;
    (3)主钢轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,在主钢轨上表面滚动,支撑着车辆的重量;主钢轮是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态;(3) The main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel, or switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel according to control;
    (4)辅助轨导向轮、辅助轨作用组件安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,高于主钢轨踏面;左右两个辅助轨导向轮成为一对,成为辅助轨导向轮对,在辅助轨踏面的两侧,进行导向;水平辅助轮、辅助轨制动块和辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮是辅助轨接触组件;左右两个辅助轨接触组件成为一对,成为辅助轨接触组件对;辅助轨接触组件对,通过气压活塞、液压活塞、电磁活塞,或磁吸引驱动,从左右挤压在辅助轨踏面,不支撑车辆的重量;辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力大小和松开,火车在运行时能够控制调节;水平辅助轮,是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态;辅助轨导向轮和水平辅助轮是摩擦面滚动,不是齿轮滚动,也不是橡胶轮胎;辅助轨导向轮、水平辅助轮、水平辅助制动块或水平缓冲轮的踏面材料是金属合金、或人造石的耐磨材料;辅助轨导向轮和辅助轨接触组件的踏面宽度大于20mm;线性涡流制动组件是辅助轨非接触组件,安装在辅助轨上方与辅助轨上翼作用进行非接触制动,或左右两个线性涡流制动组件成为一对,从左右作用于在辅助轨踏面,进行非接触制动;辅助轨具有直线电机的定子或转子时,车辆上安装高于主钢轨踏面的相配的直线电机的转子或定子;(4) Auxiliary rail guide wheels and auxiliary rail function components are installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, higher than the main rail tread; the left and right auxiliary rail guide wheels form a pair , become the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail, and guide on both sides of the tread of the auxiliary rail; the horizontal auxiliary wheel, the brake block of the auxiliary rail and the brake block of the auxiliary rail plus the buffer wheel are the contact components of the auxiliary rail; the contact components of the two auxiliary rails on the left and right Become a pair and become a pair of auxiliary rail contact components; the pair of auxiliary rail contact components is driven by pneumatic pistons, hydraulic pistons, electromagnetic pistons, or magnetic attraction, and is squeezed on the tread surface of the auxiliary rail from left and right, without supporting the weight of the vehicle; the auxiliary rail contact The size and release of the extrusion force of the component pair can be controlled and adjusted when the train is running; the horizontal auxiliary wheel is a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel, or it can be switched to a driving wheel, a braking wheel, or a driven wheel according to the control. The state of the driving wheel; the auxiliary rail guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel are friction surface rolling, not gear rolling, nor rubber tires; the tread material of the auxiliary rail guide wheel, horizontal auxiliary wheel, horizontal auxiliary brake block or horizontal buffer wheel is metal alloy , or artificial stone wear-resistant materials; the tread width of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly of the auxiliary rail is greater than 20mm; the linear eddy current brake assembly is a non-contact assembly of the auxiliary rail, which is installed on the top of the auxiliary rail and performs non-contact with the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. Braking, or two linear eddy current braking assemblies on the left and right as a pair, act on the tread of the auxiliary rail from the left and right for non-contact braking; when the auxiliary rail has a stator or rotor of a linear motor, the vehicle is installed higher than the tread of the main rail The rotor or stator of the matching linear motor;
    (5)水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较小时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也小;水平辅助轮对驱动或制动的原动力较大时,水平辅助轮对的挤压力也大;以便避免在原动力较小时挤压力过大,产生大的摩擦阻力;也避免在原动力较大时挤压力过小,产生水平辅助轮在辅助轨踏面上滚动时打滑;辅助轨制动块对和辅助轨之间,是滑动摩擦制动,制动力的大小直接与挤压力相关;(5) When the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is small, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also small; when the driving or braking motive force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is large, the extrusion force of the horizontal auxiliary wheel set is also large; In order to avoid excessive extrusion force when the original force is small, resulting in large frictional resistance; also avoid excessive extrusion force when the original force is large, resulting in slippage of the horizontal auxiliary wheel when rolling on the tread of the auxiliary rail; Between the auxiliary rail and the sliding friction brake, the braking force is directly related to the extrusion force;
    (6)辅助轨导向轮对在通常运行的情况下进行导向;辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,从左右导向或挤压辅助轨时,相对于车辆的主钢轮,整体没有左右移动,或有一个较小的左右移动量,以便吸收辅助轨的铺设直线度公差,避免在直线段的导向或挤压配合干扰火车的惯性直线运动,使火车运动更平稳;其整体左右移动机构是:1)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右滑动的导轨上;2)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右转动的转轴或圆孔上;3)辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对,同时由同一气压管路、同一液压管路或电机的活塞,或磁吸引,进行驱动从左右挤压辅助轨;该气压管路、液压管路或电机,或磁吸引,仅控制辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力或松开,同时使得辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨接触组件对整体在左右方向自由移动;或,辅助轨导向轮固定在弹簧或弹簧板上,整体有一个较小的左右移动,以便减少导向配合在直线段干扰火车的惯性直线运动;线性涡流制动组件具有或不具有整体左右自由移动,不影响辅助轨导向轮与辅助轨的配合导向;另外,垂直方向,辅助轨导向轮或辅助轨接触组件的上表面与辅助轨上翼的下表面之间有一定的间隙,通常不接触;但是该间隙也不很大,当某种原因使火车向上跳起来或抬起来时,辅助轨导向轮或辅助轨接触组件的上表面与上翼的下表面接触,阻止火车的向上脱轨;(6) The guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail guides under normal operation conditions; when the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail or the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail guides or squeezes the auxiliary rail from the left and right, there is no left or right as a whole relative to the main steel wheel of the vehicle. Move, or have a small amount of left and right movement, so as to absorb the laying straightness tolerance of the auxiliary rail, avoid guiding or extrusion fit in the straight line section from interfering with the inertial linear motion of the train, and make the train move more smoothly; its overall left and right movement mechanism It is: 1) The auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair are integrally installed on the guide rail that can slide left and right freely; 2) The auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair are integrally installed on the shaft or circle that can freely rotate On the hole; 3) Auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or auxiliary rail contact component pair, at the same time, driven by the same air pressure pipeline, the same hydraulic pipeline or the piston of the motor, or magnetic attraction, to squeeze the auxiliary rail from left and right; the air pressure pipeline , hydraulic pipelines or motors, or magnetic attraction, only control the extrusion force or release of the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or auxiliary rail contact assembly pair, and at the same time make the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or auxiliary rail contact assembly pair free in the left and right directions movement; or, the auxiliary rail guide wheels are fixed on springs or spring plates, and the whole has a small side-to-side movement, so as to reduce the guiding fit in the straight section from interfering with the inertial linear motion of the train; the linear eddy current brake assembly has or does not have the whole side-to-side movement It can move freely without affecting the cooperative guidance of the guide wheels of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail; in addition, in the vertical direction, there is a certain gap between the upper surface of the guide wheel of the auxiliary rail or the contact component of the auxiliary rail and the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. Contact; but the gap is not very large, when the train jumps up or lifts up for some reason, the upper surface of the auxiliary rail guide wheel or the auxiliary rail contact assembly contacts the lower surface of the upper wing, preventing the train from derailing upwards;
    (7)在道岔区间,主钢轨具有不动的分歧点和辙叉心,没有可动的部分,没有可动的尖轨,没有可动的辙叉心,主钢轨的上踏面没有大于10mm的缝隙;(7) In the turnout section, the main rail has a fixed branch point and frog center, no movable part, no movable tip rail, no movable frog center, and no upper tread of the main rail is larger than 10mm gap;
    (8)车辆的驱动或制动,包括主钢轨的驱动或制动,或/和辅助轨的驱动或制动;其中辅助轨的驱动或制动,包括下述中的一种或多种:1)辅助轨的水平辅助轮的驱动或制动,2)辅助轨制动块的制动,3)辅助轨的线性涡流制动组件的制动,4)辅助轨的直线电机的驱动或制动;主钢轨和辅助轨的驱动或制动,采用或不采用下述分配:1)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较小,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动足够时,仅使用主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动;2)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较大,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动不够时,车辆同时使用主钢轨与辅助轨的驱动或制动、或仅使用辅助轨的驱动或制动;(8) The driving or braking of the vehicle, including the driving or braking of the main rail, or/and the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail; wherein the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail includes one or more of the following: 1) Driving or braking of the horizontal auxiliary wheel of the auxiliary rail, 2) Braking of the brake block of the auxiliary rail, 3) Braking of the linear eddy current braking assembly of the auxiliary rail, 4) Driving or braking of the linear motor of the auxiliary rail The driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or does not adopt the following distribution: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, Only use the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel; 2) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the main rail and the auxiliary wheel at the same time. drive or brake of the rail, or only the drive or brake of the auxiliary rail;
    (9)所述车辆的没有轮缘的圆柱面踏面主钢轮,如果在主钢轮近旁,增加有内轮缘的导向钢轮在主钢轨上表面滚动进行导向,或增加水平导向轮在主钢轨内侧表面滚动进行导向,就能够在没有辅助轨的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距的传统钢轨上滚动运行,并能够滚动过传统道岔;(9) If the main steel wheel with cylindrical surface tread without rim of the vehicle mentioned above is near the main steel wheel, a guide steel wheel with an inner rim is added to roll on the upper surface of the main rail for guidance, or a horizontal guide wheel is added on the main steel wheel. The inner surface of the rail is guided by rolling, so it can run on traditional rails with standard gauge, wide gauge, or narrow gauge without auxiliary rails, and can roll over traditional turnouts;
    (10)所述辅助轨导向轮和水平辅助轮,是两个不同的轮子,或是同一个轮子的两个功能状态。(10) The auxiliary rail guide wheel and the horizontal auxiliary wheel are two different wheels, or two functional states of the same wheel.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:所述道岔区间,轨道具有左右摆动切换的机构,具有下述变轨结构中的一种或多种:1)辅助轨具有可动的区段,对车辆进行导向变轨;辅助轨的可动区段由转辙机驱动左右摆动;辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,具有伸出臂,从主钢轨的上方摆过主钢轨,与辅助轨的固定端的踏面部分通过斜缝或锯齿缝相连接,以便使车辆的辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨作用组件对没有段差地滚过或经过辅助轨导向踏面的缝隙,进行导向变轨;2)两条可动辅助轨高于主钢轨的上表面,由转辙机驱动,越过主钢轨左右摆动,对车辆进行导向变轨;辅助轨的可动端与辅助轨的固定端通过斜缝或锯齿缝相连接,以便使车辆的辅助轨导向轮对或辅助轨作用组件对没有段差地滚过或经过辅助轨导向踏面的缝隙,进行导向变轨;3)在道岔区间,辅助轨在变轨区间中断不铺设;辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;车辆左右主钢轨外侧,安装水平变轨导向轮;在道岔区间内,铺设变轨导向轨,转辙机驱动左右摆动变轨导向轨,水平变轨导向轮与变轨导向轨配合,进行变轨;4)在道岔区间内,转辙机驱动左右摆动辅助轨的可动区段;辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,不从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,而是中断不铺设;辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;此时,火车的水平变轨导向轮与固定变轨导向轨配合导向, 使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过辅助轨中断区段;5)在道岔区间内,部分主钢轨换成具有外轨缘和内轨缘的钢轨,转辙机驱动左右摆动辅助轨的可动区段;辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,不从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,而是中断不铺设;辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;此时,火车主钢轮由一条钢轨的外轨缘和内轨缘导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过辅助轨中断区段;6)在道岔区间内,部分主钢轨换成具有外轨缘的钢轨,转辙机驱动左右摆动辅助轨的可动区段;辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,不从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,而是中断不铺设;辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;此时,火车主钢轮由两条钢轨的外轨缘导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过辅助轨中断区段;7)在道岔区间内,部分主钢轨区段两侧增加外侧导向轨和内侧导向轨,转辙机驱动左右摆动辅助轨的可动区段;辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,不从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,而是中断不铺设;辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;此时,火车主钢轮由一条主钢轨两侧的外侧导向轨和内侧导向轨进行导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过辅助轨中断区段;8)在道岔区间内,部分主钢轨区段增加外侧导向轨,转辙机驱动左右摆动辅助轨的可动区段;辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,不从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,而是中断不铺设;辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;此时,火车主钢轮由两条钢轨的外侧导向轨进行导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过辅助轨中断区段。The moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train according to claim 8 is characterized in that: in the switch section, the track has a left and right swing switching mechanism, and has one or more of the following track changing structures: 1) auxiliary The rail has a movable section, which guides the vehicle to change the track; the movable section of the auxiliary rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right; the tread part of the movable end of the auxiliary rail has an extending arm, which swings from above the main rail. Through the main rail, the tread part of the fixed end of the auxiliary rail is connected with an oblique seam or a sawtooth seam, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair or the auxiliary rail action component pair of the vehicle can roll over or pass through the gap of the auxiliary rail guide tread without step difference. 2) The two movable auxiliary rails are higher than the upper surface of the main rail, driven by the switch machine, and swing left and right over the main rail to guide the vehicle; the movable end of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail The fixed ends are connected by oblique seams or sawtooth seams, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheels or auxiliary rail action components of the vehicle can roll over or pass through the gaps in the auxiliary rail guide tread without step difference, and guide and change the track; 3) in the switch section , the auxiliary rail is not laid when it is interrupted in the track change section; the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair are opened without extrusion when passing through the auxiliary rail interrupted section, so that they can be re-inserted smoothly after passing through the auxiliary rail interrupted section On both sides of the auxiliary rail; on the outside of the left and right main rails of the vehicle, install horizontal rail changing guide wheels; 4) In the turnout section, the switch machine drives the movable section of the auxiliary rail to swing left and right; the tread part of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not cross the main rail from above the main rail, but interrupts No laying; when the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair pass through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they are opened without extrusion, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail; at this time , the train’s horizontal track-changing guide wheels cooperate with the fixed track-changing guide rail, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair pass smoothly through the auxiliary rail interruption section; 5) In the switch section, part of the main rail is replaced by For rails with outer rail flange and inner rail flange, the switch machine drives the movable section of the auxiliary rail that swings left and right; the tread part of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not cross the main rail from above the main rail, but is interrupted and not laid; When passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail are opened without squeezing, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, they can be smoothly re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail; at this time, the main train The steel wheels are guided by the outer and inner rail edges of a rail, so that the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail pass smoothly through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail; 6) In the turnout section, part of the main rail is replaced with an outer The rail on the rail edge, the switch machine drives the movable section of the auxiliary rail to swing left and right; the tread part of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not cross the main rail from above the main rail, but is not laid; the auxiliary rail guide wheelset and When the pair of auxiliary rail contact components passes through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it is opened without extrusion, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it can be smoothly re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail; at this time, the main steel wheel of the train is supported by two steel rails 7) In the turnout section, the outer guide rail and the inner guide rail are added on both sides of some main rail sections, The switch machine drives the movable section of the auxiliary rail that swings left and right; the tread part of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not cross the main rail from above the main rail, but is interrupted without laying; the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair , when passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it is opened without extrusion, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail; at this time, the main steel wheel of the train is guided by the outer sides of a main rail guide rail and the inner guide rail, so that the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail pass through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail smoothly; The movable section of the auxiliary rail swings left and right; the tread part of the movable end of the auxiliary rail does not cross the main rail from above the main rail, but is interrupted without laying; the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the contact assembly pair of the auxiliary rail pass through the auxiliary rail When the section is interrupted, it should be opened without squeezing, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it can be smoothly placed on both sides of the auxiliary rail; at this time, the main steel wheel of the train is guided by the outer guide rails of the two rails, so that the auxiliary rail The pair of rail guide wheels and the pair of auxiliary rail contact components smoothly pass through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail.
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:所述道岔区间,轨道没有左右摆动切换的机构,火车车辆上具有可动的变轨导向轮,做转向操作实现变轨,其结构是下述中的一种或多种:1)道岔区间内,具有安装在地面上不动的变轨导向轨,车辆或车辆转向架上具有变轨导向轮,进行上下移动切换,与变轨导向轨配合导向或分离,使车辆变轨;2)道岔区间内,具有安装在地面上不动的变轨导向轨,车辆或车辆转向架上具有变轨导向轮,进行左右水平移动切换,与变轨导向轨配合导向或分离,使车辆变轨;3)道岔区间内,具有安装在地面上不动的变轨导向壁,主钢轨具有轨缘或内外侧导轨,车辆或车辆转向架上具有变轨导向轮,进行左右水平移动切换,与变轨导向壁配合导向或分离,主钢轮与轨缘或内外侧导轨配合导向,使车辆变轨。According to claim 8, the moving mechanism of the steel-wheel train on the rail railway is characterized in that: in the switch section, the track does not have a mechanism for swinging left and right, and the train vehicle has movable track-changing guide wheels, which can be changed by steering operations. The structure of the rail is one or more of the following: 1) In the turnout section, there is a track-changing guide rail installed on the ground, and the vehicle or the vehicle bogie has a track-changing guide wheel to move up and down , guide or separate with the track-changing guide rail, so that the vehicle can change the track; 2) In the switch section, there is a track-changing guide rail installed on the ground, and the vehicle or the vehicle bogie has a track-changing guide wheel for horizontal Move and switch, guide or separate with the track-changing guide rail, so that the vehicle can change the track; 3) In the turnout section, there is a track-changing guide wall installed on the ground, and the main rail has rail edges or inner and outer guide rails, and the vehicle or vehicle The bogie has a track-changing guide wheel, which can switch horizontally from side to side, guide or separate with the track-changing guide wall, and guide the main steel wheel with the rail edge or the inner and outer guide rails to make the vehicle track change.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:在菱形交叉区间,使用下述结构:1)主钢轨没有可动部分,辅助轨可转动;切换时,辅助轨的可动端的踏面部分,具有伸出臂,从主钢轨的上方越过主钢轨,与辅助轨的固定端的踏面部分通过斜缝或锯齿缝相连接,以便使车辆的辅助轨导向轮对没有段差地滚过辅助轨导向踏面的缝隙,进行导向;或,2)主钢轨和辅助轨都没有可动部分;在菱形交叉区间,辅助轨中断不铺设;辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;主钢轨具有外侧导向轨或内侧导向轨,或主钢轨成为有外轨缘或内轨缘的钢轨,导向轨或轨缘对主钢轮配合导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过菱形交叉区间。The motion mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train according to claim 8 is characterized in that: in the rhombus cross section, the following structure is used: 1) the main rail has no movable part, and the auxiliary rail is rotatable; The tread part at the movable end has an outstretched arm, crosses the main rail from above the main rail, and is connected with the tread part at the fixed end of the auxiliary rail through an oblique seam or a zigzag seam, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair of the vehicle can roll without step difference Or, 2) Both the main rail and the auxiliary rail have no movable parts; in the diamond-shaped intersection section, the auxiliary rail is interrupted and not laid; the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair, through When the auxiliary rail is interrupted, it should be opened without squeezing, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it can be smoothly re-sleeved on both sides of the auxiliary rail; the main rail has an outer guide rail or an inner guide rail, or the main rail has an outer rail. The guide rail or the rail flange guides the main steel wheel, so that the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail and the auxiliary rail contact the component pair and pass through the diamond-shaped cross section smoothly.
  12. 根据权利要求8所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:在道口区间,主钢轨和辅助轨都没有可动部分;辅助轨中断不铺设;辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,经过辅助轨中断区段时,张开不做挤压,以便经过辅助轨中断区段后,顺利重新套在辅助轨两侧;主钢轨具有外侧导向轨或内侧导向轨,或主钢轨成为有外轨缘或内轨缘的钢轨,导向轨或轨缘对主钢轮导向,使辅助轨导向轮对和辅助轨接触组件对,顺利经过道口区间。According to claim 8, the moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: in the crossing section, neither the main rail nor the auxiliary rail has movable parts; the auxiliary rail is interrupted without laying; the guide wheel pair of the auxiliary rail is in contact with the auxiliary rail When the component pair passes through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it is opened without extrusion, so that after passing through the interrupted section of the auxiliary rail, it can be smoothly re-set on both sides of the auxiliary rail; the main rail has an outer guide rail or an inner guide rail, or the main rail Become a steel rail with an outer rail flange or an inner rail flange, and the guide rail or the rail flange guides the main steel wheel, so that the auxiliary rail guide wheel pair and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair pass through the crossing section smoothly.
  13. 根据权利要求8所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:火车车辆上具有转向操作杆或方向盘,操作主钢轮在主钢轨或钢轨之外的地面上进行直行或转向。According to claim 8, the moving mechanism of the railway steel wheeled train with rails is characterized in that: the train vehicle has a steering lever or a steering wheel, and the main steel wheel is operated to go straight or turn on the ground outside the main rail or the rail.
  14. 根据权利要求8所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:垂直滚动轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,位于辅助轨上翼的下方,高于主钢轨踏面;垂直滚动轮安装在刚性或弹性支撑体上,通常不接触辅助轨上翼下表面;当车辆向上抬起来较大时,进行滚动接触,从而限定较大的向上运动;或,垂直滚动轮安装在弹性支撑体上,通常滚动接触辅助轨上翼下表面,限定较大的左右运动或向上运动。According to claim 8, the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: the vertical scroll wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly installed on the car body when there is no bogie, and is located on the upper wing of the auxiliary rail. The bottom of the main rail is higher than the tread of the main rail; the vertical rolling wheel is installed on a rigid or elastic support body, and usually does not touch the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail; when the vehicle is lifted upwards, the rolling contact is made to limit the large upward movement ; or, the vertical rolling wheel is installed on the elastic support body, and usually rolls in contact with the lower surface of the upper wing of the auxiliary rail to limit the large left-right movement or upward movement.
  15. 钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:包括轨道和车辆中的一个或两个,其中,轨道包括:两条主钢轨和道岔,形成无砟轨道或有砟轨道,具有或没有直线电机辅助轨;车辆包括:车体、没有轮缘的主钢轮、和主钢轨的水平导向轮;主钢轮的踏面是圆锥面,左右两个主钢轮和轮轴形成刚性轮对;或,主钢轮的踏面是圆柱面,左右两个主钢轮是独立滚动轮对;所述轨道和车辆,具有下述特征:The moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train is characterized by: including one or both of the track and the vehicle, wherein the track includes: two main rails and a switch, forming a ballastless track or a ballasted track, with or without a linear motor Auxiliary rail; the vehicle includes: a car body, a main steel wheel without a rim, and a horizontal guide wheel of the main rail; the tread of the main steel wheel is a conical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels and the axle form a rigid wheel set; or, the main steel wheel The tread surface of the steel wheel is a cylindrical surface, and the left and right main steel wheels are independent rolling wheel pairs; the track and the vehicle have the following characteristics:
    (1)主钢轨之间的距离是1435mm标准轨距,大于1435mm的宽轨距,或小于1435mm的窄轨距;主钢轮是圆锥面踏面时,主钢轨长度方向的接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、或直缝;主钢轮是圆柱面踏面时,接缝是焊接缝、斜缝、锯齿缝、或直缝;(1) The distance between the main rails is a standard gauge of 1435mm, a wide gauge greater than 1435mm, or a narrow gauge less than 1435mm; when the main steel wheel is a conical tread, the joints in the length direction of the main rail are welded seams, Diagonal seam, or straight seam; when the main drum is a cylindrical tread, the seam is welded seam, oblique seam, zigzag seam, or straight seam;
    (2)辅助轨具有直线电机的定子或转子,其上表面不低于主钢轨踏面;相应地,车辆上安装高于主钢轨踏面的相配的直线电机的转子或定子;(2) The auxiliary rail has a stator or rotor of a linear motor, the upper surface of which is not lower than the tread of the main rail; correspondingly, the rotor or stator of a matching linear motor higher than the tread of the main rail is installed on the vehicle;
    (3)主钢轮安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上,在主钢轨上表面滚动,支撑着车辆的重量;主钢轮是驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮,或根据控制,切换成驱动轮、制动轮、或从动轮的状态;在道岔、菱形交叉、道口之外的直线和弯道段的正常运行中,主钢轮是圆锥面踏面时,主钢轮与主钢轨配合导向;主钢轮是圆柱面踏面时,水平导向轮与主钢轨的内侧或外侧踏面配合导向,主钢轮不进行导向;(3) The main steel wheel is installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie, and rolls on the upper surface of the main rail to support the weight of the vehicle; the main steel wheel is the driving wheel, brake Wheel, or driven wheel, or according to the control, switch to the state of driving wheel, brake wheel, or driven wheel; in the normal operation of the turnout, diamond intersection, straight line and curve section outside the crossing, the main steel wheel is conical When the surface tread is used, the main steel wheel is guided with the main rail; when the main steel wheel is a cylindrical tread, the horizontal guide wheel is guided with the inner or outer tread of the main rail, and the main steel wheel is not guided;
    (4)车辆上的主钢轮、和主钢轨的水平导向轮,安装在车体下面的转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上;两个水平导向轮,位于两条主钢轨的内侧、两条主钢轨的外侧、一条主钢轨的内外两侧,不支撑车辆的重量,水平导向轮与主钢轨内侧或外侧接触或不接触,接触时进行时滚动;踏面材料是金属合金、或人造石的耐磨材料;对于圆柱面踏面主钢轮,两个内侧水平导向轮,进行没有交叉的直线段和曲线段的通常导向和道岔变轨导向;两个内侧水平导向轮,相对于车辆的主钢轮,整体没有左右移动,或有一个较小的左右移动量,以便吸收辅助轨的铺设直线度公差,避免在直线段的导向或挤压配合干扰火车的惯性直线运动,使火车运动更平稳;但左右移动量有限定值,以便阻止脱轨;对于圆锥面踏面主钢轮,在没有交叉的直线段和曲线段通常运行时,左右移动量小,两个内侧水平导向轮的导向力小于主钢轮圆锥面踏面的导向力,主钢轮进行导向;但当主钢轨左右移动增大可能脱轨时,两个内侧水平导向轮整体没有左右移动,或有一个较小的左右移动量但左右移动量有限定值,阻止脱轨;另外,在道岔变轨处,主钢轨的左右移动量大,两个内侧水平导向轮整体没有左右移动,或有一个较小的左右移动量但左右移动量有限定值,水平导向轮的导向力大于主钢轮圆锥面踏面的导向力,水平导向轮进行导向;(4) The main steel wheels on the vehicle and the horizontal guide wheels of the main rail are installed on the bogie under the car body, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie; two horizontal guide wheels are located on the two main rails. The inner side of the rail, the outer side of the two main rails, and the inner and outer sides of a main rail do not support the weight of the vehicle. The horizontal guide wheel is in contact with the inner side or the outer side of the main rail or not, and rolls when in contact; the tread material is a metal alloy , or artificial stone wear-resistant materials; for the main steel wheel with cylindrical tread, the two inner horizontal guide wheels are used for the normal guidance of the straight and curved sections without crossing and the switch rail guidance; the two inner horizontal guide wheels are opposite For the main steel wheel of the vehicle, there is no left-right movement as a whole, or there is a small left-right movement, so as to absorb the laying straightness tolerance of the auxiliary rail, and avoid the guidance or extrusion fit in the straight section from interfering with the inertial linear motion of the train, so that The movement of the train is more stable; however, the amount of left and right movement has a limited value in order to prevent derailment; for the main steel wheel with conical surface tread, when the straight and curved sections without crossing usually run, the amount of left and right movement is small, and the two inner horizontal guide wheels The guiding force is smaller than the guiding force of the conical surface of the main steel wheel, and the main steel wheel guides; but when the left and right movement of the main rail increases and may derail, the two inner horizontal guide wheels do not move left and right as a whole, or have a small amount of left and right movement However, there is a limit to the amount of left and right movement to prevent derailment; in addition, at the turnout point, the left and right movement of the main rail is large, and the two inner horizontal guide wheels do not move left and right as a whole, or there is a small amount of left and right movement but they move left and right The amount has a limited value, the guiding force of the horizontal guide wheel is greater than the guiding force of the conical surface of the main steel wheel, and the horizontal guide wheel guides;
    (5)在道岔区间,直线电机辅助轨中断不铺设;主钢轨的尖轨段由转辙机驱动左右摆动,无论主钢轮是圆锥面踏面还是圆柱面踏面,两个内侧水平导向轮与主钢轨的尖轨配合导向,进行变轨;道岔具有固定辙叉心或活动心轨辙叉心;(5) In the turnout section, the auxiliary rail of the linear motor is interrupted without laying; the point rail section of the main rail is driven by the switch machine to swing left and right, no matter whether the main steel wheel is a conical tread or a cylindrical tread, the two inner horizontal guide wheels The point rail of the rail cooperates with the guide to change the track; the turnout has a fixed frog center or a movable frog center;
    (6)车辆的驱动或制动,包括主钢轨的驱动或制动,和辅助轨直线电机的驱动或制动中的一种或多种;主钢轨和辅助轨的驱动或制动,采用或不采用下述分配:1)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较小,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动足够时,仅使用主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动;2)当车辆需要的驱动力或制动力较大,或主钢轨和主钢轮的驱动或制动不够时,车辆同时使用主钢轨与辅助轨的驱动或制动、或仅使用辅助轨的驱动或制动;(6) The driving or braking of the vehicle includes one or more of the driving or braking of the main rail and the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail linear motor; the driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail adopts or The following distribution is not used: 1) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is small, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is sufficient, only the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is used; 2 ) When the driving force or braking force required by the vehicle is large, or the driving or braking of the main rail and the main steel wheel is not enough, the vehicle uses the driving or braking of the main rail and the auxiliary rail at the same time, or only uses the driving or braking of the auxiliary rail. brake;
    (7)所述车辆,其主钢轮和水平导向轮,能够在传统具有或没有直线电机辅助轨的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距的钢轨上滚动运行;(7) The vehicle, its main steel wheel and horizontal guide wheel, can roll on the standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge rail with or without linear motor auxiliary rail;
    (8)所述主钢轨,传统具有或没有直线电机定子或转子的标准轨距、宽轨距、或窄轨距火车的钢轮能够在上面滚动运行,并能够滚动过所述道岔;对于高于主钢轨上表面的直线电 机辅助轨,移除或修改传统火车下面相应部件,使得火车下部不接触辅助轨,能够全程运行。(8) The main rail, the steel wheel of the standard gauge, wide gauge or narrow gauge train with or without a linear motor stator or rotor can roll on it, and can roll over the switch; for high The linear motor auxiliary rail on the upper surface of the main rail removes or modifies the corresponding parts under the traditional train, so that the lower part of the train does not touch the auxiliary rail and can run all the way.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:所述轨道具有直线电机辅助轨,所述车辆上安装有高于主钢轨踏面的辅助轨接触组件对;辅助轨接触组件对是下述中的一种或多种:1)水平辅助轮,2)辅助轨制动块,3)辅助轨制动块加缓冲轮;辅助轨接触组件对,从左右挤压辅助轨,以便驱动、制动、或防止脱轨;辅助轨接触组件对,相对于车辆主钢轮的整体左右自由移动量,大于水平导向轮的弹性移动量,以便在主钢轮是圆锥面踏面时不影响主钢轮圆锥面和主钢轨上表面的配合导向,或在主钢轮是圆柱面踏面时不影响水平导向轮和主钢轨内侧面的配合导向;并且,辅助轨接触组件对的整体左右自由移动量有限定值,以便增强防止脱轨性能;其整体左右移动机构是:1)辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右滑动的导轨上;2)辅助轨接触组件对整体安装在可自由左右转动的转轴或圆孔上;3)辅助轨接触组件对,同时由同一气压管路、同一液压管路或电机的活塞,或磁吸引,进行驱动从左右挤压辅助轨;该气压管路、液压管路或电机,或磁吸引,仅控制辅助轨接触组件对的挤压力或松开,同时使得辅助轨接触组件对整体在左右方向自由移动。The moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train according to claim 15 is characterized in that: the track has a linear motor auxiliary rail, and the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair higher than the main rail tread is installed on the vehicle; the auxiliary rail contact The component pair is one or more of the following: 1) horizontal auxiliary wheel, 2) auxiliary rail brake block, 3) auxiliary rail brake block plus buffer wheel; the auxiliary rail contacts the assembly pair, and squeezes the auxiliary rail from left and right , so as to drive, brake, or prevent derailment; the pair of auxiliary rail contact components, relative to the overall left and right free movement of the main steel wheel of the vehicle, is greater than the elastic movement of the horizontal guide wheel, so that when the main steel wheel is a conical tread surface Affect the matching and guiding of the conical surface of the main steel wheel and the upper surface of the main rail, or do not affect the matching and guiding of the horizontal guide wheel and the inner side of the main rail when the main steel wheel is a cylindrical tread; and the overall left and right freedom of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair The amount of movement has a limited value in order to enhance the performance of preventing derailment; the overall left and right movement mechanism is: 1) the auxiliary rail contact assembly is installed on the guide rail that can slide freely left and right; On the rotating shaft or round hole; 3) The pair of auxiliary rail contact components is driven by the same air pressure pipeline, the same hydraulic pipeline or the piston of the motor, or magnetic attraction, to squeeze the auxiliary rail from left and right; the air pressure pipeline, The hydraulic pipeline or the motor, or the magnetic attraction, only controls the extrusion force or release of the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair, and at the same time enables the auxiliary rail contact assembly pair to move freely in the left and right directions as a whole.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:所述车辆上安装有水平主动轮或制动块,在主钢轨外侧、内侧或内外两侧,进行挤压或与水平导向轮配合挤压主钢轨,实现驱动或制动;水平主动轮或制动块,在道岔区间、菱形交叉区间、道口区间、温度伸缩调节器区间,高度升高,以免与主钢轨或其他物品碰撞。According to claim 15, the moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: the vehicle is equipped with horizontal driving wheels or brake blocks, which are squeezed or connected to the outside, inside or both sides of the main rail. The horizontal guide wheel cooperates with the extruded main rail to realize driving or braking; the horizontal driving wheel or brake block is raised in height in the turnout section, diamond intersection section, crossing section, and temperature expansion regulator section to avoid contact with the main rail or other Items collide.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:在道岔区间、菱形交叉区间、道口区间、温度伸缩调节器区间的前部,轨道上安装有上升安全块,车辆行驶时水平主动轮或制动块的碰撞安全机构,碰撞到上升安全块上,使水平主动轮或制动块自动松开主钢轨并升高,然后保持在升高的位置车辆继续行驶,以便不碰上主钢轨或其他物品;车辆经过道岔区间、菱形交叉区间、道口区间、温度伸缩调节器区间后,车辆上的水平主动轮或制动块,再次碰撞到安装在轨道上的下降安全块上,或触发光、电、磁等传感器,自动操作或手动操作下降至主钢轨外侧或内侧,以便导向、防止脱轨、或挤压主钢轨进行驱动或制动。According to claim 17, the kinematic mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: in the front part of the turnout section, the rhombus section, the crossing section, and the temperature telescopic regulator section, a rising safety block is installed on the track, and the vehicle runs When the collision safety mechanism of the horizontal driving wheel or brake block hits the rising safety block, the horizontal driving wheel or brake block will automatically release the main rail and rise, and then keep the vehicle in the raised position to continue driving, so as not to Hitting the main rail or other objects; after the vehicle passes through the turnout section, diamond crossing section, crossing section, and temperature expansion regulator section, the horizontal driving wheel or brake block on the vehicle collides with the descending safety block installed on the track again , or trigger optical, electric, magnetic and other sensors, and automatically or manually lower to the outside or inside of the main rail to guide, prevent derailment, or squeeze the main rail for driving or braking.
  19. 根据权利要求1或4所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:火车车辆上具有操作控制器,通过有线或无线通讯,操作控制道岔转辙机或菱形交叉辅助轨转动机械,进行变轨导向或通行导向。According to claim 1 or 4, the moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: there is an operation controller on the train vehicle, through wired or wireless communication, to operate and control the turnout switch machine or the diamond cross auxiliary rail rotating machine, Carry out track-changing guidance or traffic guidance.
  20. 根据权利要求5或8所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:火车车辆上具有操作控制器,通过有线或无线通讯,操作控制道岔转辙机或菱形交叉辅助轨转动机械,进行变轨导向或通行导向。According to claim 5 or 8, the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: there is an operation controller on the train vehicle, through wired or wireless communication, to operate and control the turnout switch machine or the diamond cross auxiliary rail rotating machine, Carry out track-changing guidance or traffic guidance.
  21. 根据权利要求15所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:火车车辆上具有操作控制器,通过有线或无线通讯,操作控制道岔转辙机或菱形交叉辅助轨转动机械,进行变轨导向或通行导向。According to claim 15, the moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: there is an operation controller on the train vehicle, and through wired or wireless communication, it can operate and control the turnout switch machine or the diamond cross auxiliary rail rotating machine to perform the transformation. rail-guided or traffic-guided.
  22. 根据权利要求1或4所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:火车内部座位上具有安全带,以便固定乘客,不使乘客在较大的加速度或减速度时被甩开,造成危险。According to claim 1 or 4, the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: there are safety belts on the inner seats of the train, so as to fix the passengers and prevent the passengers from being thrown away when the acceleration or deceleration is relatively large, cause danger.
  23. 根据权利要求5或8所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:火车内部座位上具有安全带,以便固定乘客,不使乘客在较大的加速度或减速度时被甩开,造成危险。According to claim 5 or 8, the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: there are safety belts on the inner seats of the train, so as to fix the passengers and prevent the passengers from being thrown away when the acceleration or deceleration is relatively large, cause danger.
  24. 根据权利要求15所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:火车内部座位上具有安全带,以便固定乘客,不使乘客在较大的加速度或减速度时被甩开,造成危险。According to claim 15, the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: there are safety belts on the inner seats of the train to fix the passengers so as not to cause the passengers to be thrown away when the acceleration or deceleration is large, causing danger .
  25. 根据权利要求5或8所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:圆柱面踏面主钢轮是独立滚动轮,主钢轮轮对转向机构,或各主钢轮独立转向机构,安装在转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上;在弯道时,前后轮对或前后轮,转向角相同,方向相反;车体的前后转向架,转向角相同,方向相反;转向角的大小,与轨道转弯半径匹配。According to claim 5 or 8, the moving mechanism of the rail railway steel wheel train is characterized in that: the main steel wheels on the cylindrical surface are independent rolling wheels, the steering mechanism of the main steel wheel pair, or the independent steering mechanism of each main steel wheel, Installed on the bogie, or directly on the car body when there is no bogie; when turning, the front and rear wheelsets or front and rear wheels have the same steering angle and opposite directions; the front and rear bogies of the car body have the same steering angle and opposite directions ;The magnitude of the steering angle, which matches the turning radius of the track.
  26. 根据权利要求15所述的钢轨铁路钢轮火车的运动机构,其特征是:圆柱面踏面主钢轮是独立滚动轮,主钢轮轮对转向机构,或各主钢轮独立转向机构,安装在转向架上,或没有转向架时直接安装在车体上;在弯道时,前后轮对或前后轮,转向角相同,方向相反;车体的前后转向架,转向角相同,方向相反;转向角的大小,与轨道转弯半径匹配。The moving mechanism of rail railway steel wheel train according to claim 15 is characterized in that: the main steel wheel on the cylindrical surface is an independent rolling wheel, the steering mechanism of the main steel wheel wheel pair, or the independent steering mechanism of each main steel wheel, is installed on On the bogie, or directly installed on the car body when there is no bogie; when turning, the front and rear wheelsets or front and rear wheels have the same steering angle and opposite directions; the front and rear bogies of the car body have the same steering angle and opposite directions; The size of the corner, to match the track turning radius.
PCT/CN2023/070021 2022-01-25 2023-01-03 Motion mechanism of railway and steel wheel type train WO2023142902A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202263303000P 2022-01-25 2022-01-25
US63/303,000 2022-01-25
US202263331029P 2022-04-14 2022-04-14
US63/331,029 2022-04-14

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023142902A2 true WO2023142902A2 (en) 2023-08-03
WO2023142902A3 WO2023142902A3 (en) 2023-09-21

Family

ID=87470528

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/070021 WO2023142902A2 (en) 2022-01-25 2023-01-03 Motion mechanism of railway and steel wheel type train

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023142902A2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117309646A (en) * 2023-10-27 2023-12-29 石家庄铁道大学 Rail contact fatigue test bed considering geometrical characteristics of wheel rail contact

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008024126A (en) * 2006-07-20 2008-02-07 Kyuichiro Terasono Derailment prevention device
CN201924244U (en) * 2010-03-09 2011-08-10 张发林 Intermediate orbit and auxiliary device transportation system
CN106480789B (en) * 2016-12-19 2018-04-13 郝雯文 A kind of light railway track, rail vehicle rail changing device and rail vehicle operation method
CN107380008A (en) * 2017-08-29 2017-11-24 于学禄 A kind of Auxiliary support guidance method of wheel track vehicle
CN113029613A (en) * 2021-04-15 2021-06-25 北京交通大学 Safety protection device for high-speed train model derailment whole-process test

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117309646A (en) * 2023-10-27 2023-12-29 石家庄铁道大学 Rail contact fatigue test bed considering geometrical characteristics of wheel rail contact

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2023142902A3 (en) 2023-09-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN105416331A (en) Straddling type mono-rail bogie without primary spring
CN103332197A (en) Suspension type monorail vehicle bogie
CN103287440A (en) Combined type single-rail public transport system
CN106864465B (en) A kind of empty rail traffic system based on embedded tracks
US6688235B2 (en) Suspended coach transportation system
WO2023142902A2 (en) Motion mechanism of railway and steel wheel type train
Okamoto How bogies work
CN110615013A (en) Non-power bogie wheel set and rail foundation device for assisting subway vehicle in climbing slope
US9915035B1 (en) Bidirectional railroad track to maglev guideway transition system
RU2494897C2 (en) High-speed transport system, hollow lead beam (versions), bogie (versions) and rolling stock (versions)
CN109204336B (en) Dual-purpose quick monorail vehicle
WO2022021978A1 (en) Composite power wheel pair, train, wheel rail system, and train control method
CN200960938Y (en) Combined type rerailer
CN201924244U (en) Intermediate orbit and auxiliary device transportation system
CN206528472U (en) A kind of empty rail traffic system based on embedded tracks
CN212529194U (en) Composite power wheel set, train and wheel rail system
CN210793189U (en) Non-power bogie wheel set and rail foundation device for assisting subway vehicle in climbing slope
CN103241246A (en) Urban rail public traffic and transportation system
CN102190005B (en) Intermediate track and auxiliary device transportation system
CN202439691U (en) Urban rail public traffic transport system
CN112477908A (en) Bogie with liftable guide wheels, track beam and track traffic system
CN109572719B (en) Side-hanging type elevated rail transit turnout system
CN210287976U (en) Light railway track and rail car rail transfer device
JP2000171479A (en) Method for increasing speed of transporting mechanism having rail capable of controlling attitude of rolling stock
CN214028635U (en) Bogie with liftable guide wheels, track beam and track traffic system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23745787

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2